Está en la página 1de 306

NOT FOR RESALE

06.05

TRUSTED
FOR 150 YEARS
We built our reputation from the ground up.

Focused Product Line:

Merit ® Tee-Lets and Drop Nipples

Anvil ® Malleable and Cast Iron Fittings

Gruvlok ® Couplings, Fittings and Valves

Anvil ® Hangers, Supports and Struts

SPF TM Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Seamless Pipe Nipples

SPF TM Malleable Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Steel Pipe Couplings and Small Steel Fittings

SPF TM Grooved Fittings and O’Lets

Beck Welded Pipe Nipples

Anvil’s history stretches back to the mid1800s,
when a company named Grinnell® began
providing its customers with the finest
quality pipe products. Since 2000, those quality
products and services —and the people who
provide them—have been known as Anvil®
International. Anvil customers receive the
quality and integrity that have been building
strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

J.B. Smith Swage Nipples and Bull Plugs
Catawissa ® Wing Unions and Check Valves

Anvil® International is the largest and most TODAY
complete fitting and hanger manufacturer
in the world.
Anvil® International acquires Star Pipe Products, 2004
Building and Construction Divisions (SPF) and
forms AnvilStar™ Fire Products Division.

Anvil® International acquires Merit® Manufacturing 2001
and Beck Manufacturing.
The industry’s trusted manufacturer of pipe 2000
products is renamed Anvil International, Inc.

Grinnell Co. acquired by 1969
International Telephone
Frederick Grinnell opens a piping 1909
and Telegraph.
products foundry in Cranston, RI,
and eventually develops the
Grinnell Supply Sales Division.
1919 General Fire Extinguisher Co.
becomes Grinnell Co.

Tyco sells the distribution and manufacturing 1999
operations known as “Grinnell Supply Sales“,
but keeps the Grinnell® trademark.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark
of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco
International Ltd. company.
Providence Steam & Gas Pipe Co.
is formed. Frederick Grinnell
1850 purchases a controlling interest.

1960

B U I L D I N G
ANVIL
BRANDS:

Gruvlok® line of
grooved fittings
is introduced.

J.B. Smith™ and Catawissa™ join
the Grinnell Supply Sales and
Manufacturing division. 1994

C O N N E C T I O N S

T H A T

®

L A S T

Anvil’s focused product line consists of:
• Anvil® Malleable & Cast Iron Fittings
• SPF™ Malleable, Cast & Ductile Iron
Fittings
• Anvil® Hangers, Supports
• Anvil-Strut™ Strut and Strut Fittings
• Beck Welded Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Seamless Pipe Nipples
• SPF™ Steel Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Steel Pipe Couplings & Small
Steel Fittings
• Merit® Tee-Lets & Drop Nipples
• Gruvlok® Couplings, Fittings & Valves
• SPF™ Grooved Fittings & O'Lets
• J.B. Smith™ Swage Nipples & Bull
Plugs
• Catawissa™ Wing Unions & Check
Valves

CONNECTING WITH CORE MARKETS:
From plumbing, mechanical, and fire
protection, to mining, oil & gas, and

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

OEMs, Anvil's focus has always been
on providing real solutions for your
applications. Our representatives
are experts in the markets they serve,
and understand the needs of your
business. Anvil will work with you to
find innovative products that meet your
demands and exceed your expectations.

CONNECTING WITH WHOLESALERS:

CONNECTING WITH QUALITY:

CONNECTING WITH CUSTOMERS:

Many things have changed during the
150 years in the industry - including the
name above our door - but our quality
and commitment remains the best
in the business. Our ISO 9001:2000
manufacturing facilities produce a range
of products unmatched by any other
single manufacturer. Our responsive
service sets an industry standard
for dependability and effectiveness
recognized around the world.
Whatever the word "quality" meands
to your business, Anvil guarantees it in
everything we do.

Wholesale distribution has always
been a vital aspect of Anvil's business.
Our dedication to the wholesale
channel - and our customers there- is
a driving force for our services. These
relationships remain a primary focus of
Anvil's innovation.

The most import connection that Anvil
makes are the ones we make with our
customers. In the field, over the phone,
or on the web, we strive to provide our
customers with the products, assistance,
and service they need - when they need
it. Responsive and accessible customer
support is what makes the difference
between simply delivering products, and
delivering solutions.

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL–
BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST.
VISIT US ON THE WEB AT: www.anvilintl.com
3

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL® INTERNATIONAL’S history
stretches back to the mid
1800's when a company named Grinnell® began providing
its customers with the finest quality pipe products. Since
2000, those quality products and services–and the people

who provide them—have been known as Anvil® International.
Anvil customers receive the quality and integrity that have
been building strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco International Ltd. company.

4

www.anvilintl.com

Gruvlok couplings and grooved-end fittings
range in sizes through 30" nominal pipe
size and are offered in a variety of
styles. These products are used for
joining pipe in a wide variety
of piping systems. Gruvlok
couplings for grooved-end
pipe are designed to provide
a self-centering joint which
accommodates the application
of pressure, vacuum and
other external forces, while
limiting the burdensome need
for special supports, expansion
joints, etc.
The Gruvlok piping method offers
many mechanical design features
which benefit the design engineer, the contractor, and the
end user. Utilization of the functional characteristics of the
Gruvlok coupling will aid in pipe system design and must be
considered for proper installation, assembly and performance.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

INTRODUCTION

THE GRUVLOK PIPING METHOD

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION . . 8-146
INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY . . . . . . .147-200
TECHNICAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . 201-298

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION:
COUPLINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7001 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Fig. 7011 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Fig. 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 12-13
Fig. 7000 Lightweight Coupling . . . . . . . . . 14-15
Fig. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 16-17
Fig. 7003 Hingelok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Fig. 7010 Reducing Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20
Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-23
Fig. 7013 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Fig. 7240 Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

BRANCH OUTLETS
Fig. 7042 Outlet Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-27
Fig. 7045 Clamp-T, FPT Branch . . . . . . . . . 28-32
Fig. 7046 Clamp-T, Grooved Branch . . . . . 33-35
Fig. 7047, 7048 & 7049 Clamp-T, Cross . . . . 36
Fig. 7044 Branch Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

FITTINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7050 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fig. 7051 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

6

Fig. 7052 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Fig. 7053 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Fig. 7050LR 90° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 42
Fig. 7051LR 45° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 43
Fig. 7063 Tee w/Threaded Branch. . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 7061 Reducing Tee Standard . . . . . . . 45-47
Fig. 7064 Reducing Tee w/Thd Branch . . . .48-49
Fig. 7060 Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fig. 7076 Gr x Thd Concentric Reducers . . . . .51
Fig. 7073 & Fig. 7097 Eccentric Reducers . 52-53
Fig. 7077, 7078 & 7079 Swaged Nipples . . . . 54
Fig. 7072 Gr x Gr Concentric Reducers . . . 55-56
Fig. 7069 45° Lateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Fig. 7070 45° Reducing Lateral . . . . . . . . . 58-59
Fig. 7066 Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-61
Fig. 7067 Reducing Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fig. 7071 True Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fig. 7055 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7056 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7087 GR x FPT Female Thread Adapter . 65
Fig. 7050RF Grooved x 150# Flanged . . . . . . 65
Fig. 7084 Gr x Fl Nipples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7085 Gr x Fl Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7074 Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Fig. 7075 Bull Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7068 Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7086 Gr x HOSE Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7080 Adapter Nipples Gr x Gr . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7081 Adapter Nipples Gr x MPT. . . . . . . 69

Fig. 7082 Adapter Nipples Gr x BEV . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7062 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees . . . . . 70
Fig. 7065 Standpipe Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fig. 7050DR 90° Drain Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fig. 7450 90° Short Pattern Elbow . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7460 Short Pattern Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7091 End of the Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Fig. 7050-3D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7057-3D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7051-3D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7058-3D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7052-3D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7053-3D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7050-5D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7057-5D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7051-5D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7058-5D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7052-5D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7053-5D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7050-6D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7057-6D 60° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7051-6D 45° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7058-6D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7052-6D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fig. 7053-6D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

VALVES & ACCESSORIES
Series 7700 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .83-84
Series 7600 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Series 8000GR Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . 86

www.anvilintl.com

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7561A (Gr x Gr x Gr) Reducing Tee . . . . . 7022 EG High-pressure Header Tee . . . . . . . . .118 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . .131 Fig. . . . . . . . . .133 Fig. . . . . .128 Fig. .128 Fig. . . . . . .143 Fig. . . . . . . . .126 Fig. . . . . . .124 Fig. . . 7060 EG High Pressure Tee . . . . . . . . . . 400G Silent Check Valve . . . . .107 Fig. .123 Fig. .141 Fig. 7107 Coupling. . . . 7560 Tees . . . . . . 7082P Plain x Bevel . . . . . . . . . .Thread by Thread . 7050P 90° Elbow . . . . . 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . 95 FTV-S & FTV-A Tri-Service Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . 7072SS SS Concentric Reducers . . . . . . . 7575 Reducing Adapter. . .110 Fig. . . . . . . . . . .129 Fig. . . . . . 7074SS SS Caps . 7085P Flange Nipples . . . . . . . . . . 7582 Transition Fitting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Model 3006 & 3006C Roll Groovers . . . .112 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7081P Plain x Thread . .113 Fig. . . .125 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 GRUVLOK PLAIN-END FITTINGS Fig. . . . 7075P Bull Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7305 HDPE Coupling . . . . . . . . 7103 Straight Tee. . . . . . 108 Fig. . . . . .133 Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser . . . . . .138 Series 7500 SS Grooved-End Ball Valve 139-140 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 7080P Plain x Grooved . . 7071P 90° True Wye .137 STAINLESS STEEL METHOD Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7088 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7069P 45° Lateral . .129 Fig. . . . .120 Fig. . .112 Fig. . . . . .131 Fig.129 Fig. . . 7105 Reducing Outlet Tee . . . 7090 . . . . . . . . 7100 90° Elbow . . . . . 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Series 7800 Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . 7400SS Rigidlite® Coupling. . . .132 SOCK-IT® PIPING METHOD FITTINGS Fig. . . 109 ROLL GROOVERS Model 1007 & 3007 Roll Groovers . .123 Fig. Series 171 Brass Ball Valve . . . . .143 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT'D. . 7550 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Groove by Groove . . 7005 Roughneck® Coupling . . . . . . . . 7050 EG High Pressure 90° LR Elbow. . . . . 7050LRP 90° LR Elbow . . . .101 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7068 EG High Pressure Cross .116 Fig. . . . . .98-99 Model 758G Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer . 93-94 GBV-S & GBV-T Globe Valves. . . . 92 GBV-G & GBV-A Balancing Valves . . . 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling . . . . . . . . 7060P Tee .127 Fig. .145 7 . . . 7051 EG High Pressure 45° LR Elbow . . . . . . . . . .116 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. 7004 HPR® Coupling . . 7574 End Caps . . . . . . . . . . .130 HDPE COUPLINGS Fig. . . . . 96-97 Fig. . . . . . 7051LRP 45° LR Elbow . . . . 7050SS 90° SS Elbow . . .110 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF21-GF Gr x Fl Flex Connectors .116 Fig.118 Fig. . . . . . . . 7073SS SS Eccentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-115 Fig. . .120 Series 7500B Bronze Ball Valve . . . .136 Fig. . . 7051SS 45° SS Elbow. 7060SS SS Tees . . . 111 GRUVLOK® ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Fig.129 Fig. .112 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Fig. . . .Groove by Thread .125 Fig. . 105 Models GAV-30 Automatic Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Fig. . . .141 Fig. . . . . 117 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7551 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 Fig. . . . 100 Model 768G Grooved-end “Wye” Strainer . . . . . . . . . 7260 Tee Strainer . . . . . . . .112 Fig. 7068P Cross . . . . . . . . . . 87-88 Series 7500 Ball-valves . 7089 . . . . . . .141 Fig. . 7077P Swaged Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . 7572 (Gr x Gr) Concentric Reducer . . . . . 7061SS SS Reducing Tees . . . . . .141 Fig. . . . . AF21-GG Gr x Gr Flex Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-122 GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLES Fig.126 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . 7106 Reducing Tee . AF21-FF Fl x Fl Flex Connectors . . . . . . . . . . 7004 EG® End Guard® Coupling . .128 Fig. . . . .HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEMS Fig. . . . 7051P 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Fig. . . . 7101 90° Reducing Elbow . . . . . . . . 7084P & Fig.126 Fig. . . . . 7564A Reducing Tee .89-90 Fig. . . . . 102-104 Models GAV-15 Automatic Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Fig. . 7061P Reducing Tee . . . . . . . .134 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . .

43 35.3 2.-Lbs.3 2.4 0.6 0.61 4.32 0-1⁄8 0-.358 6.9 4.04 2.com .492 28.In./N-M Lbs. Size GRUVLOK ® X Z Y X SIZES 16" ./mm PSI/bar Lbs.375 60. Max.7 4.6 4.000 101.90 15.Couplings FIG.38 31.7 0.5 0. Ea.1 3.1 2.315 33.4 3.88 7.500 114.9 1000 68.4 0. Min.32 0-1⁄8 0-.9 1000 68.996 76.32 0-1⁄8 0-.9 1000 68. 76.D.79 65. Size of Pipe X Coupling In.52 43.875 73./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 Specified Torque § Approx.8 0.9 1000 68.3 0.621 42./kN 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 1.7 3.6 0.1 www. Max.5 21⁄2 41⁄2 17⁄8 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 51⁄4 133 61⁄4 159 114 41⁄2 114 45⁄8 117 61⁄8 156 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄8 181 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7001 STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom.835 12./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" . End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty.900 48.32 0-1⁄8 0-.6 1. In.63 2.9 1000 68.566 55.67 55.0 2.D.36 9. Wt.9 1000 68.90 75.500 88.3 2.8 3.7 0.1 1./ In.32 0-1⁄4 0-6.0 5.660 42.6 1.3 0.14 94.75 In.24" Z Y SIZES 28" .9 1. Work.anvilintl.430 19.32 0-1⁄8 0-./mm 0-1⁄8 0-.30" Bolt Max.32 0-1⁄8 0-. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O.9 1000 68.3 6.50 41.32 0-1⁄8 0-./mm In.14" X 8 FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Z 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O. Ft./mm mm/m 1.904 70.7 1.3 1000 68.4 1.63 52.050 31.3 0./mm In.9 1000 68.164 9.4 Degrees 5° 26' 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 11' In.80 12.2 1.71 6.1 3 80 31⁄2 65 4 100 1./ft.0 4.3 2.

7 205. Size of Pipe X Coupling In.24" Z Y X SIZES 28" .319 406.7 268.625 1000 34./N-M Lbs.54 45./mm In.45 37.563 1000 24./mm In.31 18.750 800 102.22 18.0 16.35 14.D.306 141./kN 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 200 200 - 180 245 180 245 180 245 220 300 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 250 - 9.2 207.4 11.9 108.4 0-1⁄4 0-6. Ea. 165. Ft.34 8.17 14.D.In. Max.181 355.8 50.6 4.30" 5 125 61⁄2 O.46 38.7 9.2 20.3 68.2 35.2 454.741 219.0 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 85⁄8 219 11 279 131⁄8 333 151⁄2 394 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 211⁄8 537 111⁄4 286 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298 143⁄8 365 165⁄8 422 185⁄8 473 201⁄2 521 227⁄8 581 253⁄8 645 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 In.1 68.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 0.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.8 5.7 339.43 16.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.35 29.0 32./ In.1 55.8 27.4 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' 1° 20' 1° 7' 1° 2' 0° 54' 0° 48' In. Wt./ft.183 165.3 68.9 147. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.000 300 46.000 300 76.7 72. Work.500 1000 33.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.341 457.141 323.4 0.9 153. End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty. Min.0 15.7 0.472 168. GRUVLOK ® Y Z 9 .58 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In.6 20.0 12.4 21.-Lbs.9 55.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.99 12.2 322.23 19.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .12 6. STANDARD COUPLING FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nom.8 0.4 20.8 5.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.19 15. CONT'D. Max.625 800 46. 7001.0 22.000 300 60.610 273.4 11.91 10./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" ./mm mm/m 0.61 6./mm PSI/bar Lbs.9 37.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 5.5 0.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.28 23.1 0./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 2° 35' 0-6.Couplings FIG. Size X Bolt Max.0 55.750 800 72./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 6 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 1x4 * 1x4 * Specified Torque § Approx.3 0.1 0.

CONT'D.6 137. 733.D.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.10 8.875 733.000 508.0 24. www.8 105.5 0. End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation 20 500 24 600 28" O.3 436. Not for use in copper systems.23 300 135. Min.0 62./mm In.13 10. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.0 40.61 Bolt Deflection Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* from CL Per Per.D.2 90. X Y Z Qty.4 30" O. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.anvilintl.In. SIZES 28" .0 47. Ft. Wt.248 20. 7001.30" 10 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 148-149.12 9.7 419.6 28.4 0° 36' 0° 33' 0° 28' In.1 * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.24" Z Y X Max.com .4 300 94.226 10. Size X GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z In. STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom./ In.7 603.00 787.0 37./kN 225 225 200 200 - 275 275 250 250 - 82./ft.15 12. Max./mm 4 4 6 6 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * Specified Torque § Approx.D.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.4 20. Max. Work.1 23 584 27 686 331⁄2 851 333⁄4 857 281⁄4 718 323⁄8 822 351⁄2 902 381⁄4 972 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 In.Couplings FIG.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .-Lbs./mm In.717 20.70 150 98./mm PSI/bar Lbs.93 150 113.000 609./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 0° 43' 0-6. 787./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" . Ea.3 503.215 10. Size Coupling In/Ft. Range of O./mm mm/m 0.4 31./N-M Lbs.5 0. In.6 0.

750 30./mm In./DN(mm) In./M-M 600 - 800 - Lbs.058 943. Max./ft./mm 6 11⁄4 x 43⁄8 – Specified Approx.14 11. Ea. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 150-151. Torque § Wt. GRUVLOK ® X 11 .7 212. In./mm Degrees mm/m 30 O.2 0 -3⁄16 0 . Roll and Cut Grooving Specifications can be found in the technical data section./mm 34 864 391⁄2 1003 5 127 Size In.D./Kg 200 90. Min./mm PSI/bar Lbs. Working Pressure In.4. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.000 762. End Load Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Separation Per Coupling Per in.8 0° 40' 0. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. 7011 STANDARD COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7011 STANDARD COUPLING Nominal Size O. Ft.Couplings FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. * Available in ANSI bolt sizes only as indicated.9 Working pressure and end load values are for standard wall pipe. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z Coupling Bolts* Qty. See technical data section for design factors.-Lbs./mm In.D. Max.0 300 20.5 Max./kN In.

/DN(mm) In.00 Range of Coupling Dimensions Pipe End Separation X Y Z In.6.4 In. Ea.7 750 51. Working Pressure Max.0 2.625 168.216 32.5 3. 76.3 6.10 11.14" Z X 16" Z Y X O.7 750 51.4 7.26 18.500 114.3.com .126 9. Max.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .06 17.9 3.1 6.3 3.3.3.3. 139. Wt.8 2.500 165./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs.D.24" 12 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .819 79.78 4.66 5.7 2.928 53. 7401 RIGIDLOK® COUPLING Z Y GRUVLOK ® 11⁄2" .900 48.6.9 4.563 141./kN 750 51.229 81.52 7.D./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .Couplings FIG.1 6.1 2.6.9 3.500 88.3 6.9 1.8 0.375 60.3 2.7 750 51.4 1.D./mm 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄8 105 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 7 178 8 203 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 55⁄8 143 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 93⁄4 248 10 254 11 279 111⁄8 283 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 Coupling Bolts* Qty.1 3./mm 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Approx.70 25./mm In.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .9 3.323 14.500 139.7 750 51.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.46 3.7 750 51.7 750 51.1 6 150 1.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Ft.869 21.1 3 80 4 100 1 5 ⁄2 O.7 750 51./mm In.3 5./Kg 1.D.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄4 0 .996 76.6 5. www.3 Max.6 18" .7 750 51.0 2. End Load PSI/bar Lbs.887 110.207 23.3.854 115.6. 165. Min. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.7 5 125 61⁄2 O.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6 1.6 3.3 2.-Lbs.875 73./mm X Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O. In.7 750 51.4 1.anvilintl.09 24.7 5.1 7.

7 300 20./kN 35.6.341 339.1 51. Min.9 14. End Pipe End Working Load Separation Pressure X Y Z PSI/bar 600 51.5 GRUVLOK ® RIGIDLOK® COUPLING * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.17 46.1 16. 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 Size In.000 508.7 300 20.2 20.4 42./DN(mm) In.0 24./mm X 11⁄2" . Not for use in copper systems.7 300 20.2 Lbs.6 30.6 Range of Max.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .750 273.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 25.6.23 113.08 In.6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .43 60.Couplings FIG.-Lbs.6 16./mm In.7 400 51.8 36.000 406.6. Torque § Wt./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 Specified Approx. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 152-153.248 419. Z Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size O.6./N-M 130 M20 x 110 175 1x6 200 M24 x 150 270 7⁄8 x 6 180 M22 x 150 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 180 245 250 340 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 340 250 340 250 340 Lbs. Coupling Dimensions Max.58 94./mm In.24" 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 8.94 45. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.9 7.3 40.1 12.000 457.319 268./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm 101⁄2 267 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄4 413 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 23 581 271⁄8 689 141⁄8 359 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 193⁄4 502 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 267⁄8 683 307⁄8 784 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 Coupling Bolts* Qty.181 205.87 51.000 355.14" Y Z X 16" Z Y X 18" .750 323.7 300 20. CONT'D.625 219.5 13.4 68.4 18.000 609.6. Ft.0 89. Ea. Max.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .070 227.0 19.381 201.7 250 17.31 76.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . In.6 23.7 500 51.D.3 31./Kg 15.097 503. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.6.4 In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 10. 13 . 7401.6.6 11.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.056 155.

4 4. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .895 17.1 3.315 33.45 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in.3.543 42.3 3.14 94.1 1.63 52.86 9.Couplings FIG.79 65.3.4 600 41.4 600 41. Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In.660 42.3.5 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 22' 3° 11' For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Degrees mm/m In.0 4 100 1.57 2.7 0.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .996 76.4 815 3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .701 7.500 88./Kg Coupling Bolts 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51 Qty.512 37. Ea.6 0.70 58.6 4.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 41⁄4 O. 76.6 2.3 0.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .000 101.54 8. 7000 LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK ® Y 14 X Z Nom. Max.6.D.900 48. In.6.540 33.4 600 41.4 600 41.3.1 www.78 1.4 1./kN DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .3 600 41./N-M Lbs.3 2.8 1.9 2.62 1.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .500 114.0 2.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .com .230 18. Size Max./mm Ft.4 600 41.D.9 1.3 0.4 600 41.0 2.7 0.3.82 5.875 73.5 0.6 1./ft.658 11.6 1.3.7 1.250 108.67 55.3.375 60./mm In.3 1.4 0.D./ In.7 0.50 41.0 1.52 43. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.6 0.3.3 0.anvilintl./mm In./mm PSI/bar Lbs.0 4. Max.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .299 5.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .9 4. Torque § Wt.4 5° 26' 1. Range of O.38 31.2 1.8 0./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .33 4.43 35.82 3.4 600 41.68 7.4 600 41.773 25.3 2.-Lbs.7 0. 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 61⁄8 156 63⁄4 171 75⁄8 194 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 Size Specified Approx. Min. 108.8 4.4 600 41.4 0.90 75.9 0.

236 133.4 GRUVLOK ® LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm In. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 154-155. 165.57 47. Not for use in copper systems./ In. 159.7 0.95 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in.1 2° 36' 2° 35' 2° 17' 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' Size Specified Approx./mm Ft./mm In.625 168.45 37.500 165.D.80 17.6.54 45.1 2.153 54.2 8.0 61⁄2 O.6.3 8.8 6./ft.6. CONT'D.43 16. 133.592 73.7 6. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In./Kg Coupling Bolts 61⁄2 91⁄8 2 165 232 51 63⁄4 93⁄8 2 171 238 51 5 7 9 ⁄8 2 178 244 51 1 3 7 ⁄2 10 ⁄8 2 191 264 51 73⁄4 103⁄4 2 197 273 51 8 11 2 203 279 51 10 131⁄4 23⁄8 264 337 60 Qty. In.5 500 34. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7000.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .5 500 34.7 5.8 0.89 11.213 129.4 2° 44' 0.2 6.6 6 2./mm Degrees mm/m In.4 0.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .5 500 34. Max./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 .6. Torque § Wt.1 500 34. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.625 219.67 29.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.06 15.8 0.0 5.1 3. Ea. Size Max.1 6.5 500 34.0 3. 15 .5 500 34.-Lbs.1 0.563 141.46 34./kN DN(mm) 51⁄4 O.766 47.54 45.259 159. Range of O./N-M Lbs.879 52.6.0 6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 5. Max.7 2.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Y X FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z Nom.48 39.7 3.236 76.500 139.35 29.1 6 150 8 200 5.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.D./mm PSI/bar Lbs.3 6.5 10. 139. Min.84 12.384 68.D.7 14.0 7.8 0.D.Couplings FIG.D.5 500 34.6.0 51⁄2 O.

1 1.com .41 2.500 88.6 0.3 2./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Lbs.7 300 20.7 300 20.3 0.6 1.9 2. Ea.875 73.115 9.7 300 20.4 0.Couplings FIG.D.84 4./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Specified Approx.9 4. Max.315 33. Torque § Wt.91 1. 41⁄2 114 43⁄4 121 47⁄8 124 51⁄2 140 6 152 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 Size In.6.660 42.66 2.500 114.900 48.3.22 0 -1⁄8 0 . 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y 16 X Z FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Max.329 5. Wk./mm 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 4 102 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 76. Pressure In. Min.7 300 20.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 www.3.5 1.D.-Lbs./kN In./mm In. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Lbs. Ft.89 851 3.3.6 1.9 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./Kg 1.81 649 2./ DN(mm) In./mm In.7 1.1 3.0 3.2 0.996 76.0 2.771 21.3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3.2 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.7 Max.anvilintl.3.3 2.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 1.7 300 20.948 8.9 0.886 12.7 300 20.7 300 20.9 0.2 1. O.78 1.1 3 80 4 100 1.4 1.3 PSI/bar 300 20. In.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3./mm 407 1.375 60.4 Coupling Bolts Qty.

44 9. GRUVLOK ® Y FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)./mm In. Torque § Wt.955 44.97 0 -1⁄4 0 . Pressure In. Min.6. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157 Other sizes available. Max.3 6. 139.D.8 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. Z 17 .625 219./mm PSI/bar Lbs.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .625 168.528 77./ DN(mm) Max.563 141./Kg 4.6.4 0 -1⁄8 0 .341 46. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information./mm 63⁄4 171 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 200 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 91⁄4 235 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 2 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Approx. CONT'D. Wk.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 300 20./kN In.1 6.6 2.5 5.500 165.6.3.1 6 150 8 200 Max.7 5.7 5 125 61⁄2 O./N-M 1⁄2 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 x3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 Lbs.3 8. In. In.7 300 20.5 8. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Coupling Bolts Qty.70 7.5 2.5 2. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.7 7. In.7 300 20. Ea.127 31.500 139.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 51⁄2 O.7 300 20. RIGIDLITE® COUPLING X Nominal Size O.28 10./mm Ft.Couplings FIG. 7400. 165.1 5.00 17.4 3. Not for use in copper systems.0 4.6./mm 5.D./mm In.7 300 20.-Lbs.D. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.292 32.5 2.

3 2.45 37.3.1 meters)./DN(mm) In.1 8.7 300 20.3 0.com .6 0.97 0 -1⁄8 0 . Proper anchoring practice must always be exercised.44 10.329 5.3 9.3.6 1.375 60./mm 18 X SPECIAL NOTE: Fig.1 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.3 6.0 3.8 0. Wk.8 2.7 300 20.5 4.67 55.54 45.35 29.2 1.anvilintl.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .341 46.948 8. When re-using.625 168.7 300 20.886 12.6. and pipe grooves must be kept free of all foreign matter. Not for use in copper systems.2 1./ft.79 65.528 77./mm Degrees mm/m 300 20.875 73.1 18. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. GRUVLOK ® In.3.5 0.9 4.900 48. housing hinge and handle for looseness. gasket cavity.563 141.5 3.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Deflection from CL Max. Shockload must be considered and is to be included in the maximum working pressure listed above. X Y Z Wt. Max.D.2 CAUTION: Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly./Kg 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 51⁄4 133 55⁄8 143 7 178 85⁄8 219 97⁄8 251 12 305 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 107⁄8 276 131⁄8 333 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 1.8 0.7 300 20.Couplings FIG.500 88./mm Lbs.7 300 20. Coupling keys.7 300 20./mm In.22 7.63 52.84 4./mm In.292 32.6.00 17.3 8.3 5.7 851 3.1 0. 7003 HINGELOK® COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7003 HINGELOK COUPLING Nominal Size O. always check for gasket damage.6. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly.500 114.91 1. distortion bent or any other damage. www.43 35. Ea.7 0.7 300 20.1 Coupling Dimensions Approx.6 5.78 1.4 3° 46' 0.7 0. 7003 Hingelok Couplings are not designed for eccentric loading and therefore are not recommended for use at the end of concrete pumping booms or vertical risers above 30 feet (9.52 43.771 21.1 2.3 2.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 0 -1⁄4 0 .0 3.6.66 2. End Range of Pipe Pressure Load End Separation Per Coupling Per in.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./kN In.2 5. 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 1.3.3 11. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 158-159 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 3' 3° 11' 2° 35' 2° 10' 1° 40' In.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .625 219. PSI/bar Lbs.

GRUVLOK ® Gasket Z 19 .952 35.5 Max.85 3. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In./mm 1.0 7.500 88.952 35.3 4. Ft./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 57⁄8 149 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 71⁄8 181 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 Coupling Bolts Qty.27 22.0 3.900 48.500 88.3.500 114.811 21.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .5 500 34.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./N-M 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs.4./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .9 4. Wt.2 0 -3⁄16 0 .4 0.4. 7010 REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib X Fig. Larger Smaller Working O.3 4.3.8 Degrees 1° 53' 1° 33' 1° 17' 1° 17' 2° 38' 2° 38' 2° 38' mm/m 0.500 114.500 88.5 500 34. O.40 7.875 73.5 500 34.9 0.375 60. In.37 7.8 0 -3⁄16 0 .0 3.8 0 -3⁄16 0 .4 2.4 0.0 0.3 In.7 3.375 60.55 45.3 2. Pressure In.9 3. Ea.55 45.9 0.37 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in.0 2.9 3.39 32./Kg 2.9 3.375 60.6 6.D.952 35.-Lbs.5 500 34.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .55 45./mm In.3./mm 2.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 2.5 500 34.5 1. End Load Lbs./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Min.3 2.27 22.0 4./kN 2.9 8.3 2.9 PSI/bar 500 34.215 9.Couplings FIG./DN(mm) 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 Max.6 4.1 1./mm In./ft.4.500 114.0 0.9 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.32 27.375 60.246 14.5 500 34. Approx. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.9 0.D.811 21.40 4.9 4.3 2.875 73. Max.37 7.3.44 4.875 73.

44 36.3 4.4 5./ft. CONT'D.6.236 76. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In.67 17.500 114.236 76. Max.4 6. REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing GRUVLOK ® Gasket Gasket Center Rib Z X Fig.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 13. Pressure In.3 5.06 17.com .5 Max.1 13. In.1 In./N-M 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 Lbs. In.625 168.563 141.5 500 34.67 29.625 168. 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Torque § Min.3 PSI/bar 500 34.3 6.3 6.625 219.3 6./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 Max. www. Ft.562 141.6.5 6./kN 12.3 8./mm In./mm 5. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 160-161. Larger Smaller Working O.26 21.5 500 34.500 114.5 500 34.0 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.6.-Lbs.D./Kg 11.213 129./mm In./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 . 20 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 Degrees 2° 5' 1° 44' 1° 44' 1° 15' mm/m 0./mm 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 105⁄8 270 115⁄8 295 115⁄8 295 14 356 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 Coupling Bolts Qty.625 168.8 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.2 0.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . End Load Lbs.D.anvilintl.6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 0.4 0.153 54.1 17. 7010.95 Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in. Not for use in copper systems.36 30.7 8. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.36 30./mm 4. Wt.Couplings FIG. Ea. O.

7 300 20. GRUVLOK ® X 21 . Max. Max. Qty.7 6./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O. Amax.500 114.886 12. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.115 9.7 300 20.9 4./mm In./DN(mm) In.127 31. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X Bmin.1 3. 76./mm In.41 2./kN 1.8 2.9 15./mm In.66 2.7 PSI/bar 300 20.1 4.1 3 88./Kg 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 75 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 4. Ea.3 5./mm In./mm PN10 (16) 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 37⁄16 87 4 102 41⁄8 105 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 in.500 139.948 8.0 2.84 4.22 7.3 2.Couplings FIG.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.996 76.375 60.6 2. A Max.D.D.329 5. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.7 300 20.0 2.2 1.875 73.9 4 100 51⁄2 O.6 7. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max. 139.9 4.7 300 20. Specified End Latch* O.3 2.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.771 21.7 Lbs.D. In.2 6. Torque § Wt./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Ft. Sealing Surface X Y Z 61⁄4 159 7 178 71⁄4 184 77⁄8 200 9 229 97⁄8 251 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 127⁄8 327 3⁄4 Mating Flange Bolts In. Max. B Min.70 In. (ISO) mm Ft.500 88.7 300 20.7 2.91 1.

165. (ISO) mm Ft.1 12. In.528 77.8 4.229 121. A Max.38 In./mm 5 125 61⁄2 O.12 38.4 15.com .563 141.955 44. Max.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5./mm In.44 9. Qty./mm PN10 (16) 318 14 356 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 213⁄4 552 22 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.6 www. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.750 273.6 7. 7012.1 10.00 17. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.7 300 20.9 13. B Min. CONT'D GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X GRUVLOK ® X 22 Bmin.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.7 300 20.625 168. 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 713⁄16 198 10 254 121⁄8 308 141⁄8 359 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 12 12 12 12 in. Specified End Latch* O.D.7 Lbs.0 9.3 6.anvilintl.D.7 300 20. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max./kN 7./mm In./mm In. Max./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Ft./DN(mm) In.3 29.303 170./mm In.7 300 20.1 6. Sealing Surface X Y Z 10 254 111⁄4 286 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 121⁄2 7⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts In.97 27.750 323. Amax.4 9.341 46.3 8.625 219.28 10.7 300 20. Max.6 4.1 18. Torque § Wt.2 8.7 4.9 PSI/bar 300 20./Kg 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 7⁄8 x 31⁄2 M20 x 90 7⁄8 x 33⁄4 - 220 298 220 298 220 298 220 298 320 439 320 439 250 339 250 339 250 339 250 339 400 542 400 542 8.292 32. Ea.Couplings FIG.500 165.

Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange.08 - Ft. Max.2 Lbs.248 3⁄4 x 5 419.4 18.8 360 520 67. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. A Max./mm 38.D.7 300 20.000 508.38 M10 x 70 5 46.000 609. see page 200 The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 & Class 125 flanges./kN In. § – For additional Bolt Torque information. Max./Kg M20 x 90 ✛ 1 x 41⁄4 1 x 41⁄4 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄4 x 51⁄2 - 320 400 20.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In. 23 .9 14.Couplings FIG.-Lbs/N-M 40 30 100 136 100 136 130 176 130 176 180 244 60 45 130 176 130 176 180 244 180 244 220 298 Dimensions X Y 1 1 Z Mating Flange Bolts In.5 488 705 23.23 113. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.58 94. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.6 PSI/bar 300 20. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.341 3⁄4 x 5 339./mm In.319 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 268. butterfly valve./mm In. Ea.43 60. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable.5. Torque § Wt./DN(mm) In. B Min. * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.6 16.5 610 983 37. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-167.9 439 542 9.097 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 503.0 24.3 620 1. Specified End Latch* O.000 138. Qty. (ISO) mm Ft.5 841 1. To avoid interference issues. CONT'D.000 457.4 450 725 106. GRUVLOK FLANGES GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).5 610 983 48. 7012./mm In.5 360 520 52.31 76. Max. flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.0 488 705 30.750 323.7 300 20.2 20.4 450 725 82.7 250 17.000 406.7 300 20.000 355. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.356 62.7 300 20.181 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 205./mm 12 (PN) 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 12.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./mm PN10 (16) 18 ⁄8 460 21 533 231⁄2 597 25 635 271⁄2 699 32 813 ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange.303 170. Sealing Surface 21 ⁄4 540 24 610 261⁄2 673 29 737 311⁄2 800 361⁄2 927 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 123⁄4 324 14 356 16 406 18 457 20 508 24 610 141⁄8 359 16 406 18 457 20 508 22 559 26 660 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 - in. In. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16.

4 6.0 3. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket.9 3. Nominal O.820 194.750 273.80 95.3 14. Ft.1 10. Max. 24 Dimensions X Y Z Sealing Mating Surface Flange Bolts Approx.09 25.875 73. Wk. Amax. Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges. X Y Z 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 8.7 750 51.92 68.3 8. see page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.1 12. ANSI (ANSI) in.229 81.06 18.500 88./Kg 5./mm In.7 750 51.7 750 51.9 PSI/bar 750 51.3 6. 7013 GRUVLOK FLANGES (#300 FLANGE) GRUVLOK FIGURE 7013 FLANGE Max./mm 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 80 100 80 100 80 100 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 8 203 91⁄8 232 97⁄8 251 113⁄8 289 125⁄8 321 141⁄8 359 167⁄8 429 193⁄8 492 221⁄2 572 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 37⁄16 60 87 27⁄8 4 73 102 31⁄2 49⁄16 89 116 41⁄2 55⁄8 114 143 59⁄16 63⁄4 141 171 65⁄8 713⁄16 168 198 85⁄8 10 219 254 3 10 ⁄4 121⁄8 273 308 123⁄4 143⁄16 324 360 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 - (ISO) mm 5⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 3 ⁄4 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 33⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 43⁄4 1x5 11⁄8 x 53⁄4 - Lbs.4 4.78 4. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. A Max.7 Lbs.5 74.323 14.7 750 51.D. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 & 7600 valve. Not for use with copper systems.com .3 5. End Size Pressure Load GRUVLOK ® In./DN(mm) In.3 2.3 35.1 54.750 323.854 115.Couplings FIG.66 7. Ea./kN 3.4 16.1 9. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.8 33.625 219.9 Flange cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve.0 2.500 114. Max./mm In. www.7 750 51.-Lbs/N-M In.9 11.563 141./mm In. In. For Bolt Torque information./mm In.7 750 51.7 750 51.9 4.anvilintl.3 24.00 43.928 53.757 425./mm Bmin.5 18.3 6.375 60.625 168.7 750 51.072 302. 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 - * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. Size Wt. Qty.95 Latch* Specified Torque § Bolt Size Min. B Min.10 11.869 21.216 32.0 24.

GRUVLOK ® 7240 PERFORMANCE DATA X 25 ./mm 30 450 30 450 30 450 171⁄2 445 19 483 19 483 221⁄2 572 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 In.3 8.2 1⁄8 3. 7000 NIPPLE GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.2 1 ⁄4 6.1 12.625 168.500 114.9 4.8 11⁄4 31.2 1⁄8 3.562 141. 7000 COUPLING GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./mm In.4 1⁄4 6.3 2.8 11⁄4 31.625 219.4 1⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.3 6./mm 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 183⁄4 476 201⁄4 514 201⁄4 514 233⁄4 603 243⁄4 629 243⁄4 629 Total Coupling Number of Movement Movement Couplings Capability Capability In.750 323. 7000 L GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.D.8 11⁄4 31.Couplings FIG.4 1 ⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.0 3.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 11⁄4 31./DN(mm) In./mm 31⁄2 89 4 100 45⁄8 117 57⁄8 149 7 178 8 200 103⁄8 264 127⁄8 327 15 381 51⁄2 125 53⁄4 146 63⁄4 171 81⁄8 206 95⁄8 244 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 Compressed Expanded Length Length L L In.375 60.3 5.8 11⁄4 31.500 88./mm 1⁄8 3.0 10.8 11⁄4 31. 7240 EXPANSION JOINTS Y GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.4 1⁄4 6.4 1⁄4 6./mm 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 11⁄4 31.4 In.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Coupling Figure 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7001 7001 X Y In.875 73. In.750 273. 7000 GRUVLOK 4'' FIG. 7000 END ADAPTER Nominal Size O./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.

2 5. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 2.2 2.8 2. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.5 500 34./DN(mm) In.44 3246 14.5 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 168-169.6 1.com .5 3./mm 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv.85 3246 14.5 3.2 4./mm In.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Pipe Size Max.8 2./mm Lbs./mm 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 Bolt Size Approx.5 500 34.44 3246 14.5 500 34.5 500 34./kN 1418 6. 7042 OUTLET COUPLING FIGURE 7042 .31 1418 6.7042M 2 50 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet .6 1./mm In. Each In.5 5 00 34. G 21⁄16 52 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 56 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 — — 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 — — — — — — — — — — — — 31⁄2 89 — — — — — — 35⁄8 92 In.2 3./mm In.Branch Outlets FIG.44 In./mm In.3 1.3 1./mm — — — — — — — — — — 1 25 — — — — — — 11⁄4 32 psi/bar 500 34.7042F M X Y Male IPS Outlet .31 2215 9. Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G F X GRUVLOK ® In.44 3246 14.31 1418 6.5 Lbs./Kg 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 2.7042G 26 11⁄2 40 21⁄2 65 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1 ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — In.8 2.5 500 34.5 2. Wt.5 500 34.anvilintl.85 2215 9.5 500 34. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv.3 1.5 4.85 2215 9.6 1./mm 1⁄2 Y Female IPS Outlet.2 4./mm In.5 500 34. www.

/mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Bolt Size Approx.7042G 6 150 20 1 25 — — 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — In.5 500 34. Not for use in copper systems.5 500 34.5 500 34.5 Lbs./kN 4811 21.5 500 34.0 8.5 500 34.7042F 3 80 M X Y Male IPS Outlet .37 7952 35. the maximum working pressure may Cut Groove Specifications for Steel & Other IPS or ISO size Pipe"./Kg 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7.7042M 4 100 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet . Each In.Branch Branch Outlets Outlets FIG.2 18./mm In./mm Lbs.9 4.9 4. Wt. Nominal Pipe Size Max. 27 .7 8. 7042.5 11.5 500 34.5 500 34. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv./mm In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 3⁄4 Y Female IPS Outlet.40 7952 35.6 3.37 7952 35.0 5. G 213⁄16 72 23⁄4 70 — — 311⁄16 94 39⁄16 91 — — — — 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 — — 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 — — 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 — — — — 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 — — — — 4 102 4 102 — — — — 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 — — 6 152 6 152 In.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).0 11.40 4811 21.37 7952 35.66 In.9 3.0 18.5 500 34.2 18./mm 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv. CONT'D./mm In.5 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7042 . Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G Pipe ends must be prepared in accordance with Gruvlok "Roll or For a one-time field test only.66 17236 76./mm In.6 7.40 4811 21.66 17236 76. Pressure & end load ratings are for use with standard wall steel pipe.0 8. OUTLET COUPLING F X In.37 17236 76.9 9.5 9. be increased 11⁄2 times the figure shown.5 500 34.6 8./DN(mm) In./mm — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — — — 11⁄2 25 2 50 — — 11⁄2 40 2 50 psi/bar 500 34./mm In.9 3.0 5.

Max.Branch Outlets FIG.315 60.3 x 48.0 2.3 1.5 500 34.3 3.-Lbs. FPT BRANCH Z T V W Fig.0 2. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Y V T 28 Z Y W Fig.5 500 34.5 500 34.5 T U 23⁄16 56 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 51 23⁄16 55 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 9⁄16 In.2 2.7 2.7 2./mm In.3 2. Dia.5 www.3 x 21.7 2.875 x 1.050 60.875 x 1.840 60.9 1.5 1.1 3.660 60. 7045 CLAMP-T.5 500 34.3 x 33./mm 14 ⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.315 73. 7045 (U-Bolt) U FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.0 1.2 2./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 40 1 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Lbs./mm In.5 500 34.0 x 42. Working Min.3 x 26.3 2. In.375 x 1.5 500 34.0 x 26./mm 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 psi/bar 500 34. Wt.375 x 1.4 2./mm Specified Torque § Approx.com .375 x 1.875 x 0.3 2.3 x 42./mm 2.4 Hole Dimensions Max.5 500 34. Dia.9 1.anvilintl.875 x 1.7 1.4 2.3 2.4 1. Max. Min.660 73.0 x 33. Each Ft. Pressure▼ In.050 73.840 73./mm 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 In./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 Y Z 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 7 178 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 3 76 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 In. Bolt Size In.900 60.375 x 0.6 1.5 500 34.3 1./DN(mm) 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 O.D.0 x 21.375 x 1.7 2./Kg 2./mm 1⁄2 12 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.

/mm 31⁄8 79 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 Y Z 61⁄8 156 7 178 7 178 7 178 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 In.3 2.500 x 1.500 x 0. Dia.5 T U 27⁄16 62 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 76 31⁄16 78 213⁄16 73 9⁄16 In.2 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2". Working Min. Each Ft./mm 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 psi/bar 500 34.9 x 60.7 3.9 x 33./mm 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 In.5 500 34.3 3. and 61⁄2" O./Kg 3. Max.5 500 34.0 4.875 x 1.3 3.5 500 34.4 2.-Lbs.8 1. Wt.D..3 4.840 114. 51⁄2" O.3 x 33.4 1.050 88.840 88.D.500 x 1.050 114./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 1⁄2 80 x 15 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 20 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 1⁄2 100 x 15 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 20 4x1 100 x 25 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O. Pressure▼ In. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.5 4./mm In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 x 21.3 3.9 x 21.500 x 1. Min. FPT BRANCH In.3 2./mm 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In. Max.500 x 1.D.4 3.7 1./mm In.4 1.500 x 1.500 x 1.5 500 34./mm In.9 x 26. 5" and 6" Nom.8 1.375 88.5 2./mm 2.5 500 34.5 500 34./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 30 40 30 40 30 40 Lbs. Dia. Not for use in copper systems.5 500 34.7 1. CONT'D./mm 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Bolt Size In. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.1 2.9 x 48.7 4. CLAMP-T.D.Branch Outlets FIG.9 x 42.900 73. 7045.500 x 2.0 x 48.660 88.9 1. 29 .2 3.7 1.315 88.7 3.5 500 34. In.2 2.2 2.900 88.7 Hole Dimensions Max.3 x 26.6 2./mm 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Specified Torque § Approx.5 500 34.315 114.3 4.500 x 0.

1 4.5 500 34./mm 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 Y Z 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 In./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.6 2./Kg 4.900 114.5 500 34.7 2.5 500 34./mm In.3 x 76.5 500 34.5 5.1 7.5 2.3 x 42./mm In.500 x 2. Wt.3 x 48. Dia. 7045. Max. In.3 4.2 2.500 x 2.0 4./N-M 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs. Working Min.3 x 88./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 psi/bar 500 34. Each Ft./DN(mm) 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O.563 x 1. Dia.0 4.9 5.4 5.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) O.500 114.5 500 34.4 5. Max.2 2.D./mm In.6 www.D.500 x 1.660 114.4 6.3 x 60./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.375 114.875 114.9 5.3 5. CLAMP-T. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z V T 30 Y W Fig.5 500 34.375 141.5 500 34.500 x 2.4 5.563 x 2. Pressure▼ In.Branch Outlets FIG./mm 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In.500 x 3.996 114.5 2.660 141./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx. 114.-Lbs.3 x 42.4 2.563 x 1.3 4.anvilintl.4 4.3 Hole Dimensions Max. Bolt Size In.5 2.3 x 73. FPT BRANCH Z Y T V W Fig.900 141.3 x 76.7 3./mm 4. CONT'D.3 x 60. Min.5 500 34.3 x 48.5 T U 33⁄16 81 33⁄16 81 35⁄16 84 31⁄16 78 3 76 31⁄4 83 311⁄16 94 311⁄16 94 313⁄16 97 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 In.500 x 1.5 5.com . 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In.

D. and 61⁄2" O.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.6 4.5 500 34.8 9. Max.3 x 76.625 x 1.3 x 88.3 x 76. Min.5 8./mm In. Wt.D.-Lbs.4 3. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.1 5x3 125 x 80 6 x11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O.3 x 42. Working Min.875 141.3 x 73.625 x 1. Not for use in copper systems.625 x 4.0 5.4 6.9 7.3 6./mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34. CLAMP-T.3 x 76. Pressure▼ In.D.3 6.3 x 73.9 6.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2".563 x 2. 5" and 6" Nom./mm 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx.5 500 34.0 6. 31 .5 500 34. Dia.5 4.5 500 34.3 x 88.7 3.996 168. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.625 x 2./Kg 7.625 x 3.4 3.5 500 34.3 Hole Dimensions Max.563 x 2./mm 5.D.1 5.2 8.0 3.9 6.8 3.D.375 168./mm 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In. Each Ft. 51⁄2" O.4 10.5 7. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 500 34.8 3. 168.3 x 114./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 Bolt Size In.5 500 34. Max.1 6.5 T U 313⁄16 97 33⁄4 95 4 102 3 4 ⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 In.8 8./mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 5 127 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 53⁄8 137 51⁄2 140 Y Z 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In.5 7. FPT BRANCH In.500 168.563 x 3./N-M 100 130 130 180 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs. CONT'D.625 x 2.875 168.5 500 34.625 x 2. 141./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.3 x 60. Dia.660 168.996 141..8 3.D.900 168.500 141./mm In.2 7.500 168.5 500 34.0 3.3 x 48./DN(mm) 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5 x 3 O.Branch Outlets FIG.3 x 76./mm In. 7045. In.

500 219.D.0 8. and 61⁄2" O.2 7. Working Min.875 219.D.625 x 4.D. Not for use in copper systems.0 11.5 500 34. 219. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.D./mm In. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z Y W Fig.625 x 2./mm 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 Bolt Size In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171. Each Ft./DN(mm) 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8 x 3 O.5 500 34.625 x 2.500 219.9 16.5 T U 53⁄16 132 55⁄16 134 51⁄4 133 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 In. Max.1 x 70. 7045. Dia.0 8. 51⁄2" O. 32 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 x 76./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.5 500 34.996 219.3 Hole Dimensions Max.3 NOTE: 21⁄2". Max. FPT BRANCH Y V T Z T V W Fig.com .625 x 3. Wt.1 8. CLAMP-T.1 x 76./mm 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34..9 8.anvilintl./mm In.0 5. 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In./mm 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In.1 5. CONT'D.1 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)) O. www.D.1 x 88./mm 57⁄8 149 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 63⁄8 162 61⁄2 165 Y Z 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In.-Lbs.750 219./mm In. In. Min.1 x 114.625 x 2./mm 8.2 5./N-M 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs.5 500 34./Kg 11. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.Branch Outlets FIG.1 5. 5" and 6" Nom./mm 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx.0 13. see page 200. Dia. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. Pressure▼ In.1 x 73.1 11.

5 500 34.9 x 60.900 114./mm In./mm In.D./mm 2. Ft. GRUVLOK ® CLAMP-T.3 x 60.500 x 1. In. Wt.1 4.5 500 34.0 x 42.660 114.9 x 48.900 73.500 x 1.6 2./mm Specified Torque § Min.500 x 2.6 2.3 x 48.Branch Outlets FIG./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 1 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 - 40 Approx. Pressure▼ Dia.0 4./mm In.5 500 34./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK psi/bar 500 34.5 500 34.3 4.9 x 42. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.5 3. Each Lbs.4 2. Max. 7046 Fig.4 1. Hole Dimensions Max.3 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.875 x 1. 7046 Z Y Z Y V T V T W Fig.4 2.900 88./Kg 3.3 x 42.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In.2 1. Dia.0 x 48./mm In.5 500 34.3 3.4 4.4 1./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄4• 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 O.9 4.375 88.375 114.5 500 34.500 x 2.660 88. Max.4 3.-Lbs.660 73.3 3. Working Min.3 4.3 2./mm 9⁄16 14 ⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 9 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 Bolt Size In.500 x 1.4 1./mm In.5 500 34.5 4.875 x 1.5 3.500 x 1. GROOVED BRANCH 33 .0 4.

6 7.3 5./mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 psi/bar 500 34. CONT'D.anvilintl./Kg 5.0 2.0 2. Ft. GROOVED BRANCH Z Y V T GRUVLOK ® Fig.3 x 42.com .5 500 34.0 4.Branch Outlets FIG.875 114.563 x 1.4 5.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 O.9 5.563 x 3./mm In.5 2./mm 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./N-M 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 100 130 100 130 - ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Approx.660 141.1 4.-Lbs. 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 Bolt Size In.3 5.3 x 76./mm Specified Torque § Min. In. Max.3 x 60.9 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 In. Working Min.900 141.500 x 2.500 114.563 x 2.3 5.3 5. 114.996 114. Each Lbs./mm In. Pressure▼ Dia. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.0 5. Dia.2 www.5 500 34.875 141.5 500 34./mm 4.5 500 34.5 5.D.5 500 34./mm In.3 x 88.563 x 1. Hole Dimensions Max. Max.5 5.3 x 73./DN(mm) 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O.6 2.500 x 2.3 x 76.3 x 48.3 x 88.D.8 2.6 2. 7046 34 Z Y V T W Fig.3 x 73.1 3.500 x 3. 7046. CLAMP-T.563 x 2. Wt.5 5./mm In./mm In.5 500 34.6 2.5 500 34.375 141.5 5.500 141.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In.

4 7.5 500 34.4 8.3 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe./mm In.3 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Hole Dimensions Max. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.5 500 34.3 8. 7046.1 x 73.3 6.3 8. Dia./mm 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34.1 x 88.625 x 2.9 6. GROOVED BRANCH FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) In.875 168.0 3.625 x 2.500 168. 168.5 7. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.-Lbs.375 168.5 500 34..8 11.3 x 88.625 x 3. In.625 x 2. 51⁄2" O. Max.375 219.6 3.875 219./mm In./mm Specified Torque § Min. & 61⁄2" O. Not for use in copper systems.D. 5" & 6" Nom.2 3.3 x 73.900 168.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 O.8 3.625 x 2.500 219.625 x 2.5 500 34./mm 6. 35 ./N-M 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 130 180 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 * * * * * ⁄8 x 41⁄4 * 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx. Wt.6 3.Branch Outlets FIG.996 168./mm 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 5 127 5 127 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄4 159 NOTE: 21⁄2"./Kg 7./DN(mm) 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171. pipe.7 10.D.9 8.5 500 34.6 10.3 x 76./mm In.6 4. CLAMP-T.500 168. Ft.7 10.5 500 34.3 7.1 6.2 16.5 500 34. Each Lbs.D. Pressure▼ Dia.2 7.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In.4 4.625 x 4. see page 200.3 6.625 x 4. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 Bolt Size In. Working Min.5 500 34.3 x 48.625 x 3.0 8. CONT'D./mm In.D. Max.3 x 76.4 4.625 x 1. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.1 x 114.5 5.D. • Cannot be used in cross configuration./mm In.5 500 34.3 x 60.500 219.0 6.3 x 114.1 x 60.

7049 CLAMP-T. CROSS Z Y GRUVLOK ® V T Fig. In addition. 7048 & FIG. 7047. 36 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.anvilintl. 2 x 1⁄2" through 2 x 11⁄2" can now be made into crosses from the new design. www. 7046 Clamp-T has grooved-end branch connection. Fig. 7049 – Groove x Thread NOTES: 21⁄2" x 11/4" Figure 7046 cannot be used in cross configuration. The Fig.Branch Outlets FIG. FIG.com . 7045 Clamp-T female pipe thread branch is available with NPT or ISO 7/1 connection and the Fig. 7047 – Thread x Thread Z V V V Y Z Y V V Fig. Clamp-T cross connections are available allowing greater versatility in piping design. 7048 – Groove x Groove The Gruvlok Clamp-T provides for a branch or cross connection in light wall or standard wall steel pipe.

D.875 x 1. GRUVLOK ® BRANCH OUTLET 37 . Dia.9 0.315 42.0 x 33.0 x 21.0 x 26.8 0.840 48. In./mm 21⁄16 53 21⁄16 53 23⁄16 56 25⁄32 55 25⁄32 55 29⁄32 58 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67 211⁄16 69 211⁄16 69 213⁄16 72 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 Take-out T In.7 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 In.4 x 33.-Lbs./mm In.9 0.900 x 0.9 0. 7044 FIGURE 7044 BRANCH OUTLET Nominal Size A T B C Maximum Working Pressure for all sizes is 175 PSI (12.050 42.900 x 1.1 bar) Not for use in copper systems.4 0.660 x 1.840 60.315 73. In.4 0.875 x 1.7 2.660 x 0.660 x 1.7 2.050 73.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 0.8 0.9 0.375 x 1. Hole Diameter Min. Wt.8 0.3 x 33./Kg 0.4 0. Each Lbs.050 60. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 172-173./DN(mm) 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK O.840 73.3 2.7 2.8 0. Max.375 x 0.4 x 21. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" from page 262.7 1.4 0.3 1./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 42 15⁄8 42 13⁄4 45 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 Specified Torque § Min. Max.900 x 1.4 0.315 60.3 x 26.375 x 1./N-M 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 Approx.315 48.Branch Outlets FIG.875 x 0. Ft.4 0.4 0.4 1.3 2.840 42.4 0.7 2.3 x 21.050 48./mm In.3 x 33.7 1.8 0.3 1./mm 1.0 0.3 x 21./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 Dimensions A B C In./mm In.4 x 26.3 x 26. Dia.4 0.8 0.8 0.7 1.

563 141.D.3 2. 139.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.236 133.5 1.7 222./Kg www. 7050 90° ELBOW* C to E C .6 0. GRUVLOK ® O.6 1.000 508.9 11.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.7 3.375 60.500 165.D.0 1.1 12.875 73.0 156.996 76.D.2 3.4 1. Wt.D.625 219.Grooved Fittings FIG.750 323. 133.0 4.900 48.1 3.5 In.3 2. Wt.1 10. 108.6 4.9 4.500 114.4 7. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.2 169./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.4 18.8 2. Ea.7 3.8 5.0 76.3 5.0 51⁄2 O.0 2./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.000 609. 159.0 0./DN(mm) 0. In.0 15.2 1. In.2 6. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2.660 42.0 6./mm In.0 100.D.7 10.0 61⁄2 O.000 355.3 1. Size O. Ea.3 In.0 24.4 4.2 0.9 53.3 82 37.750 273.D.315 33.D.1 5. 38 FIGURE 7050 90° ELBOW* Nom.7 5.5 10. 76.5 7. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.5 1.D.250 108. all others are fabricated steel.3 6. Size O.0 344./Kg 4. Nom.9 17.500 88./mm 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 102 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 In.6 16./mm Lbs.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.259 159. Wt.Cast malleable or ductile iron.6 Center to End Approx./DN(mm) In.anvilintl.0 490.3 Center to End Approx. Nom.9 4.625 168.500 139.5 2.2 20. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄4C 133 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 7. Size O.9 16.000 457.0 5.0 127.5 24. 8.1 6.0 222./mm Lbs.000 406./mm Lbs.com .D.6 13.6 1.5 41⁄4 O. Ea. 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 36 914 30.6 Center to End Approx.7 280.9 14.000 101.1 6 150 In.5 7.D.7 0. 165.

7 117.3 6.9 0. C .Cast malleable or ductile iron. GRUVLOK ® 45° ELBOW* 39 .3 2. Ea.3 15.D.4 7. Nom./Kg 8.900 48.0 6.7 1.3 5. 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 2C 51 21⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 23⁄4 C 70 0.1 10.6 50.750 273.4 2.1 4.9 14.D.660 42.000 355.0 81. 76.0 61⁄2 O.875 73.0 53. Wt. Size O. 108.000 101.D.500 88.D.0 22. Ea.4 2.3 3.500 139. Nom.6 Center to End Approx.5 9.315 33.4 1./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.0 11.7 92. FIGURE 7051 45° ELBOW* Nom.500 165.250 108. Ea.8 9.1 6./mm Lbs.3 7.0 24.5 4.2 179.9 2.4 1. all others are fabricated steel.D.563 141.0 4.625 168.0 2.D.0 66.1 10. 139.1 3.5 0.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.3 1. Wt.1 5.0 4 100 51⁄4 O.D./DN(mm) In.7 0. 41⁄4 C 108 43⁄4 C 121 51⁄4 C 133 83⁄4 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 317 15 381 19. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2.750 323.2 1.3 Center to End Approx.D.0 5.625 219./mm Lbs. 159.2 20.7 5./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 4./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4.1 12. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.3 0.2 255.6 Center to End Approx.0 34./mm Lbs. Size O.2 1.7 In.2 0.D. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.4 18.6 16.000 609.0 5.000 508.6 11.8 3. Wt.2 5.5 0.0 41. 7051 C to E O.500 114.000 406.0 3.000 457.D. 27⁄8 C 83 3C 76 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 4./mm In.259 159.0 4.236 133.3 2. In.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.0 51⁄2 O.0 In.3 2./mm In./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O.1 6 150 In.1 146. Size O.Grooved Fittings FIG.1 In.0 115. 133.996 76. 165.375 60.9 0.

2 Center to End Approx.000 355.1 10. Size O.000 508. Ea.0 20.9 52. Nom.2 3.375 60.0 36. all others are fabricated steel.0 3. Wt.9 14.625 168.5 0.2 0.4 In.8 0.3 6.5 In. Size O. 6 152 7 178 80.0 29. Ea.500 114.1 12.1 30.2 23.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 4.500 88.2 1. Size O.D.3 2. Wt.4 18. 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 C 79 37⁄8 C 98 43⁄8 111 47⁄8 124 5 127 5 127 51⁄2 140 7.3 112.3 8.0 13.D. 31⁄4 83 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 C 48 2 51 1 2 ⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 C 67 0. Nom.0 50.5 0./Kg 5.com .8 5./mm 20 500 24 600 20. In.000 457. Wt. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart./DN(mm) In.D.000 406.3 8./Kg C ./mm Lbs.3 2.7 17.8 In./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1.6 40.D.660 42.750 323.4 1.000 101.5 4./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In.9 4.4 1./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.3 0.7 65./mm Lbs.anvilintl.563 141.315 33.900 48.625 219.9 3.6 Center to End Approx.0 24. Ea.875 73.750 273./mm Lbs.8 8.0 1.6 16.2 1.4 18.3 46.7 1.9 0.7 0. www. C to E O.3 2./mm In.Cast malleable or ductile iron.000 609. In.D. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 40 Fabricated FIGURE 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom. 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW O.2 3.3 Center to End Approx.

2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5.000 457.8 96.D.900 48.0 2.5 0.563 141.625 168.4 18. Wt.5 6. Ea.660 42.D. 41 .500 114.5 In. In. Ea. Wt. Ea.7 29. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information./Kg Nom.6 42.3 6.000 406./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In.5 0.1 53.9 0.6 Center to End Approx./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5.315 33.750 323. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.375 60./mm Lbs./Kg C .750 273. In.3 1.0 43.2 Center to End Approx.5 2.4 1.7 8. Size O. FIGURE 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW Nom. all others are fabricated steel.9 4.Cast malleable or ductile iron.7 0.4 1.1 In.625 219. Wt.6 4. Size O.6 18.3 2.0 3.5 32.9 10.2 24.0 19.875 73. Size O./DN(mm) In.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 16.0 4. GRUVLOK ® C to E Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.0 24.000 355./mm Lbs.2 0./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1.1 14.000 609./mm 20 500 24 600 20.7 2.3 0.1 0.8 1./DN(mm) In.3 0./mm In.3 Center to End Approx.9 2.0 0.3 3. 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW O. 5 127 6 152 65.1 10.D.1 12.5 In.500 88.000 508.000 101./mm Lbs.3 8.5 14.2 1.3 6.3 2.9 14. Nom. 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 0.D.

4 1. Wt.com .5 1.4 18.5 29.563 141.3 2.6 Center to End Approx.3 8.500 114.2 Center to End Approx. 30 762 36 914 344.9 104./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O. all others are fabricated steel.9 2. In.0 222. In.D.anvilintl.000 457.9 4.660 42. 42 FIGURE 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In.3 2.2 59.0 156.2 6. 91⁄2 241 103⁄4 273 15 381 18 457 21 533 21 533 24 610 27 686 20.1 10.0 127./Kg C .6 16.875 73.625 168.000 355.7 169.3 In.7 0.750 273./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O./mm 1. 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* C to E GRUVLOK ® O. In.0 100.D.6 4.3 0.000 101.9 9. Nominal Size In.7 4.3 Center to End Approx.5 5. Ea.8 2./mm 5. www.7 222.000 406.000 609. Ea.315 33.0 76.900 48. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.375 60.9 14. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information./Kg Nominal Size In.4 11.6 1.D.4 1.2 147.2 26./mm Lbs.0 490.0 47.0 3.7 280.0 24.9 0.9 9.0 66.2 In.Grooved Fittings FIG. Ea. 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 C 136 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 C 181 71⁄4 184 71⁄2 C 191 0./mm 20.000 508.Cast malleable or ductile iron./mm Lbs.5 2.D./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 219.500 88.0 In.1 13.3 6.2 1.1 12.1 4./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O. Wt. Wt.750 323./mm Lbs.

625 168. GRUVLOK ® C to E * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2.900 48.2 Center to End Approx. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In.315 33./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O./mm Lbs.3 6.0 24.4 18. 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 4 102 0.750 323.2 255.4 57.0 53.1 12.3 2.500 88.000 101.5 17.500 114.Cast malleable or ductile iron.3 1.0 15.D.7 0. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.6 16.0 3.000 406.2 5./Kg C .4 1.D.3 2.5 1.660 42.1 10.7 0.6 37./mm Lbs.0 115. In.9 1.875 73.3 2.6 4.3 In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 1. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* O.9 34. Ea./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O.D.9 14.2 3.3 2.0 81.0 41. In. Wt.0 0. 5 127 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 10 254 21 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 12.4 7. FIG.5 1.625 219.4 26.000 355.750 273.8 2.4 7. Ea./mm 5. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart. 121⁄2 317 15 381 179.0 5.000 508.5 169.9 4.375 60.0 66. Ea.563 141.2 0./Kg Nominal Size In. 43 .1 146. Wt./mm 20./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O.3 Center to End Approx. In.D.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 In.7 117. Wt.6 Center to End Approx./mm Lbs.2 1.3 8.3 4. all others are fabricated steel.000 457.0 82.2 In.000 609.

/DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 0.4 1. C to GE C to TE Approx.8 4.1 16. Ea.4 0.625 219. 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 41⁄2 114 In.6 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 In.0 20.6 25.500 88.9 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 4.6 45.3 2.4 73.625 168. all others are fabricated steel. Nominal Size O.0 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4.9 4.5 6.0 33./mm Lbs.6 1. Wt.315 33. C to GE C to TE In.000 101./mm In./mm In.6 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 13.com .1 12.900 48.9 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 71⁄4 184 51⁄2 7. Wt. 7063 TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH O.Cast malleable or ductile iron.1 98./Kg Approx.660 42.0 3.4 1. Ea.D.750 323./mm In.3 5.3 2.5 C .7 7.anvilintl.7 0.750 273./mm Lbs./DN(mm) In.6 11.7 8. GRUVLOK ® C to GE 44 C to TE FIGURE 7063 TEE WITH THREADED BRANCH Nominal Size O./mm In.8 2.875 73./Kg 1.1 3. www.D.1 10.500 114.Grooved Fittings FIG.563 140 6.7 2.0 44.3 8.2 1.375 60.9 0.D.1 8.

/DN(mm) In.6 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 5 x 5 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 32 127 4.3 150 x 150 x 65 5x5x2 51⁄2 14 6x6x3 125 x 125 x 50 140 6.5 165 9.7 80 x 80 x 50 108 2.9 C ./Kg In. Nominal Center Approx.5 165 12./Kg 51⁄2 14.8 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄4 4 ⁄4 5.1 150 x 150 x 25 4x4x3 5C 11.2 100 x 100 x 25 95 3.2 65 x 65 x 32 95 1.0 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 23⁄4 1.8 1 1 1 3x3x2 4 ⁄4 C 5.6 80 x 80 x 32 108 2.4 150 x 150 x 80 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIG.0 61⁄2 C 26.2 1⁄2 1⁄4 1 1 3 3 x 3 x 2 4 6.5 61⁄2 C 26.2 150 x 150 x 50 5 x 5 x 11⁄2 51⁄2 13.5 65 x 65 x 40 95 2. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Center Approx.0 61⁄2 C 26.2 1 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄2 4 ⁄4 5.3 140 6. all others are fabricated steel.5 50 x 50 x 40 83 1.Cast malleable or ductile iron.2 150 x 150 x 40 5x5x1 51⁄2 13.5 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 C 2.3 61⁄2 21.7 80 x 80 x 40 108 2./mm Lbs.D.3 1 ⁄4 x 1 ⁄4 x 1 2 ⁄4 1.4 165 12./DN(mm) In.9 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1. O.6 125 x 125 x 80 4x4x2 5C 10./mm Lbs. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Center Approx.2 5x5x3 100 x 100 x 40 127 4.2 5x5x4 100 x 100 x 50 127 4.6 50 x 50 x 25 83 1. GRUVLOK ® Cast 45 .8 65 x 65 x 50 95 2.8 80 x 80 x 25 108 3. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O.7 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 33⁄4 4.7 50 x 50 x 32 83 0. Size to End Wt.D.9 65 x 65 x 25 95 1.2 6x6x1 100 x 100 x 65 127 5./mm Lbs. Ea.4 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 23⁄4 1. In./DN(mm) 5 9. Ea. Nominal Size to End Wt./Kg 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 ⁄ 2 x 2 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 33⁄4 4./Kg In. sizes Center Approx.0 165 9.6 125 x 125 x 100 1 4 x 4 x 2 ⁄2 5C 11./DN(mm) In.4 6 x 6 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 80 127 5. In.6 6x6x2 125 x 125 x 25 140 6. Size In.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 125 x 125 x 65 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 5 10.9 140 8. to End Wt.D.0 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 33⁄4 4.1 61⁄2 20. Ea./mm Lbs.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 140 6.1 80 x 80 x 65 108 2.5 51⁄2 14.0 32 x 32 x 25 70 0.8 3x3x1 41⁄4 C 7.3 2 ⁄2 x 2 ⁄2 x 1 3 ⁄4 4. Ea.8 2x2x1 3 ⁄4 C 2.5 165 12.0 40 x 40 x 25 70 0.6 51⁄2 C 17.9 4x4x1 33⁄4 7. Size to End Wt.8 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 125 x 125 x 40 140 6.2 40 x 40 x 32 70 0.

Ea.6 300 x 300 x 80 254 33.1 12 129 305 58.1 300 x 300 x 100 254 34./DN(mm) 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8 x 8 x 11⁄2 200 x 200 x 40 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center Approx.7 197 14./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 4 400 x 400 x 100 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 Center Approx.0 165 12.D.6 10 x 10 x 2 9 52./Kg 9 52.3 300 x 300 x 200 254 34.8 73⁄4 33. Size to End Wt.0 300 x 300 x 50 254 36.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 197 15.6 12 x 12 x 8 10 76. Ea.0 3 7 ⁄4 33. Ea.2 3 7 ⁄4 C 50.8 11 103 279 46.7 250 x 250 x 200 229 29.7 197 15.2 11 105 279 47.0 350 x 350 x 100 279 45.6 300 x 300 x 125 254 34.0 250 x 250 x 80 229 24.0 10 x 10 x 4 9 53.0 197 22.0 300 x 300 x 25 254 34.6 250 x 250 x 100 229 24. In./mm Lbs. 7061.6 250 x 250 x 65 229 23.5 165 12.2 12 127 305 57.5 12 130 305 59. Size to End Wt. O.com .9 Nominal Center Approx. to End Wt. CONT'D.8 12 x 12 x 4 10 75.3 10 x 10 x 5 9 54. In.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 250 x 250 x 150 229 24./Kg 61⁄2 C 26.4 12 x 12 x 3 10 74.7 3 7 ⁄4 33.6 10 x 10 x 6 9C 55./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.0 10 x 10 x 11⁄2 250 x 250 x 40 229 23.7 73⁄4 34. to End Wt.3 12 x 12 x 1 10 77./Kg 12 x 12 x 2 10 80.0 197 24.0 61⁄2 C 28.2 250 x 250 x 50 229 23. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 46 Fabricated C to E C to E FIG.0 300 x 300 x 65 254 35.6 12 x 12 x 10 10 77.7 11 104 279 47.0 www.5 Nominal Center Approx.2 300 x 300 x 150 254 34.2 250 x 250 x 125 229 24. REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O.2 14 x 14 x 4 11 100.anvilintl./Kg 11 101 279 45.6 12 126 305 57.7 1 10 x 10 x 2 ⁄2 9 52.D./DN(mm) In.1 12 x 12 x 5 10 75.0 197 15./mm Lbs.3 12 x 12 x 6 10 76.7 73⁄4C 54. In.6 300 x 300 x 250 254 35.5 197 15. Ea. Nominal Size In. In.0 3 7 ⁄4 32.9 10 x 10 x 8 9C 64.6 12 128 305 58./mm Lbs.3 12 x 12 x 21⁄2 10 78.9 10 x 10 x 3 9 53.

Size to End Wt.5 24 x 24 x 20 20 347 600 x 600 x 500 508 157.3 18 x 18 x 6 151⁄2 190 450 x 450 x 150 394 86.9 1 20 x 20 x 8 17 ⁄4 242 500 x 500 x 200 438 109. Size to End Wt. REDUCING TEE STANDARD Nominal Center Approx. In./mm Lbs. 7061.Grooved Fittings FIG.D. all others are fabricated steel.4 3 20 x 20 x 18 17 ⁄4 252 500 x 500 x 450 451 114.D.3 24 x 24 x 8 20 327 600 x 600 x 200 508 148.1 1 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 194 450 x 450 x 250 394 88./Kg 246 20 x 20 x 12 171⁄4 500 x 500 x 300 438 111.Cast malleable or ductile iron. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONT'D.4 C .3 24 x 24 x 10 20 330 600 x 600 x 250 508 149. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C to E Cast O.6 1 20 x 20 x 14 17 ⁄4 248 500 x 500 x 350 438 112. C to E C to E See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.1 20 x 20 x 6 171⁄4 240 500 x 500 x 150 438 108.8 1 20 x 20 x 10 17 ⁄4 244 500 x 500 x 250 438 110.2 1 18 x 18 x 8 15 ⁄2 192 450 x 450 x 200 394 87. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 24 x 24 x 18 20 345 600 x 600 x 450 508 156.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 196 450 x 450 x 300 394 88.9 1 18 x 18 x 14 15 ⁄2 201 450 x 450 x 350 394 91./DN(mm) In. C to E Fabricated GRUVLOK ® FIG. CONT'D.5 20 x 20 x 16 171⁄4 250 500 x 500 x 400 438 113.2 24 x 24 x 16 20 342 600 x 600 x 400 508 155. 47 . In.5 24 x 24 x 14 20 340 600 x 600 x 350 508 154./Kg 16 x 16 x 14 12 132 400 x 400 x 350 305 59. FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.9 1 18 x 18 x 4 15 ⁄2 188 450 x 450 x 100 394 85. Ea./mm Lbs.2 1 18 x 18 x 16 15 ⁄2 203 450 x 450 x 400 394 92.7 Nominal Center Approx.D.7 24 x 24 x 12 20 334 600 x 600 x 300 508 151./DN(mm) In. Ea.

4 12 26.1 26.5 12 Nominal Size In.2 4. End Wt.7 1.5 2. In.anvilintl.0 8x8x5 8x8x6 10 x 10 x 2 3 7 ⁄4 3 7 ⁄4 9 41.0 54.2 9.6 50.D.2 4.5 12 28.5 17 38. 7064 REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O.3 2.6 200 x 200 x 150 197 24./mm 6x6x4 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 100 165 6x6x5 61⁄2 C 150 x 150 x 125 165 8x8x2 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 50 197 8x8x3 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 80 197 8x8x4 73⁄4 Lbs/Kg 26.6 1.1 11.5 250 x 250 x 50 229 28./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 Center to Approx./mm 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 5 100 x 100 x 65 127 4x4x3 5 100 x 100 x 80 127 5x5x2 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 50 140 5x5x3 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 80 140 5x5x4 51⁄2 C 125 x 125 x 100 140 6x6x2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 50 165 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 165 6x6x3 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 80 165 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. End Wt.2 3.0 3./DN(mm) Center to Approx.7 2.8 2./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 Lbs/Kg 1. GRUVLOK ® Cast 48 C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.4 5.1 7. O.2 4.9 8.1 1.2 14.0 200 x 200 x 100 197 22.0 12./DN(mm) Center to Approx.2 5./DN(mm) 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to Approx.D.4 2 5.2 5.3 17.6 16. In.6 0.3 2 4./mm 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 5 127 5 127 Lbs/Kg 7.0 61.6 7.3 7. In.0 3.8 www.5 12 26. In. Ea.7 0.7 2.6 Nominal Size In.7 37.5 5.2 1. Ea. End Wt. Ea.4 5.5 6.9 4.com .2 10. Lbs/Kg 11.7 17. End Wt. Ea.7 200 x 200 x 125 197 18.8 2.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 Nominal Size In.

0 20 342. End Wt./mm Lbs/Kg In.9 400 x 400 x 200 305 61.5 450 x 450 x 400 300 x 300 x 80 254 38.Cast malleable or ductile iron.7 84.5 300 x 300 x 250 254 43.D.0 450 x 450 x 300 250 x 250 x 150 229 24. Ea.0 11 117. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In. End Wt.0 300 x 300 x 200 254 41.0 600 x 600 x 300 508 10 x 10 x 4 10 x 10 x 5 10 x 10 x 6 10 x 10 x 8 12 x 12 x 3 12 x 12 x 4 12 x 12 x 5 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 64.6 300 x 300 x 150 254 40.0 65.8 600 x 600 x 200 508 300 x 300 x 100 254 38. 7064.0 18 x 18 x 16 151⁄2 216.8 11 110. Ea.0 1 250 x 250 x 80 229 28. Nominal Size In.5 400 x 400 x 250 305 63.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 350 x 350 x 200 279 49.3 350 x 350 x 250 279 51. 49 .8 GRUVLOK ® Cast 95. Nominal Size In.2 94.1 55.0 64. CONT'D.0 24 x 24 x 8 20 334./DN(mm) 9 63. 24 x 24 x 10 24 x 24 x 12 394 394 394 394 92.7 98.0 12 x 12 x 8 12 x 12 x 10 14 x 14 x 8 14 x 14 x 10 14 x 14 x 12 16 x 16 x 8 16 x 16 x 10 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10 10 91. REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O.D.1 400 x 400 x 300 250 x 250 x 100 229 29.0 155 C . sizes 20 349.0 158 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 12 x 12 x 6 Center to Approx.0 11 114.5 94./mm Lbs/Kg 12 142.0 152 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 18 x 18 x 14 151⁄2 211. O.0 12 139.4 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 204.5 350 x 350 x 300 279 52.3 16 x 16 x 12 Center to Approx. End Wt.0 12 135. all others are fabricated steel. In.0 305 64.D.7 450 x 450 x 350 250 x 250 x 200 229 29./DN(mm) 10 x 10 x 3 Center to Approx.9 85.2 600 x 600 x 250 508 300 x 300 x 125 254 39.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 209./mm Lbs/Kg In.8 87. Ea.4 450 x 450 x 250 250 x 250 x 125 229 29./DN(mm) 10 88.

9 0.D.4 24. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast Fabricated C to E FIG.3 5.000 406.0 118.Cast malleable or ductile iron.500 165. 50 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O. Wt.0 98. 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 101 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 0.4 16.2 218.750 273.3 2.4 1.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O. O.2 1.1 3.8 4. 76.3 16.1 25./Kg Nominal Size In./mm 4./mm 8./mm Lbs.8 4.236 133.D.000 457.D.5 146. 7060 TEE C to E O.0 4. 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 41.875 73. In.3 4.Grooved Fittings FIG.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 O.2 20./mm 1.D./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.1 12.5 0.4 11.6 Center to End Approx./mm Lbs.375 60. all others are fabricated steel./Kg C .259 159.3 4.1 5.996 76. Ea.625 219. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄2 C 140 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 9.660 42.0 5.3 6.4 1.1 6.7 1. 165.com .625 168.5 33./Kg Nominal Size In.D.500 114./mm Lbs. In.D.7 11.000 101.1 6 150 O.0 51⁄2 O.0 53.7 5. 7060 TEE Nominal Size In.2 7.D.4 18.9 14.anvilintl.250 108.900 48.D.2 10.0 6.3 2.1 18. In. 159.7 In.500 88.4 1.7 43.1 10.D./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O.9 4.8 2.0 1.0 66.7 14.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.750 323.1 7.0 172 In.6 74. 139.8 94.8 0. Wt.3 20. Wt.000 355.000 508.6 16.563 141.6 9.1 6.315 33.0 125 379.1 4. Ea.6 Center to End Approx.0 2.000 609.9 275.4 In.0 24.500 139.6 2. 108.8 2.D.0 61⁄2 O.3 Center to End Approx. 133. Ea.8 9. www.D.

/DN(mm) In./mm Lbs.6 0.3 1.0 2.6 In. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. 51 . 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0. 1.3 0.7 6.0 0.5 In.7 In.5 1. Ea. Wt.3 1.0 2. 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 1.6 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.8 2.5 1.1 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6x2 150 x 50 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4.2 2.3 0./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 0.3 0.6 1.0 2.D.3 1.2 0./DN(mm) End to End Approx.0 2.6 1. 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 In.5 2.2 1.2 0.5 0.0 2./mm Lbs.4 1./mm Lbs.7 5. All are Fabricated Steel. Wt.8 2.3 1.3 0. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Size End to End Approx.6 1./DN(mm) In.6 1.7 5./Kg GRUVLOK ® O.5 1.0 2.6 1.2 0.5 1.7 6. Ea.Grooved Fittings FIG.D.3 0. Wt.0 0. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E FIG./mm Lbs.5 1.0 0. Ea. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 0.9 2./DN(mm) In.8 0.0 6.0 2. Wt./Kg Nominal Size In. Ea.

7 0.6 3. Wt.3 7.0 4.2 9.6 2./DN(mm) In. 7073 & FIG.5 3.8 4.0 2.6 1.9 6.6 0.5 1.5 In./mm Lbs. X GR. GRUVLOK ® Fabricated FIG.5 10. Fabricated FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx. www.8 2./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.9 4.5 12. 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 5.0 1. Ea.1 2. X THD.com .8 4./DN(mm) In. Wt.2 5./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.7 6.4 1. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 1./mm Lbs.3 3.4 2.9 11.6 In.2 1. 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 3./DN(mm) In.9 6.0 4.0 7.0 5.D./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.5 0.5 6.8 4.9 5.1 In.7 1.7 4. Ea.3 2.4 1. Ea.1 5. 7073– GR. O. Ea.4 12.5 2.9 2.9 3. 7097 – GR.4 12./mm Lbs.anvilintl.5 2. Wt.0 2.5 3.5 3.1 1.3 4./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.D./mm Lbs.7 1. Wt.D. sizes 52 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 2.0 5.2 1.0 2. O. 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 8.2 In.0 1.6 4.9 9.Grooved Fittings FIG. 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E FIG./DN(mm) In.7 3.

1 19. 7073 & FIG. 34.2 10.9 104 47.8 160 72.6 44. 7097.2 110 49.9 113 51. 53 .3 117 53.1 88 39.2 20.7 13.3 84 38. 91 41.9 8.5 99 44./Kg Nominal Size In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.Grooved Fittings FIG. Wt.9 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 In. Center to end dimensions may differ from those shown above.5 29./mm Lbs./DN(mm) End to End Approx.8 20.3 96 43.9 21.9 145 65.4 80 36.4 9.5 31. Wt./Kg Nominal Size In.3 In. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.2 14.8 5./mm Lbs.D.7 21./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.4 34./Kg GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.4 15. Wt./DN(mm) End to End Approx.7 14.2 7.0 23.6 174 78.9 156 70.8 16. CONT'D.7 194 88 199 90.8 149 67.4 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 In.0 15.6 6. ECCENTRIC REDUCERS FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) End to End Approx.7 23.5 189 85.9 179 81./Kg Nominal Size In.2 184 83.7 8./DN(mm) In.6 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 152 68./DN(mm) End to End Approx.5 47. Wt. 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 In.6 78 35. Ea. sizes Fabricated Steel *Figure 7097 is available in sizes 11⁄4 x 1 through 12 x 10.3 17.8 13.1 121 54. 12.6 52. Ea.9 6. Ea.3 45. Ea.

0 3.9 2. Ea.D.anvilintl.0 2.0 3.0 3.6 8. FIG.0 3.7 19. 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 8 203 8 203 2.0 7.Grooved Fittings FIG.D./Kg Nominal Size In. Ea.0 8.6 19.D.3 7.5 1. O.0 8.0 5.6 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 12 305 In./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.4 12.6 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6 x 31⁄2 150 x 90 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 19. 8.4 19./Kg Nominal Size In.0 0.0 2.3 5. 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® FIG.6 19.6 8.6 3.0 3. Lbs.0 5.6 17.0 0.0 2.4 12. 7079 GR X BEV O.0 8. 7078 & FIG. 7077. Ea.6 3./DN(mm) In.D./mm Lbs.4 12. 5./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.0 3.3 In. Wt./mm Lbs.6 19.5 1.0 8.0 5. Wt. 7077 GR X GR 54 E to E E to E FIG.6 8.0 0. FIGURE 7077.6 19.com .6 In.5 1.6 8./DN(mm) In.9 2. 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 In.6 8.0 8./DN(mm) End to End Approx.3 5. FIG.9 3. Ea.2 8.6 5.0 3.5 1.6 3.3 5./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 8.0 2.0 8.6 19. Wt./mm Lbs.0 3. 7078 GR X THD O. sizes www.0 5. 7078 & 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size End to End Approx.0 2.6 12.0 8. Wt./DN(mm) End to End Approx.

Ea.5 2.3 0.1 6.0 In./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. 7072 E to E E to E O./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.0 4.4 2.3 0.0 4.6 0.4 1.8 3.6 1.8 2.0 2.7 12.0 0./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.5 3.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 3.3 1.0 0. 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 4 102 4 102 4C 102 4 102 4C 102 4C 102 4C 102 5 127 5C 127 6.3 0./DN(mm) In.6 1.6 4.8 0. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0.0 4./mm Lbs.6 1.5 0.6 In. 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 3 76 3C 76 3 76 1.1 6.1 In./DN(mm) In.6 1.3 0. Cast Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 1.6 0.3 0.2 1.0 2. Ea.6 1./mm Lbs. Wt.5 1.5 9. Ea. Wt./DN(mm) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In.4 0. O.6 0.2 1.0 2.5 6.3 0.1 2.5 1.7 1.9 3./DN(mm) In.3 0.4 2.2 1.0 2.1 4.6 1./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 0.7 5. Ea.2 0.D. Wt. Wt.6 1.0 2. 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 3 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 C 89 2.6 0.7 6.D.6 2.0 In.0 5. GRUVLOK ® GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 55 ./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 2.4 1.7 1.8 0.6 2.4 5.

/Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 68.2 In.1 20 9.4 133./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.D.Grooved Fittings FIG. 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 7 178 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 32.1 23./DN(mm) In. Wt./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.9 155.7 66.0 70.0 69.7 25.5 24./mm Lbs.6 54.2 39. Wt.0 32. GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O. Ea. GRUVLOK ® Cast 56 Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 24.0 58.2 10.5 131. 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 82.0 55.8 20 9.7 129.3 37.6 4.9 86./DN(mm) In.D.7 55.4 14.anvilintl.7 30./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 60.8 25 11.3 57./mm Lbs.0 69.2 29 13.6 123.0 65. 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 147. Ea. Wt.5 5.9 10.9 153.com .8 125./DN(mm) In. 7072.0 68./DN(mm) In.2 In.1 30.D.3 83. 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 5 127 5C 127 6 152 6 152 6C 152 6 152 7 178 7 178 7 178 11. Ea. Ea./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.6 152.4 29.0 56.0 66.9 71.3 26.3 In.1 20 9. Lbs.2 39.0 67.4 154. Wt. O.7 54. CONT'D.6 37.3 In./mm Lbs.0 59.7 149.3 29 13. sizes www.1 87.

660 42. Ea.9 4.000 609.D.625 168.0 3.0 13.000 406.4 165 74.D.1 82.2 20.6 2 ⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 Lbs.315 33.0 5./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.1 12.2 1./mm 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 4.5 2.6 4. Ea. to Long to Short Wt.3 6.0 4.0 24. to Long to Short Wt./mm Lbs.5 11.750 323.000 457.1 3. In. 7069 45° LATERAL O.0 14.8 37.8 215 97.000 101.3 2.625 219.1 10.500 114.3 30.6 46./Kg 16.3 2.3 5.6 29 737 32 813 35 889 40 1016 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 345 157 425 193 517 235 940 426 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. End End In.7 2.5 0./mm In.6 1 10 ⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 14 356 18 457 201⁄2 521 23 584 261⁄2 673 In.3 8./mm In.500 88.6 21.6 127 57. Ea. GRUVLOK ® C to LE C to SE 57 .3 8. Center Center Approx.D.000 355./Kg 3 18.900 48./Kg 1.0 10./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.5 3 ⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 Nominal Size In.563 141./ DN(mm) 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O. End End In./mm Lbs.4 1./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 1 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.4 18. In.375 60.875 73./mm In./mm In.9 14. C to LE FIGURE 7069 45° LATERALS Nominal Size O.000 508./mm In.5 1.5 1. End End In.0 6.750 273.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.D. to Long to Short Wt.

1 45.0 16./Kg In.0 63.8 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 Center to Center to Approx.0 15. Ea.4 59.7 168 76./DN(mm) 9./mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 71⁄2 191 Lbs.0 62.4 11.5 7.5 147.0 37.8 75. 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL O.anvilintl.8 4./Kg In.5 8. Ea.5 13.4 105.com .2 15./mm 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 In.0 30.2 26.6 116.5 10.0 45. C to LE GRUVLOK ® C to SE 58 C to LE FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size In.5 www./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 5x5x2 125 x 125 x 50 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 Center to Center to Approx.0 83.0 34./mm 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 261⁄2 673 In.0 37.0 47. Long End Short End Wt. In./mm 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 Nominal Size Lbs./Kg 100.0 20. Long End Short End Wt.6 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 14 x 14 x 4 350 x 350 x 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 22. Center to Center to Approx.0 17.0 66.5 12.5 5.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 40. Ea.1 140.0 30.D. In.0 18. In.6 27.2 173 78.0 68./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 In./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 4 102 Nominal Size Lbs.7 18. Long End Short End Wt.0 52./DN(mm) 33.0 7.6 137.

CONT'D./DN(mm) 185 83. sizes O. In.5 223 101 240 109 235 107 250 113 263 119 283 128 307 139 275 125 18 x 18 x 8 450 x 450 x 200 18 x 18 x 10 450 x 450 x 250 18 x 18 x 12 450 x 450 x 300 18 x 18 x 14 450 x 450 x 350 18 x 18 x 16 450 x 450 x 400 20 x 20 x 12 500 x 500 x 300 20 x 20 x 14 500 x 500 x 350 20 x 20 x 16 500 x 500 x 400 24 x 24 x 16 600 x 600 x 400 24 x 24 x 20 600 x 600 x 500 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center to Center to Approx. GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size 59 . Long End Short End Wt./Kg 306 139 321 146 333 151 358 162 382 173 390 177 410 186 440 200 725 329 785 356 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Ea./mm 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 35 889 35 889 235 889 40 1016 40 1016 In.Grooved Fittings FIG. 45° REDUCING LATERAL In. Ea. 7070./mm 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 32 813 In.D./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 10 254 10 254 Lbs./Kg In. Long End Short End Wt. In. C to LE C to SE C to LE For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 16 x 16 x 14 400 x 400 x 350 18 x 18 x 6 450 x 450 x 150 Center to Center to Approx.D.9 195 88./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄2 216 Nominal Size Lbs.

Ea./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) 2x2x2 50 x 50 x 50 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 x 65 3x3x3 80 x 80 x 80 1 3 ⁄2 x 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 90 x 90 x 90 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 4x4x4 100 x 100 x 100 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 G H E1 E2 In.D./mm In.1 50 22./mm In. Lbs.5 27.4 100 45.5 35 15./Kg 40 18./mm 5x5x5 125 x 125 x 125 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 6x6x6 150 x 150 x 150 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.3 www.com .8 32 14. Lbs.5 22 10.7 55 24.4 26 11.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In. GRUVLOK ® H 60 E2 G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In. 7066 TEE WYE E1 O.0 23 10.4 110 49./mm In.2 16. Ea.3 60./mm 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 9 229 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 13 330 127⁄8 327 135⁄8 346 141⁄4 362 151⁄8 384 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 91⁄4 235 95⁄8 244 Approx.5 5./Kg 6. Wt. 121⁄2 318 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 161⁄8 410 155⁄16 389 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 181⁄4 464 183⁄16 462 19 483 20 508 10 254 105⁄16 262 103⁄4 273 111⁄8 283 111⁄2 292 133⁄16 338 131⁄2 343 137⁄8 352 Approx./mm In.anvilintl.9 111 50.9 58 26.9 11.5 7.4 2./mm In. Wt.

sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 145 65.D. Ea./mm In.2 140 63. TEE WYE E1 O.5 145 65./mm In. Ea.D. 61 ./Kg In. 7066.7 240 109 GRUVLOK ® E2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.8 150 68./mm 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 8x8x8 200 x 200 x 200 10 x 10 x 3 250 x 250 x 80 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 10 x 10 x 10 250 x 250 x 250 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 211⁄8 537 231⁄4 591 197⁄8 505 203⁄4 527 217⁄8 556 227⁄8 581 271⁄4 692 271⁄4 692 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 143⁄8 365 151⁄4 387 147⁄8 378 151⁄4 387 153⁄4 400 161⁄8 410 191⁄4 489 18 457 Approx.8 175 79.4 200 90./mm 112 50./mm In./mm In.2 12 x 12 x 3 300 x 300 x 80 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 12 x 12 x 12 300 x 300 x 300 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 203⁄4 527 211⁄2 546 233⁄4 603 26 660 28 711 31 787 153⁄4 400 16 406 17 432 18 457 183⁄4 476 201⁄2 521 Approx.Grooved Fittings FIG. H G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In.8 120 54./DN(mm) In.8 165 74. Lbs. Wt.0 135 61.4 130 59.0 190 86. Wt./DN(mm) In. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In./mm Lbs./mm In./Kg 140 63. CONT'D.

3 Approx. www. GRUVLOK ® H 62 E2 G FIGURE 7067 REDUCING TEE WYE Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In.0 11.0 27. Wt./Kg 61.0 11.D.5 25. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 27.anvilintl.4 95.2 31.0 21.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm In.0 20.0 12./mm In.0 9.0 7./mm In. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 Lbs. Lbs. Wt./mm In.0 14. Ea./mm In./DN(mm) In.D.0 6x4x6 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x3 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x8 12 x 12 x 10 41⁄2 114 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 6 152 14 356 103⁄4 273 103⁄4 273 12 305 18 457 181⁄4 464 13 330 137⁄8 352 143⁄4 375 231⁄4 591 111⁄2 292 8 203 83⁄8 213 91⁄4 235 151⁄4 387 25. 7067 REDUCINGTEE WYE E1 O.0 20./mm 16./DN(mm) In.1 45./mm 4x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 4x3x4 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x5 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x4 12 x 12 x 10 15⁄8 41 33⁄4 267 11⁄4 32 4 102 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 73⁄8 187 101⁄2 346 93⁄4 248 121⁄2 318 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 103⁄4 273 135⁄8 346 111⁄2 292 161⁄8 410 117⁄8 302 123⁄4 324 55⁄8 143 81⁄8 206 61⁄2 165 10 254 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 Approx./Kg In.3 44.Grooved Fittings FIG. Ea.com .0 43.3 27./mm In.

1 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 8./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.3 5.900 48.0 24.3 51. to Long to Short Wt.5 4./ DN(mm) 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.000 609. Ea.6 9.6 136./Kg 1.500 88.750 323.3 6.D.8 36.0 61.9 14.1 2.8 2.8 15 6.5 0.750 273.6 4./mm Lbs.4 18./mm In. Center Center Approx. 63 .0 72.1 0.0 3.0 16.3 1.625 219.D.7 166.875 73./Kg 12.D. 7071 TRUE WYE C to LE C to SE FIGURE 7071 TRUE WYE Nominal Size O. Ea.3 8.4 1.315 33.000 508.3 2./mm In.3 234 106 281 128 523 237 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 1.0 23.6 16. to Long to Short Wt./mm In.3 6. End End In.7 1.0 2./mm Lbs.1 10.625 168. In.D.000 101.563 141.000 406.2 1./mm In.000 355. End End In.0 75.3 3./mm In./mm Lbs.375 60.Grooved Fittings FIG.500 114.3 2. End End In./Kg 4. Ea.000 457.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.6 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 160.660 42.8 21. to Long to Short Wt.9 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 1. GRUVLOK ® O.8 10./mm In./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx. In.1 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 Nominal Size In.2 20.8 0.0 5.

4 11.5 2.3 2.2 1.500 114.875 73.5 3.875 73. Lbs.7 0.2 1./Kg 0.6 4.500 88./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 61⁄2 165 In.6 0.0 4.0 Nominal Size In.660 42. Ea.6 0.Grooved Fittings FIG./Kg 0.4 1.315 33.3 1.4 1. Ea./mm 1.625 168.375 60.5 1.0 3.9 4.375 60. FIGURE 7056 45° ADAPTER ELBOWS O.anvilintl.3 0./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 3 76 21⁄4 57 41⁄4 108 23⁄4 70 51⁄4 133 31⁄2 89 Approx.6 4.3 2.000 101.660 42.7 1.2 0./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 61⁄2 165 Approx. Wt.D.7 2.3 1.3 2.500 88.3 6.0 4.D.0 19.com .5 2./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 In. In.900 48.9 7.9 4./mm 1.625 168.3 0.0 www. Lbs.2 1. 7055 GR X MPT 45° ADAPTER ELBOW 90° ADAPTER ELBOW O.1 5.315 33. In.500 114. C to TE C to TE GRUVLOK ® C to GE 64 Nominal Size In.2 1.3 2. Wt.7 11 5.3 2.4 1.7 6. 7056 GR X MPT FIG.0 3.2 3.D.0 3./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 FIGURE 7055 90° ADAPTER ELBOWS O.900 48.0 0.000 101.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.8 9./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. C to GE O.9 8.8 0.3 6.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.6 0.D.

Wt./mm NPSC Lbs.1 8.375 60.3 6.3 3./DN(mm) In. Threaded Approx.9 4./DN(mm) In.4 0.9 12 305 121⁄2 318 16 406 16 406 19 483 19 483 22 559 22 559 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 38.7 2.4 20. 7050RF FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER GROOVED X 150# FLANGED (GXF) C to E E to E O.3 1. Center to End H B Dia. GRUVLOK ® H B Dia.5 17. GxF In.6 155 70.7 0.1 10.7 1. In. Ea.750 273. Wt.5 0.3 2 ⁄16 52 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 0.6 1.Grooved Fittings FIG.625 219. Ea.1 100 45.4 1.0 1 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size Grooved End O.3 186 84.5 1.7 73 33.5 2.6 0.5 45.750 273.500 88. 65 . End to End Approx./Kg 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 6.5 29.3 2.750 323.4 127 57.1 10.750 323.625 168.1 4.D./mm In.625 219./mm Lbs.500 114.9 12.3 8./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 1.900 48.D.625 168./mm In.315 33. 7087 GR X FPT FIG.1 12.660 42. O./mm In.D.D. E to E FIGURE 7050 RF REDUCING BASE SUPPORT ELBOWS FIGURE 7087 FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER Nominal Size Grooved End O.6 65.2 1.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

9 5.5 1.563 141./mm Lbs.3 5.000 508. 66 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.1 3.315 33.500 88.1 10.3 2.4 18.0 22.0 2.6 2. to End Wt.000 609.9 14.5 13./Kg 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * * * 29.9 96.875 73.000 406. Ea.000 355. Size In.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 4.1 12.6 16.4 15.3 5.1 43.750 323.D.375 60.1 1.anvilintl.500 114.7 * * * * * * * * * * * * www.9 14./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 3. FIGURE 7085 GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End Approx./mm Lbs. 7085 E to E GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES GRUVLOK ® O.6 E to E O.3 2.9 Nominal O./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * 35./ In.6 1. Size In.000 457.625 168.4 18.000 457.563 141.6 4.625 219.315 33.8 1. to End Wt.2 30.1 7.0 6.7 68.0 10./ In.0 12.7 14.9 6.6 4.9 4.4 1.D. In. End Approx.500 88.0 3.6 4.2 10./mm Lbs.7 4.900 48.6 16.4 1.0 15. Ea. Ea.2 8.7 23.7 11. In.000 609.2 1.2 20.660 42./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.750 273. Size In./ In.2 1.2 20. In.0 9.9 50.D.750 273. In.2 3.D.500 114.1 3.3 2.5 7.3 8.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 9.3 8.1 12.0 24.000 406.4 Nominal O.0 32.0 24.com . 7084 FIG. Size In.4 19.2 4.0 15.900 48.000 508. to End Wt.1 10./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 2.4 43.3 End Approx.660 42./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.D./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.625 219.7 72.000 355.D.625 168. FIGURE 7084 GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal O.7 35.5 19.0 3.4 4.1 8.750 323./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.6 * * * * * * * * * * Nominal O.875 73. Ea.5 28.6 End Approx./mm Lbs.000 101.000 101.375 60.0 21.3 2./ In. to End Wt.

259 159.250 108.D.0 5.7 10 C 250 12 C 300 14* 350 16* 400 18* 450 20* 500 24* 600 10.6 2.000 508.1 End to End Approx. 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 21.5 0.9 14.4 0.563 141.5 5.625 168. Wt. Ea.D.1 3.3 3./mm Lbs.D.1 3C 80 31⁄2 C 90 41⁄4 O./mm 2.D.500 114.8 100 45.D.3 2. 67 .996 76.3 5./Kg 0.8 1. C 159.1 12.7 5./DN(mm) 11⁄4 C 32 11⁄2 C 40 2C 50 21⁄2 C 65 3 O.3 8./DN(mm) In.2 1.0 2.D.3 79 35.5 0.0 0.500 139.8 0. In.D.3 6.9 4.0 24.0 1.1 6.500 88.000 609. C 165.D.1 0.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 0. Ea.9 33. End to End Approx.Cast Malleable or Ductile Iron For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 0.8 5.3 40 18. C 76.1 45 20. C 133.0 End to End In.0 6.660 42. Wt.000 101.8 15.8 4.7 12.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.4 1.4 In.000 355. Lbs.500 165.750 273. Wt.0 2./mm Nominal Size O.6 16.2 20.3 0.1 2./DN(mm) In.D. In.0 O.D. C 108.3 6.000 406./Kg GRUVLOK ® E to E * Machined Cap C .0 51⁄2 O. Ea.7 5C 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.2 1./mm 4C 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.875 73.0 1.5 4.7 6.000 457.4 0.6 4.5 1.9 9.1 6C 150 8C 200 4./Kg In.4 58 26.4 18.2 0. C 139.900 48.6 In. 7074 CAP O. 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 11⁄2 38 Lbs.3 2./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 Approx.7 0. FIGURE 7074 CAP Nominal Size In.625 219.750 323.236 133./mm 1.0 2.375 60.0 61⁄2 O.

000 101. In.1 1.2 20.1 260 118 320 145 585 265 In.625 168. FIGURE 7075 BULL PLUG FIGURE 7068 CROSS Nominal Size Fitting O./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1./DN(mm) In.2 2.000 609. GRUVLOK ® O. Wt.660 42.750 323./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 2.3 2.5 170 77.6 2.563 141.8 110 49./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.000 406.4 3.625 168. 7075 CROSS BULL PLUG C to E E to E O. Wt. Ea.2 1.500 88.750 273.3 6.900 48.4 12.8 48.500 114.3 0.0 2./mm Lbs.3 12.500 88.D.Grooved Fittings FIG. 68 Nominal Size O./DN(mm) In.375 60.4 1.0 24.6 8.0 3.8 4. 7068 FIG.3 Center to End Approx.D. End to End Approx.5 1.0 In. 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 1.315 33.4 7. Ea.000 508.anvilintl./mm In.875 73.9 4.4 2.000 355./mm 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6./Kg www. In.6 Center to End Approx.1 2.5 8.3 2.9 1.3 5.D.4 4.0 7.3 2.D.3 8.9 140 63.3 5./mm Lbs.5 3.9 14.3 5.875 73.9 4./mm Lbs. 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 28.0 3.1 3.5 1.3 4 102 5 127 6 152 7 178 * * 10 254 2.1 12.8 70.6 16.1 10. Ea.625 219.4 * * 18. In.4 18.000 457.D.0 21. Wt.com .1 1.375 60.563 141.500 114.4 9./DN(mm) In. Nominal Size O.5 17.0 31.4 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.2 5.6 4.

5 1.4 3.2 33.9 In. 7086 FIG.3 0.750 323.625 168.D. Ea. End Wt.500 88. 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4. 69 .900 48.5 2.0 3.9 4.Grooved Fittings FIG.500 88.1 12.563 141.8 0. O.2 46.5 Nom./Kg 1 5. O. 7080 FIG./mm Lbs. In.9 2.D.5 8./mm Lbs.6 End to Approx.1 10.3 0.9 7 ⁄4 184 93⁄4 248 11 279 121⁄2 318 14 356 16 406 Nom.D.3 14. In.4 Nom.9 0.0 3.750 323.750 273.2 0.9 E to E O.625 168. Size O.1 1. Size O.750 273.315 33.1 3.625 219.500 114.0 10.4 1.4 0./ In. In.4 1. FIGURE 7086 HOSE NIPPLES Nom.563 141. 7081 FIG. 7082 GR X HOSE NIPPLES GR X GR GR X MPT GR X BEV E to E O.3 5.0 15.7 0. Size E to E FIGURES 7080. O.315 33.4 27.9 End to Approx.500 114.2 1.D.660 42.2 0.9 29. End Wt. 7081 & 7082 ADAPTER NIPPLES End to Approx.0 3./ In.3 2./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 0. In./mm Lbs.9 0.3 5.660 42.0 GRUVLOK ® E to E This product is not UL/ULC Listed or FM Approved.4 0.1 12.0 20. Ea./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 5./ In.875 73.D. End Wt.900 48.7 13.3 2./Kg 0.3 2.D.6 2.375 60.625 219.0 12.4 1.4 1.875 73./ In.0 13.1 3.0 24.2 6. Ea.5 1.8 0.375 60.5 2.2 0. In./mm DN(mm) 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4.2 6.D.1 10.5 7.5 4. Ea.D. End Wt.3 6.4 0.3 1. Size O.3 8./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 2.3 6.000 101.2 1./mm DN(mm) End to Approx./mm 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 6 152 Lbs.4 9.1 1. In.3 8. In.

6 3.3 6. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch Approx. 7062 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) BULLHEAD TEE SPECIALTY TEES (GR X GR X FPT) C to EOR O.4 11. 7065 FIG./DN(mm) In. sizes These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. www. sizes. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig.1 7. 70 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Nominal Size O.625 168.1 37. Ea. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength.D.0 14.2 5.D. Wt. GRUVLOK ® C to EOB O./mm Lbs.D.D.D.500 114. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 5x5x8 125 x 125 x 200 6x6x8 150 x 150 x 200 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 31./Kg 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 4. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch In./mm In. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling.com . Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig./mm Lbs.2 5.Grooved Fittings FIG. Nominal Size O.4 11. C to EOB C to EOR FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) Approx./Kg In./DN(mm) In.D./mm In. Ea.anvilintl./mm In.3 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 4 102 51⁄8 130 7.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.6 17. Wt.6 3. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling./mm In.

7 300 20.7 300 20.2 9.40 15.750 273. 7050DR STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) C to E H FIGURE 7050DR 90° DRAIN ELBOW Nominal Size O.1 12.625 219.875 73.9 300 20.1 10.7 300 20.0 3.583 141.3 2. Ea.20 48.D.7 300 20.D.3 8.7 300 20.90 2. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx./Kg 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 1./Kg In.2 1.750 323.60 4.70 0./DN(mm) In.7 300 20.660 42.0 29./DN(mm) In.7 300 20./mm psi/bar In.D.10 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5./mm In.5 22. Nominal Size O. 71 .375 60.7 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄4 57 0.50 4.5 5./mm psi/bar In.7 300 20. Wt./mm Lbs.00 0.500 114. Wt. In.0 Dimensions ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Dimensions GRUVLOK ® O./mm Lbs.50 1./mm In. Drain elbow has a standard 1" female NPT outlet For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 300 20.9 4.10 3.3 2.500 88.8 7.30 1.625 168.0 66.900 48.70 0.3 300 20. Ea.20 1. Available fabricated Schedule 10 only.8 2. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx.60 2.7 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 11.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 6.

/mm In./mm Lbs./mm In. In.6 1. Wk.875 73 2./DN(mm) In.8 0./kg 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 1.900 48 1.875 73 2.8 0.7 300 20./mm Lbs.0 0./kg 5 ⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 15⁄16 33 15⁄16 33 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 0. Pressure In.875 73 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wk.7 300 20.7 300 20.900 48 1.7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx.4 0./mm In.D.4 1. 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING A Z Y GRUVLOK ® X 72 NPT FIGURE 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING Nominal Size Run x Branch O./mm PSI/bar 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 1.6 www.0 0. 300 20.7 300 20./mm In.375 60 300 20.4 0.0 0.4 1. Wt./DN(mm) In.3 0.com . Pressure In.7 300 20. Ea. Ea. Wt.3 1. Max. Max.8 0.7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx.Grooved Fittings FIG. In.7 300 20.3 0.6 1./mm PSI/bar 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 2.375 60 2.900 48 2.4 Nominal Size Run x Branch O.375 60 2.4 0.anvilintl.D.7 300 20.

O. Ea.6 4. Ea.7 0.6 6. Center to End Approx.7 35.2 8.0 3.375 60.2 3.8 2.875 73. 7460 FIG.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 1.625 168.Grooved Fittings FIG. FIGURE 7460 TEE FIGURE 7450 90° ELBOW Nominal Size O.D.5 3.7 25. 7450 90° SHORT PATTERN ELBOW SHORT PATTERN TEE C to E C to E O./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2.3 2.625 219. In./mm Lbs.500 114.6 11.1 8./mm Lbs.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 2.3 6.3 2. Center to End Approx./mm In.8 2. Wt. Wt.D.500 88.9 4.5 1.3 8.500 88./DN(mm) In.5 1.6 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2.2 16./mm In.625 168.7 19.6 1. Nominal Size O./Kg In.0 3.1 3.5 1.0 14.1 3.D.625 219.D.8 6.3 8./DN(mm) In.0 See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GRUVLOK ® C to E See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 4.3 6.875 73.500 114. 73 .375 60.

1 710.3 6.8 58./mm 40 1016 48 1219 56 1422 64 1626 72 1829 80 2032 96 2438 Lbs.D.anvilintl.0 441.5 973.625 219.000 406.750 273. Ea.3 2. Center Approx.5 8.2 20.3 8.500 114./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 6. 7057 3D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10. Ea.875 73 3.000 101.9 4. Ea./ In.5 305.D.9 44.000 609.4 78.2 Nom.2 48.2 20. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.1 Center Approx.375 60.000 508 24. to End Wt.3 193.0 14.3 5. to End Wt.9 4.4 9.000 457.500 114.1 97.5 4.7 3.Grooved Fittings FIG. R= D 3D FIGURE 7050-3D 90° ELBOW Nom.D.4 18.4 6.875 73 3. In. GRUVLOK ® R =3 74 O.6 4.3 148.4 879.1 12./Kg 5. Size O. In.750 273.0 194. Size O.0 5. to End Wt.4 191 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 133⁄4 349 161⁄2 419 22 559 Nom.6 16.5 18.4 18.3 398.000 406.com .7 28.7 322.0 Nom.000 457.8 1270.8 560.3 8.4 31./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 40./mm Lbs.000 355.6 544./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.3 14. Ea.0 7.6 16.3 5.500 88./mm 10 254 111⁄2 292 13 330 141⁄2 368 16 406 20 508 24 610 32 813 Lbs.3 2./Kg 271⁄4 692 323⁄4 832 381⁄4 972 433⁄4 1111 491⁄4 1251 543⁄4 1391 651⁄2 1664 173.563 141.750 323.4 102.6 8. In./ In. Size O.1 10./Kg 71⁄2 4.000 355.8 115.9 127.D. 7050 3D FIG.5 429. In.500 88.3 2.625 168.D. to End Wt.1 254./mm Lbs.625 219.563 141.7 332.0 6.000 609./ In.625 168.750 323.9 673.6 63.7 254.9 14.5 11.1 12.6 4.8 22.3 14.000 101.4 246./Kg 226. In.6 FIGURE 7057-3D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.375 60.000 508 24. Size O.3 2./ In.4 18.4 24.3 www.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 576.6 327.9 18.7 150.6 In.9 14.9 427. In.D. In.

563 141.000 457. Ea.D.1 12.500 114.6 12.9 1.3 6./Kg 3.6 FIGURE 7058-3D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.4 1. In./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.1 363.625 219.000 101. In. Ea.8 6.1 Center Approx.2 675.9 33.Grooved Fittings FIG.000 406.5 4.6 16.9 66.6 10.8 2.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.000 355.9 14. to End Wt.3 5.3 8.3 5.000 508 24. 7051 3D FIG./Kg 146./ In.9 14./ In.D. In.9 Nom.3 2.375 60. Size O.5 12.1 12.7 82.625 219.500 114.500 88./mm Lbs./ In.4 18. In.5 164. In.8 9.3 824.2 20.9 37.6 In.875 73 3. In.2 540.9 461. Size O.2 20.3 103. O. to End Wt.563 141.625 168.0 9.6 4.7 245.375 60. GRUVLOK ® R=3 D R= 75 .7 7. Size O./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 18 457 Lbs. 7058 3D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.000 457.3 5.750 323.9 227.D.000 101.3 103.750 273.5 467.7 3.000 355.D.0 3.3 227.6 15.3 6.750 273.3 2./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 97.3 18.6 16.9 15.7 177.0 30. In./Kg 53⁄4 3. to End Wt.7 304.D.1 Center Approx.8 5. Size O.1 297.500 88.8 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 9 229 103⁄4 273 141⁄2 368 Nom.4 68.0 80.1 171.4 18. 3D FIGURE 7051-3D 45° ELBOW Nom. Ea.3 8.2 4.000 609.625 168.0 41.3 209.1 26.8 212.9 4.000 508 24./ In.D./mm Lbs.000 406.000 609.9 135.5 5.6 4./Kg 18 457 213⁄4 552 251⁄4 641 29 737 321⁄2 826 36 914 431⁄4 1099 120./mm DN(mm) Center Approx./mm 221⁄2 572 27 686 311⁄2 800 36 914 401⁄2 1029 45 1143 533⁄4 1365 Lbs.6 Nom.875 73 3.750 323. Ea.6 8.1 378.6 215.5 54./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.3 12.4 373.8 21. to End Wt.9 4.

Ea.4 272.2 48.625 219.2 164.000 355./Kg 107.6 128. Ea.6 FIGURE 7053-3D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.000 457.5 152./ In. Size O.6 157.9 4. to End Wt. In.6 416.3 2.2 20.000 609.8 74.1 6.6 In.0 222.563 141.3 9.1 124.3 336.4 202.1 13.2 11. Ea.9 490.8 Nom.D. Size O.8 7.9 14./mm 16 406 191⁄4 489 221⁄2 572 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 32 813 381⁄4 972 Lbs./Kg 13 330 151⁄2 394 181⁄4 464 203⁄4 527 23.563 141.6 2.8 1.2 1./mm Lbs.875 73 3.D.D.4 18.3 5.625 168. Size O./ In.6 16.3 22.500 114.3 39. 7052 3D FIG.6 4.3 8.D./mm 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Lbs. Center Approx.2 2.1 Center Approx.2 4.1 12.000 101./Kg 3.500 114.000 508 24.D.000 508 24./mm Lbs.000 101.000 406.anvilintl. to End Wt./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.35 593 26 660 31 787 87. Size O. In.4 5./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.4 18.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 8.500 88.8 216.3 4.2 120.4 114 43⁄4 121 5 127 5 127 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 101⁄2 267 Nom. R=3D GRUVLOK ® R=3D 76 FIGURE 7052-3D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.750 273. In.8 601.0 274.4 Nom.000 457.2 24./ In.D.3 3.7 60.375 60.000 406. In.5 27.3 188. Ea. to End Wt.com .2 49./ In.3 2.875 73 3.625 219.3 www.3 6./Kg 41⁄2 2.3 339.3 5.9 14.4 8.375 60.3 2.6 11.750 323.3 58.3 6.000 355.6 4.2 15.3 91. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.2 20.8 30.0 98.2 19. O.2 153.3 4./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 4.1 12. to End Wt.4 7. 7053 3D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O. In. In.6 16.4 9.8 7.750 323.000 609.5 5.625 168.6 3.500 88.750 273.8 265. In./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.5 71.

to End Wt.5 144 1.D.9 14.4 1829 221.2 20.2 1778 347.2 93.625 219./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10. = O. to End Wt.0 6.3 2.3 6.D.9 108 1.625 168.D.0 27.2 35.000 406.1 Center Approx. Ea.5 10.000 609.750 273.6 1187 162.7 62.9 Nom.3 13.000 101./ In. In.625 168.4 2743 473.2 20. In.3 2.000 457.369.6 15.D.3 6.1 Nom. In.6 85.1 137.4 18.000 609. Size O.563 141./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.0 931⁄4 1. 7057 5D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.500 114.2 2438 372. In.9 12.4 2134 284./Kg 60 332./Kg 7./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.8 20./ In.1 60.6 In.864. Size O.6 16.1 991 110.750 323.000 406.3 120 1.4 187.290.0 68.2 4.000 508 24./ In.5 248 111⁄4 286 123⁄4 324 121⁄4 311 151⁄2 394 191⁄2 495 231⁄4 591 31 787 Nom.2 3.9 1975 430. Ea. GRUVLOK ® R 77 .3 2369 621.6 31. Ea.1 12. Size O.7 3 46 ⁄4 358. 7050 5D FIG.4 1524 150.9 14.1 20.3 5.8 72 488. to End Wt.3 6.6 5D FIGURE 7057-5D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.4 18.6 4.000 457./mm Lbs. In. Ea.5 84 627.0 26.9 9.000 101. 5D R= FIGURE 7050-5D 90° ELBOW Nom.1 26.4 16.9 70 766.D.375 60.9 4.5 42.8 44./Kg 93⁄4 5.375 60.6 96 822.0 621⁄4 603.750 273./ In./mm Lbs.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 11. In.9 4. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10. In.6 2.0 19.875 73 3.7 541⁄2 460.9 3048 585./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 355.000 355.8 3658 845.563 141.3 8.5 773⁄4 947.625 219.500 88.1 Center Approx.000 508 24.8 1581 273. Size O.1 12.3 8.D.875 73 3.500 114./mm 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 211⁄2 546 24 610 30 762 36 914 48 1219 Lbs.0 9.500 88.6 4./mm Lbs. to End Wt./Kg 39 244.043.3 5.750 323.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 16.7 1384 209.

D.com .9 14.3 171.0 1.9 171 71⁄2 191 8 203 83⁄4 222 91⁄2 241 113⁄4 298 14 356 183⁄4 476 Nom. Size O.0 221.5 5.7 43.6 16.2 10.000 609.8 70.8 51.7 133.0 133.6 FIGURE 7058-5D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.9 16.5 224.7 776.1 Center Approx./Kg 4.8 19.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 20./Kg 199./ In.9 14.5 13. to End Wt.8 7.625 168.000 355.000 457.D.750 273.000 508 24.500 114.8 605.000 457.000 508 24.2 Nom.3 627./mm 303⁄4 781 37 940 43 1092 491⁄4 1251 551⁄4 1403 611⁄2 1562 733⁄4 1873 Lbs.6 284.6 In. 7058 5D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.6 16.7 Nom.563 141.9 4. In.500 88.625 219.D.9 103./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.9 90.2 377.7 228.5 7.8 294. In.6 4.3 6.0 3. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.0 274. Ea.3 174.4 56. to End Wt.875 73 3.6 4.D.500 88.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 36.375 60./ In.9 39.875 73 3./Kg 63⁄4 4.4 18.9 12.1 494. to End Wt.anvilintl.2 25.6 3. R= 5 5D D FIGURE 7051-5D 45° ELBOW Nom.4 385.8 2.0 4.2 8.3 2.000 101.9 396.3 6.3 8.750 323.9 4./mm Lbs.000 406. In.625 168./Kg 231⁄2 597 28 711 323⁄4 832 371⁄2 953 421⁄4 1073 463⁄4 1187 561⁄4 1429 155. Ea.5 21. In.500 114. Ea./mm DN(mm) Center Approx. Size O.2 20.121. 7051 5D FIG. In.3 9./mm 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 318 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 241⁄2 622 Lbs.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2./ In.000 101.8 489.000 609.D.7 293.375 60. Size O.1 12.3 5.1 12.4 18.750 323.6 508. Center Approx.1 12.3 5.4 352.6 7.000 406.5 112.3 2. Ea./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. Size O.563 141.625 219.000 355.5 28.7 16.0 5. GRUVLOK ® R= 78 O.3 8.750 273. In. to End Wt.4 www.2 1./mm Lbs.4 873.9 87.1 16./ In. In.

0 189./ In.7 150.2 Nom.8 112.000 508 24.625 168.9 37.6 196.0 11.6 6.1 340.7 60. In./Kg 20 508 24 610 28 711 32 813 36 914 40 1016 48 1219 133.750 273.1 252. Size O.D.3 256.6 FIGURE 7053-5D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.6 147.8 67.Grooved Fittings FIG.750 323.2 8.0 1.9 10.1 12.1 248.7 190./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.5 24. to End Wt.625 168.3 2.2 235./Kg 5 127 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 71⁄2 191 9 229 12 305 3.8 Nom.4 18.8 4.000 406.000 609.7 143.3 2.0 2.1 14.500 88.9 4./ In.8 56.3 114.8 86.1 Center Approx. O.0 419. In.6 45.3 28.1 Center Approx.3 8.6 1./mm Lbs.000 609. to End Wt.3 5.2 564./ In.D.6 4.000 457.7 3.D.563 141.6 4.750 273.4 5.D.000 101. GRUVLOK ® R= 5D R= 5D 79 .375 60. Size O.8 25.4 330.3 6.1 8.9 14.4 519.4 18./Kg 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 10 254 12 305 16 406 3.500 114.000 406./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.7 4./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. In. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.1 75.500 88.9 315. 7052 5D FIG.375 60.750 323.8 8.3 6. to End Wt.D./mm Lbs.2 390. 7053 5D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.000 355.875 73 3.6 17. to End Wt.6 177.3 8. In.875 73 3.563 141. Ea.3 6.000 355.3 5.D. Ea.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 6./mm Lbs.4 89.625 219.000 101.2 20. In.3 5.9 4.9 14.4 34./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.2 20.000 457./ In.9 3.500 114.2 2.6 In. FIGURE 7052-5D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.6 16. Size O.5 750. Ea.2 Nom.1 10.9 18.625 219./mm Lbs. Size O.3 12. In.6 16.1 12./Kg 15 381 18 457 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 353⁄4 908 100. In.000 508 24. Ea.

8 168 2.875 73 3.000 457.000 711⁄2 691.000 891⁄4 1.500 114.Grooved Fittings FIG./Kg 11 279 123⁄4 324 141⁄2 368 161⁄4 413 18 457 221⁄4 565 263⁄4 679 353⁄4 908 6.4 5.4 31.2 3.162.375 60. to End Wt. In.D. 7057 6D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.1 1137 126.7 Nom.1 18.000 621⁄2 527. to End Wt.5 22.5 323.567./ In. In. to End Wt.2 20.9 14./Kg 16 406 19 483 22 559 25 635 28 711 35 889 42 1067 56 1422 8.750 443⁄4 279.1 12./Kg 10.8 84 566.563 141. Ea.anvilintl.D.2 24.500 114.3 6./mm Lbs.1 14.8 13.5 Nom. to End Wt.D.9 112 953./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.496.000 101.9 1359 186.500 88. Ea./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.2 17.9 4./Kg 70 385.3 5. O.7 12.7 3200 548.2 2045 397. Size O.8 20. In.875 73 3.625 219.000 801⁄2 877./ In.6 35./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 Center Approx.6 2724 711.6 3556 678.8 10.7 71.4 2489 329.3 2845 432. Ea.4 126 1.2 217.9 22.6 108. In.3 8.4 49. R GRUVLOK ® = 80 R= 6D FIGURE 7050-6D 90° ELBOW Nom.6 1588 239.1 406. Center Approx.7 22.000 508 24.500 88.D.625 219.1 457.2 16.9 11.1 508 2267 492.3 8.000 355. In.6 16.4 273.4 18.3 29.5 609.D.5 50.3 5.750 323./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. In.625 168.000 406. 7050 6D FIG.9 4./ In.3 6.6 4.2 14.000 1071⁄4 1.9 10.1 Center Approx./ In.8 98 727.4 1778 174.000 101.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.000 609.3 355.625 168./mm Lbs.209.1 41.375 60.7 140 1.3 2.0 www. Ea.6 6D FIGURE 7057-6D 60° ELBOW Center Approx. Size O.5 98.5 18.563 141.com .3 2. In.750 531⁄2 410.6 31.7 15. Size O.3 2.085. Size O. In.6 4.4 1816 313.2 2134 256.7 157.D./mm Lbs.0 4267 980.2 6.750 273.9 78./mm Lbs.6 69.0 7.7 Nom.

4 24./mm Lbs.2 20.4 31.0 6.375 60.9 18./Kg 35 226.5 18.1 12.4 184 8 203 83⁄4 222 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 13 330 153⁄4 400 21 533 Nom.9 44.3 8. In. R= 6 R= 6 FIGURE 7051-6D 45° ELBOW Nom.9 127.1 97.7 1060 150. In.4 693⁄4 879.D.9 4. Ea.750 273.3 148.Grooved Fittings FIG.1 10.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 6./ In.4 9.3 2.500 88.3 2.270./ In.6 4.3 5. Size O.000 457. 7058 6D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.1 Center Approx.5 429.4 246.7 3. to End Wt.0 441. to End Wt. In.563 141.7 1594 322.1 623⁄4 710.4 18.6 544.9 673./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10. to End Wt.9 14.9 4.4 78.8 115.7 3 41 ⁄4 332. to End Wt.000 355. O./ In.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.D.875 73 3./Kg 71⁄4 4. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.2 Nom.6 16.3 2.8 553⁄4 560.0 5.0 194./mm Lbs.2 48.500 114. 7051 6D FIG.4 18./Kg 26 660 311⁄4 794 361⁄2 927 413⁄4 1060 47 1194 521⁄4 1327 621⁄2 1588 173.375 60.0 14.4 18.000 609. Size O. Ea.750 323./Kg 5.4 889 102./ In.000 101.563 141.3 5. In.500 114.000 406.1 1416 254.3 14. Ea.9 483⁄4 427.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 973.0 7.1 Center Approx.000 508 24.625 219.6 4.500 88. In.000 355.7 254.3 2./mm Lbs.7 28. Size O.000 508 24.625 168.8 22.5 305.9 14. Ea. In./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.6 In./mm 9 229 101⁄4 260 11⁄2 38 123⁄4 324 14 356 171⁄2 445 21 533 28 711 Lbs.3 2127 576.750 323.5 8.8 58.875 73 3.6 327.8 833⁄4 1. Size O.6 8.000 609.5 4.000 457.0 Nom.3 8.5 11. In. GRUVLOK ® D D 81 .000 406.3 14.6 63.3 1772 398.3 1238 193.D.6 16.1 12.D.625 219.750 273.000 101.4 6.2 20.3 6.9 40.6 FIGURE 7058-6D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.625 168.

D.9 461.3 3. In.3 2.563 141.000 457.0 9.D.4 18.3 188. In.2 11.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 71.375 60.3 5. In.3 125. Ea.3 12. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.9 14.3 8.0 41.500 88.5 4.3 6.1 Center Approx.750 273.D. In.3 2.6 16. to End Wt./mm Lbs.6 FIGURE 7053-6D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.5 152.4 202./Kg 51⁄4 3.6 15. Ea./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 Nom.4 18.8 363.2 4.500 114./mm 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 Lbs. to End Wt./ In.4 7.625 219.000 101.625 219. In.3 6.9 97.750 323.6 416./Kg 146.000 508 24.3 5.6 Nom./Kg 16 406 19 483 221⁄4 565 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 313⁄4 806 381⁄4 972 107.000 609.6 4.500 88.625 168./ In./mm Lbs./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.7 7.000 355./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.8 6.8 601./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. Ea.3 2.3 8.5 12.4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Nom.2 1.5 27.9 14.9 4.750 323.7 3.6 215.500 114.3 91.7 82./Kg 3.34 1329 Lbs.D.7 60.1 26.D.9 824. In.8 265. to End Wt.5 164. 7052 6D FIG.9 4.2 570./mm 22 559 261⁄4 667 303⁄4 781 351⁄4 895 391⁄2 1003 44 1118 52.9 1.9 277.5 5.com .7 258. O. GRUVLOK ® R= 6D 82 R= 6D FIGURE 7052-6D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.3 5. Size O.625 168.3 209./ In.4 272.4 8.000 406.1 12.6 157.000 406.2 20. Center Approx.9 37.000 457.D.8 30.750 273.000 101.1 13. Size O.1 12.anvilintl.Grooved Fittings FIG. 7053 6D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.000 508 24.3 18.2 19.9 66.875 73 3.875 73 3.4 373. In.000 609.375 60.2 120.000 355.2 48./ In.6 16.6 In.3 336. Ea.8 www. to End Wt.563 141.4 5.3 9. Size O.6 4. Size O.2 20.

1 3 76.3 33⁄16 81.8 313⁄16 96.9 7⁄16 11.3 11⁄16 26.5 53⁄8 136.3 513⁄16 147.9 7⁄16 11.9 7⁄16 11.1 3 76.8 33⁄16 80.3 513⁄16 147.D.3 15⁄8 41.1 3⁄4 19.2 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 59⁄16 141.4 101⁄2 266./mm O.8 73⁄4 196.2 8 200 85⁄8 219.9 63⁄8 161.2 65⁄8 168.1 9 229.6 5 126. GRUVLOK ® L 83 .BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In.1 3 76.1 3 76.8 43⁄8 111.3 41⁄4 108.9 15⁄8 41.1 5 127.7 15⁄8 41.5 57⁄8 149.1 51⁄4 133.0 3 75.1 5 127.8 8 202.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 P BUTTERFLY VALVE R E N K CLOSED H G OPEN F Lock with 5/16" Shackle or OSHA Lockout (Not Supplied with Valve) S T M U C O.1 3 76.0 11⁄16 26.3 45⁄8 117.5 51⁄16 129.4 615⁄16 175.4 11⁄16 26.D.1 61⁄4 158.1 3⁄4 19.9 7⁄16 11.6 51⁄2 138. In.4 43⁄16 105.9 11⁄16 26.1 3⁄4 19.1 3 76.9 61⁄2 165.2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 3 80 31⁄2 88./mm A B C D E F 2 50 23⁄8 60.0 12 300 123⁄4 323.2 4 100 41⁄2 114.9 7⁄16 11. B J A SERIES 7700 .0 10 250 103⁄4 273.8 11⁄16 26.0 313⁄16 96.1 5 127.9 91⁄2 240.9 313⁄16 96.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 11⁄16 26.9 7⁄16 11.2 21⁄2 65 27⁄8 73.

1 11⁄2 38.7 91⁄2 241.1 11⁄2 38.2 71⁄2 191.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.5 13⁄8 34.0 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 7⁄8 22.anvilintl.1 5 127.0 7 9 ⁄16 240.3 7⁄16 11.0 3 80 9⁄16 14.0 1313⁄16 350.2 51⁄2 140./mm G GRUVLOK ® H J K L M N P R S T U 2 50 9⁄16 14.0 5 127.2 2 51.2 2 51.1 11⁄2 38.9 101⁄2 266.5 25⁄8 66.2 2 51.2 7⁄16 11.2 61⁄2 165.1 11⁄2 38.7 81⁄16 204.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In.2 2 51.3 5 127.5 25⁄8 66.5 101⁄2 266.com .5 23⁄4 70.0 4 100 9⁄16 14.6 101⁄2 266.2 5 5 ⁄16 135.0 1013⁄16 275.0 1415⁄16 379.9 4 102.5 31⁄4 83.2 2 51.8 5 127.3 5 127.3 115⁄8 295.0 101⁄2 266.1 3 76.4".4 4 102.0 1013⁄16 275.0 2011⁄16 525.3 5 127.8 10 250 11⁄4 31.3 7⁄16 11.5 25⁄16 58.7 713⁄16 198.1 1 ⁄8 3.7 10 253.0 5 6 ⁄16 160. for additional information.1 11⁄2 38.0 7⁄8 22.3 12 304. Contact your Anvil Rep. www.3 7⁄16 11.7 8 203.3 3 76. 84 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.1 3 76.0 165⁄8 422.3 5 127.5 17⁄8 47.1 11⁄2 38.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 .1 101⁄2 266.7 811⁄16 221.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.3 5 127.3 7⁄16 11.1 3 76.2 3" or 5" handwheels may be included on valves sizes 2" .2 61⁄4 158.1 4 102.3 18 457.7 4 102.0 8 200 1 25.8 1⁄2 13.8 1⁄2 13.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.0 21⁄2 65 9⁄16 14.8 12 300 11⁄4 31.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.2 7⁄16 11.3 4 102.0 4 102.2 7 178.4 29⁄16 65.1 3 76.3 5 127.3 12 304.1 3 76.2 81⁄16 204.3 15 381.4 1⁄2 13.2 2 51.7 9 228.5 25⁄16 58.2 101⁄2 266.

4 87⁄16 214.5 35⁄16 84.9 6 152./mm 23⁄8 60.4 1 25.2 23⁄4 70.0 211⁄16 68.9 3⁄8 8.0 415⁄16 125.3 51⁄4 133.3 25⁄8 66.4 D In.4 87⁄16 214./mm 5⁄16 8. L A B G REF.8 45⁄8 117.4 1 25. GRUVLOK ® K REF.1 43⁄8 111.9 3 ⁄8 8.9 5 ⁄8 15./mm 2 50.9 Dimensions E F In./mm 1 25./mm 33⁄16 81.8 69⁄16 166.9 41⁄4 108.9 5⁄8 15. BLACK COATING SERIES 7600 .3 K In.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 49⁄16 116.0 B In.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7600 BUTTERFLY VALVES D E ORANGE GRIP C F REF.9 5⁄8 15.9 3⁄8 8.3 215⁄16 74.7 3⁄8 8.9 5⁄8 15.4 1 25.4 313⁄16 96.1 35⁄16 84.4 121⁄4 311.8 27⁄16 62.1 63⁄4 171./mm In./mm 21⁄4 57.8 H In.4 43⁄8 111.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Nom./mm 5⁄8 15.4 11⁄4 31.0 21⁄16 52.8 313⁄16 96./mm 113⁄16 46./mm 37⁄16 87.2 33⁄8 86.1 43⁄8 111.2 39⁄16 90. H REF./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 A In.4 6 152.5 7 177.2 G In. Size In.0 35⁄8 91.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C In. 85 .3 L In.

A Size In.94 456 19./mm In.00 864 39.75 832 34.44 519 20.60 66 3./mm In.00 127 6.75 44 2.00 152 6.00 254 10.75 171 9.44 494 20.75 44 1./mm In.000 508 24./DN(mm) In.00 381 16.75 171 6.00 152 6.25 260 www.25 667 29.38 416 18.26 464 10.37 1./mm In.94 532 24./mm 13.33 364 15./mm In.25 337 14.00 127 5.anvilintl. 0.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS B C D E F G J K L M N P R In.25 57 2.00 76 3. GEAR OPERATOR (Shown 90 out of Position) F G SIZE OF KEY B P A M L C DIA.53 13 0.Valves & Accessories SERIES 8000GR BUTTERFLY VALVE K DIA.81 21 13.75 375 15.000 457 20.000 356 16.75 273 12.00 813 2./mm 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 14.50 241 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.00 635 27.5 318 14.00 254 10.00 76 3./mm In./mm In.53 13 0./mm In. BOLT HOLE E DIA.25 57 3.00 51 2.000 FIGURE 8000GR .53 13 0.000 610 26.50 165 17.00 533 23.50 699 32.00 254 10.com . Nominal O./mm In.38 60 2./mm In.00 254 10.25 413 19.50 38 1.00 127 5./mm In.12 486 21. HOLE J DIA.D. N GRUVLOK ® D 86 POSITION INDICATOR R DIA.00 51 2.06 332 14.25 83 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3 ⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 1⁄2 x 1⁄2 116 6.75 400 16./mm In.00 127 5.50 597 25.000 406 18.53 13 0.25 57 2.00 76 1.50 749 32.38 619 10.50 38 1.40 391 16.75 425 5./mm In.00 356 15.

0 3.3 9. Dimensions of solder joint ends conform to ANSI B16.7 0./mm In./Kg 0.7 2. 171N & FIG.1 1.9 Approx. FIG.5 0. the pressure/temperature rating is dependent on the solder material used. Please refer to the limitations listed in ANSI B16.4 GRUVLOK ® DIMENSIONS Valve Code Where: QL = flow of liquid in gallons per minute (GPM) CV = flow coefficient ∆P = pressure drop (PSI) SL = specific gravity of liquid ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. A C In.Valves & Accessories FIG. Solder end valves are designed to be used with solders not exceeding a melting point of 470°F/250°C.3 0.5 22.8 0./mm In. 2. Rate of Flow Calculations for liquids: To determine the flow rate of a liquid passing through a valve.22. For solder joint valves. Higher temperatures may damage the seal material.1 0. 3.5 1. 87 ./mm In. Lbs. Wt. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES C OPORT D 141S Standard Port A NOTES 1./mm In.8 60.2 30.9 92.2 1.18. use the following formula: Soldered End Size Port Dia. 141S. Ea./mm 1⁄2 1⁄2 21⁄16 37⁄8 113⁄16 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 12 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 52 211⁄16 68 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 4 102 1 5 ⁄16 128 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 D 46 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 63 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 Cv 6.4 1.

Lbs.9 22.4 4./mm ⁄4 8 3⁄8 10 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 3 75 4 100 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 67⁄16 164 75⁄8 194 85⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 1 171N Full Port Threaded End 65 88 DIMENSIONS Port Dia.1 0.9 3.4 4.9 2.1 0.2 1.0 10./mm ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 75 4 100 ⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 65 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 1 171S Full Port Soldered End 9 21⁄2 64 3 76 39⁄16 91 49⁄16 103 49⁄16 116 57⁄16 138 67⁄8 175 83⁄16 208 105⁄16 262 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 67⁄16 164 87⁄16 205 81⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 17⁄8 48 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 31⁄8 79 33⁄8 86 311⁄16 94 5 127 7 5 ⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx.5 0. Ea. A C D In./mm In.2 3. www./mm In.8 9.7 1. Wt.3 1. Wt.5 2.3 14. 141S.anvilintl.0 0.7 0.2 12.7 11. 171N & FIG.0 3. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES DIMENSIONS GRUVLOK ® Valve Code Size A C D In.7 0.9 8. Ea.2 0.3 0./mm ⁄8 10 3⁄8 10 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 15⁄16 24 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 2 51 2 51 27⁄16 62 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 78 37⁄16 87 37⁄8 98 45⁄16 110 59⁄16 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 63⁄8 162 81⁄16 In./mm In.0 0.5 2.4 0.3 1.7 Valve Code Size Port Dia.com ./mm In./mm In. FIG. Lbs. 3 65 141 205 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 313⁄16 97 5 127 57⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 6 7 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx.Valves & Accessories FIG./Kg 0./mm In.6 24.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.0 5./Kg 0.3 0.9 1.1 1.2 0.1 0.0 0.5 6.

3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx.3 3./mm In.D./mm In.1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Ea./mm In.500 114./mm 2.2 38 17. 89 ./mm In./DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In./mm In.2 106 48. Wt./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3. A SERIES 7500 .D.500 88.9 4.BALL VALVE Size ANSI O.625 168. In.6 18 8. 7500 BALL VALVES B C F Valve Pipe O.3 6./mm In. Lbs.375 60.Valves & Accessories FIG.

D.7 41⁄4 107.0 81⁄8 206./mm In. www.9 113⁄16 45./mm In.8 131⁄2 342./mm In./mm In. In.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7500 BALL VALVES G F C 90 J CLOSED OPEN GRUVLOK ® B A L K D E B H SERIES 7500 .4 Size ANSI O./mm In./mm In.4 51⁄16 128./mm In./mm In.2 1 25. Ea.com .625 168./DN(mm) 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.BALL VALVE WITH GEAR ACTUATOR Dimensions A B C D E F G H J K L Approx. In.6 51⁄2 140.anvilintl.5 101⁄4 260./mm In./mm In.4 9./mm Lbs.6 4. Wt./Kg 6.4 87⁄16 214.4 12 304.3 65⁄8 168./mm In.

3 2.0 3.GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE Cv FLOW B A ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom. Wt.3 50 22.791 350 8.302 228 5.3 5.208 900 22.750 273.Valves & Accessories FIG.563 141. GRUVLOK ® GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE 91 ./mm Number In./mm In./mm In.7 68 30.4 15 6./Kg 66 1.1 402G 6 152 61⁄4 159 67⁄16 164 81⁄8 206 111⁄4 286 121⁄4 311 133⁄4 349 16 406 6 152 7 178 71⁄2 191 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 4025G 403G 404G 405G 406G 408G 410G Cv Flow Approx.875 73.D.9 4.3 6.8 140 63.1 36 16.3 8.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Size O.860 1.450 36. Model A B In.625 168.890 520 13./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 2.625 219.830 12 5.676 88 2. Each Lbs.1 10.235 130 3.375 60. 400G FIGURE 400G .8 20 9.5 198 89.500 114.500 88.

0 83.3 8./mm 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 93⁄4 248 123⁄4 324 143⁄8 365 18 457 21 533 B In.5 15. Lbs. Size In.3 5.5 3.1 19.anvilintl./mm 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 415⁄16 125 6 152 63⁄4 171 81⁄2 216 101⁄4 260 1211⁄16 322 143⁄4 375 Approx./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 6.1 10.875 73.500 88./mm 23⁄8 60 27⁄16 61 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 51⁄16 128 65⁄16 160 75⁄16 185 Nominal Dimensions C D E In.5 5.D.0 8./mm 33⁄16 81 35⁄8 92 311⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 63⁄4 171 8 203 93⁄16 233 103⁄8 264 G In.500 114.3 2.4 10.8 11.6 33.0 3. Ea.750 323.9 4./mm In.8 130./Kg.375 60.2 13.com .5 4./mm In.563 141.1 12.625 219.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVES FIGURE 7800 .0 183.9 O./DN(mm) In.2 59.CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK ® G 92 A Hinge Pin Plug Lifting Eyebolt (10" and 12" Valves Only) F C 1/2" NPT B D E 1/2" NPT Nom. 7.5 6.625 168.750 273.0 26. Wt.0 59./mm 17⁄16 36 19⁄16 39 2 51 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 35⁄16 84 315⁄16 100 415⁄16 125 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 21⁄2 64 27⁄16 61 31⁄8 79 4 102 49⁄16 115 51⁄16 128 41⁄2 114 313⁄16 96 41⁄16 103 51⁄16 128 513⁄16 147 61⁄4 159 515⁄16 150 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 F In. A In.0 www.

/mm 2.GROOVED-END STRAIGHT BALANCING VALVES NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe.6 90 40. Wt.Valves & Accessories GBV-G BALANCING VALVES 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON.3 28 12. Each Lbs.3 8.563 141.625 219./mm In./DN(mm) In./mm In.8 130 59.500 114.D./mm 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 Approx.0 310 140.9 4./mm In.7 870 394. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 168.750 323.9 12 305 12 305 14 356 171⁄2 445 2011⁄16 525 283⁄16 716 30 762 381⁄16 966 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 C E Nom.6 460 208.750 273./Kg 25 11./mm In. 93 .1 10.3 5.875 73.3 6.0 3.500 88.6 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-G .1 12. A B Open C E F In. GROOVE D-END STRAIGHT B O. Size A G F 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 245⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter G Flange G Flange 125# 250# In.7 41 18./mm In./mm In.

1 12.6 90 40.563 141./mm In./mm In.750 273. GROOVE D-END ANGLE GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-A .3 5.D. A B Open C D E F In.7 870 394.3 28 12.3 6.9 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 12 305 141⁄8 359 1815⁄16 481 205⁄16 515 241⁄16 611 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 24 5⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 45⁄8 117 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄2 140 65⁄8 168 93⁄16 233 93⁄4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter Approx.500 114./mm In./mm 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. Size O.9 4.Valves & Accessories GBV-A BALANCING VALVE 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON./Kg 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 25 11.7 41 18.0 3.0 310 140./mm In.6 460 208.anvilintl.1 10.625 219. 94 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www./mm In. Each 125# 250# In.875 73.625 168.com .3 8.GROOVED-END ANGLE BALANCING VALVES B E D C A G F Nom./mm In./mm Lbs. G Flange G Flange Wt.8 130 59./DN(mm) In.6 NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe./mm In.500 88.750 323.

9 0.8 2.6 6.2" A B C In.1 0. 95 .1 3./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" .6 1.8 2. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C A 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx.1 0.5 1. Ea./Kg 1.1 0./mm 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 511⁄16 144 7 179 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 118 415⁄16 126 53⁄8 137 55⁄8 142 63⁄8 162 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189.5 5.0 2. Wt.5 MODEL: GBV-T - Model GBV050VT GBV075VT GBV100VT GBV125VT GBV150VT GBV200VT Nominal Size In.2 0. Ea.2" A B C In. Wt.2 1.0 3.3 1./Kg 1./mm In.Valves & Accessories GBV-S (SOLDER) GBV-T (NPT-THREADED) FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES B A C MODEL: GBV-S - Model GBV050VS GBV075VS GBV100VS GBV125VS GBV150VS GBV200VS Nominal Size In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 1.7 0. Lbs.5 1./mm In./mm 3 76 31⁄4 83 313⁄16 97 45⁄16 110 51⁄16 129 6 153 45⁄8 117 47⁄8 125 51⁄4 135 55⁄8 143 57⁄8 150 611⁄16 170 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx.5 GRUVLOK ® B See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" .4 2.3 1. Lbs.5 1./mm In./mm In.

/mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 2213/16 579 285/8 727 325/8 829 MODEL FTV-S ./mm In.com .Valves & Accessories FTV-S (STRAIGHT) GRUVLOK ® TRI-SERVICE VALVE B C A E (diameter) G F 96 Connection Size A In./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 12 305 12 305 14 356 171/2 445 2011/16 525 283/16 716 30 762 381/16 967 B (fully open) In./mm In. Each G G In. 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx. 125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt.anvilintl./mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 850 390 www./mm In.(STRAIGHT) C E In./mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.

125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt. 97 .(ANGLE) C D E In./mm In./mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 860 390 GRUVLOK ® B F ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 45/8 117 37/8 98 43/8 111 51/2 140 65/8 168 93/16 233 93/4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx./mm In. Each G G In.Valves & Accessories FTV-A (ANGLE BODY) TRI-SERVICE VALVE D A C E (diameter) G Connection Size A In./mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 183/4 476 24 610 261/4 667 MODEL FTV-A ./mm In./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 73/8 187 83/16 208 95/8 244 12 305 141/8 359 1815/16 481 205/16 516 241/16 611 B (fully open) In./mm In./mm In.

875 73. C to O X FIGURE 7260 .3 6.* Working Pressure PSI/bar 750 51./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.0 2. 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 7 178 83⁄8 213 101⁄8 257 111⁄8 283 141⁄8 359 Basket Removal Approx. Size O.7 750 51.0 20.1 Max.3 8.3 5.9 19.0 13.3 2.9 4.6 45. Ea./DN(mm) In.7 600 41.563 141.7 750 51.0 8.0 3.Valves & Accessories FIG.625 219.4 E to E C to O X Y In./Kg 6. In.7 8.com . Clearance 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 6 152 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 93⁄4 248 12 305 Lbs.500 114.0 5.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE) Nom.D.7 750 51./mm In.8 www.0 35.7 750 51./mm In. 7260 GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E GRUVLOK ® Y 98 NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange./mm In.0 3.6 13.500 88.anvilintl.375 60.7 750 51./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 13 330 151⁄2 394 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 91⁄8 232 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 81⁄8 206 101⁄2 267 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 30.625 168.4 79. Wt.

99 ./mm In.4 GRUVLOK ® Y *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok Strainer. 14" .5 400 27.4 350 158.7 300 20./mm In.750 323.Valves & Accessories FIG.000 457.4 18.000 406.000 355.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nom.750 273./mm In.) GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange.7 E to E C to O X Y In. Ea.* Working Pressure PSI/bar 500 34./mm 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 10.3 187 84.8 400 181.8 272 123. C to O X FIGURE 7260 . Clearance 141⁄4 362 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 20 508 241⁄2 622 Lbs. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7260 (CONT'D.9 14.6 16. Size O.D./DN(mm) In.1 12. In./Kg 133 60.7 300 20. Maximum system working pressure is dependent upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capability of other system components.18" Fabricated Not for use with copper systems. Wt./mm 18 457 20 508 22 559 24 610 31 787 103⁄8 264 113⁄8 289 123⁄4 324 12 305 151⁄2 394 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 171⁄8 435 191⁄8 486 201⁄2 521 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 Basket Removal Approx.6 300 20.2 Max.

/DN(mm) In.750 273.563 141.0 5.625 219.0 93./mm 1 ⁄2 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 D In.3 112. www.1 80.375 60.com .1 10.Valves & Accessories MODEL 758G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 758 G . Not for use with copper systems.875 73.2 23./mm 7 178 93⁄4 248 10 254 12 305 17 432 20 508 223⁄4 577 28 711 30 762 Approx.4 42.0 50. In. Maximum system working pressure is dependant upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capacity of other system components.3 6.D.0 8.0 213.0 10. Each Lbs.0 125.0 36.3 5.3 8.6 470.500 114.9 Dimensions A B In./Kg 12.1 12.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER GRUVLOK ® A B C (NPT) D Screen Removal Nominal Size O.anvilintl.0 3.4 18.750 323.3 2.500 88./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. Wt.0 277./mm In.625 168.2 *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok® Strainer.8 205./mm 77⁄8 200 10 254 101⁄8 257 121⁄8 308 155⁄8 396 181⁄2 470 215⁄8 549 253⁄4 654 30 762 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄4 210 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 213⁄4 552 C Plug Size In.0 19.9 4. 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

3 2. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.7 300 20.3 6.7 A B C 93⁄4 71⁄8 49⁄16 248 192 116 103⁄4 713⁄16 413⁄16 273 211 122 113⁄4 811⁄16 51⁄16 298 231 129 141⁄4 105⁄8 65⁄8 362 281 168 161⁄2 13 103⁄16 419 330 258 181⁄2 141⁄16 85⁄8 470 357 219 24 177⁄8 113⁄16 610 454 284 27 209⁄16 125⁄8 686 522 320 30 24 143⁄8 762 609 366 40 2915⁄16 187⁄8 1016 760 480 42 309⁄16 19 1067 777 483 1⁄2 12 1 ⁄2 12 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 59 92 162 284 410 770 1010 1800 2800 4600 5800 9.4 32.500 114.2 6.1 10. • Warning: Piping systems must always be depressurized and drained before attempting disassembly and or removal of any components.000 406.4 Dimensions Cv Approx.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER B C Screen Removal D Plug Size Not for use in copper systems. • For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased 11⁄2 times the figures shown.7 300 20.7 300 20.0 70./Kg Working Pressure 300 20.0 225.375 60.0 8.625 168.7 300 20.750 273. This rating may occasionally differ from maximum working pressures listed and/or approved by UL.7 300 20. In.2 13.6 16.0 182.625 219./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2./mm In. • Pressure ratings listed are CWP (cold water pressure) or maximum working pressure within the service temperature range of the gasket used in the coupling./DN(mm) In.7 300 20.9 4. GRUVLOK ® A 101 .1 12. 40 steel pipe with roll grooves to ANSI C606-97 specifications.0 18.0 418. Each Plug Size PSI/bar In.2 26.3 4.D. D Values Wt.7 300 20.0 190.7 300 20.875 73.4 22. and/or FM as testing conditions and test pipes differ.Valves & Accessories MODEL 768G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 768 G ./mm In.6 83./mm Lbs. ULC. • Maximum working pressure and end loads listed are total of internal and external pressures and loads based on Sch.2 126.0 3.4 12.0 495.3 5.750 323.3 8.0 277.7 300 20.0 55./mm In.0 121.000 355.0 46.563 141.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 300 20.500 88.9 14.

0 303 51.2 38 17.9 4.D.500 x 3. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.875 114.7 300 20.3 36 16.3 x 114.0 303 47.9 x 73./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 3x2 80 x 65 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 3x3 80 x 80 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4x4 100 x 100 O.500 x 2. 7250 SUCTION DIFFUSER C-E C-E GRUVLOK FIG.0 3./cm.7 300 20.2 72 32.500 114. In.0 329 51./mm 2.anvilintl.7 300 20. Sq.3 x 88./mm In. Approx.500 x 2./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In.875 88.875 x 2.875 73.9 x 60.3 System Orifice Pump Max.9 x 88.3 37 16./mm In.9 4./mm In.com .SUCTION DIFFUSER Nominal Size In. 7250 FLOW T-O GRUVLOK ® CLR 102 OAL T-O C-O CLR 21/2" x 21/2" thru 10" x 8" C-O OAL 10" x 10" thru 16" x 14" FIGURE 7250 . Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In. 7250 FLOW OAH OAW OAH OAW FIG.3 36 16.500 x 4.8 38 17.7 www.7 36 16.0 x 73./Kg 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 21⁄2 65 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 81⁄4 210 8 203 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 101⁄2 267 131⁄2 343 14 356 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 171⁄2 445 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 113⁄4 298 91⁄2 241 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 111⁄2 292 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 613 300 20. Sq.Valves & Accessories FIG.0 3.375 88.500 x 2. 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 161⁄2 419 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 31⁄4 83 47.0 303 47.3 3.500 114.7 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20.3 x 2.500 x 3.875 4.500 88./mm In./mm In.0 329 95. PSI/bar Lbs./DN(mm) In.0 329 51.

Valves & Accessories FIG./mm In./mm In.625 x 6./DN(mm) In.7 300 20./mm In.0 613 124./mm 5.0 1.3 118 53.829 397.625 x 3.625 273.625 168.500 141. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In.625 x 4.3 6.3 x 114.7 300 20.6 133 60.3 5.0 72 32.174 283.174 182./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 5x5 125 x 125 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 6x6 150 x 150 8 x 5* 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 8x8 200 x 200 10 x 8 250 x 200 10 x 10* 250 x 250 O./DN(mm) In./mm In.7 74 33.5 118 53.7 300 20.3 x 114. GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size 103 .3 6.625 219.2 203 92.7 300 20.3 x 168.3 8.0 1.D. 7250 (CONT'D./Kg 5 125 5 125 6 150 6 150 6 150 6 150 8 200 8 200 8 200 10 250 10 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 100 5 125 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 5 125 6 150 8 200 8 200 10 250 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 9 229 9 229 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 151⁄4 387 151⁄4 387 171⁄4 438 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 18 113⁄4 457 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 211⁄2 1015⁄16 546 278 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 28 195⁄8 711 498 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 101⁄2 268 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 10 254 131⁄2 343 19 483 19 483 22 559 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 171⁄2 445 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 201⁄2 521 191⁄2 495 201⁄2 521 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 26 660 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 73⁄8 187 95. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.3 x 141.625 x 5.750 x 10. Sq.1 x 273.625 x 6.625 219.500 168.1x 141.7 300 20.625 x 5.750 x 8.563 219.5 190 86.3 x 88. PSI/bar Lbs.) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 .563 141.3 8.SUCTION DIFFUSER In.563 x 4./mm In.0 800 182.9 6. In.5 1.174 182.7 300 20.0 607 95.1 10.7 300 20./mm In.7 74 33./mm In.1 x 219.7 300 20.0 72 34.561 300 20.0 800 94.563 x 5.1 192 87.6 75 34.3 6.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 10.1 x 168.5 1.500 168.1 x 219.0 1.829 283.750 273.0 613 124.7 300 20.563 168.3 x 141.7 300 20. Sq.1 System Orifice Pump Max./cm.625 x 8.0 2.3 8. Approx.

SUCTION DIFFUSER GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size In.6 x 323.4 x 355./Kg 12 300 12 300 14 350 14 350 14 350 16 400 10 250 12 300 10 250 12 300 14 350 14 350 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 171⁄4 438 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 * Fabricated Other sizes available on special request.9 14. 40 Pipe for 21⁄2" thru 10" pipe & 2" SCH.0 6.000 355.8 467 211.7 300 20.6 x 355.561 571./mm 12. -1" NPT for sizes 6 x 6 thru 16 x 14. 104 28 711 36 914 36 914 36 914 39 991 39 991 195⁄8 498 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 22 559 24 610 24 610 24 610 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 26 660 34 864 34 864 34 864 37 940 37 940 73⁄8 187 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 397. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.7 300 20.406 993.1 12./mm In.3 467 211./mm In. PSI/bar Lbs.000 x 14.) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 ./DN(mm) In.0 3.7 196 88.8 NOTES: 1.1 14.7 300 20.Valves & Accessories FIG.6 x 273. 4.6 System Orifice Pump Max./cm. for ordering information.9 x 273.6 16.000 x 12. Approx.750 323.anvilintl. Not for use in copper systems.750 x 12. Sq./DN(mm) In.9 x 323. Contact Gruvlok Rep. Drain Holes: (End Cap)— 3⁄4" NPT for sizes 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 thru 6 x 5.750 355. “CLR” Dimension indicates clearance needed for diffuser basket removal.0 6. In.3 382 173.com . "Orifice Cylinder Open Area" is the total area of the opening in the diffuser basket after the pre-filter screen has been removed. 2. Pipe Support .750 355.684 571./mm In.3 382 173./mm In.750 323.7 300 20.684 571 3.750 x 10.684 993. 7250 (CONT'D. Dimensions may vary Contact Gruvlok Rep./mm In. www.000 x 10. 3. 40 Pipe for 12"& larger diffusers. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 14.000 x 14.9 382 173./mm In. Sq.Use 11⁄4" SCH.0 3./DN(mm) 12 x 10* 300 x 250 12 x 12* 300 x 300 14 x 10* 350 x 250 14 x 12* 350 x 300 14 x 14* 350 x 350 16 x 14* 400 x 350 O. for certified values.D. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In.0 2.000 406.406 300 20./mm In.7 300 20. Product must be supported by pipe supports (supports not included).

/mm 51⁄4 130 43⁄4 100 43⁄4 100 GRUVLOK ® AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE Approx. Temp./DN(mm) Approx. 105 . 20 & 25 10 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Valve Orifice In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-15 Max./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 250 120 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 2 1⁄16 2 1⁄16 2 MODEL GAV-15 . Water Pressure psi/bar 150 10 Max./mm Overall Height In. Ea. Wt.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In. Wt./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In./mm Width In.Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-15 43/4" OUTLET 51/4" INLET MODEL GAV-15 ./DN(mm) Orifice Size In. Ea Lbs/Kg 51⁄2 2. Inlet Size °F/°C In. 3⁄4 & 1 3⁄8 1⁄16 15./mm Length In./DN(mm) Maximum Temp.

Water Pressure psi/bar 300 20./DN(mm) Orifice Size In. Temp.Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-30 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE 51/8" GRUVLOK ® OUTLET 6" Maximum Temp. Wt. 3⁄4 & 1 1⁄2 1⁄16 15. Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 8 3 8 3 2 1⁄16 2 INLET MODEL GAV-30 ./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. Ea. Overall Height In. °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In./mm Width In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-30 106 MODEL GAV-30 .com ./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Inlet Size °F/°C In./DN(mm) Approx./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In./DN(mm) Max. 20 & 25 15 2 Valve Orifice In./mm Length In./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In. Wt./mm 6 150 51⁄8 125 51⁄8 125 Approx. Ea Lbs/Kg 71⁄2 3.7 Max.anvilintl.4 www.

5 1.2 46./mm psi/bar A 12 304. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 168.4 1⁄4 6.4 2. 107 . AF21-GG GROOVED ENDS FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GG .1 3. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.8 12 304.7 3⁄8 9.9 1⁄2 12./mm In.5 3⁄8 9.6 12.0 3.6 4.1 38.4 1⁄4 6.0 17.750 323.0 9.5 1.4 20 508.4 155 10. Permanent Intermittent Wt.750 273.D./kN 11⁄4 31.0 300 20.1 1⁄2 12. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191. Size In.375 60.8 11⁄4 31.0 8./mm Lbs.4 1⁄4 6.7 275 19.5 2.9 Model or 10 dig.4 16 406.9 1⁄2 12.0 3.3 2.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.GRXGR FLEX CONNECTORS A ± .8 14 355.7 150 10.0 5.0 20 508.3 5.875 73.Valves & Accessories FIG.5 1⁄4 6. Ea.0 450 31. # AF0390232007 AF0390232106 AF0390232031 AF0390232114 AF0390232122 AF0390232130 AF0390232148 AF0390232155 AF0390232163 Pressure 70°F In.7 7⁄8 22.9 4./DN(mm) In.8 12 304.4 14.0 20.8 3⁄4 19.5 1 ⁄4 6.6 16 406.1 10.9 GRUVLOK ® Nominal O.4 20.500 88.3 8.0 6.4 3⁄8 9.4 1⁄4 6.563 141. In.0 Parallel Offset * Approx.6 225 15.3 6.5 165 11.7 5⁄8 15.625 219./mm * See Motion Classification to the left for additional information.500 114.3 145 10.2 5 ⁄8 15.1 12.0 270 18.4 16 406.

125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.0 6.3 23.3 6.6 225 15.9 O. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Model or 10 dig.3 5.5 3⁄8 9.750 273. Wt.8 12 304.6 18.4 1⁄4 6.0 16 406.1 10.4 4.9 4.5 165 11.0 47.8 31.500 88.GRXFL FLEX CONNECTORS GRUVLOK ® A ± .750 323./DN(mm) In./mm In.3 8.625 168.0 270 18.3 11⁄8 28.875 73.1 5⁄8 15.6 5⁄8 15.5 3.9 7⁄8 22. www.0 300 20.9 10.9 5⁄8 15.8 12 304. Ea.D.6 15⁄8 41.1 50 22. # Pressure 70°F In.2 304.7 150 10.3 2./mm psi/bar A AF0390232171 AF0390232189 AF0390232247 AF0390232254 AF0390232262 AF0390232270 AF0390232288 Approx.4 17 431.8 12 304.anvilintl.6 15 381.3 145 10.4 1⁄4 6.4 155 10.7 AF0390232197 AF0390232213 Parallel Offset Permanent Intermittent In.4 8./kN 12 450 17⁄8 5⁄8 7.625 219.4 3.7 1⁄4 6.4 3⁄8 9.Valves & Accessories FIG. Lbs.8 39.9 5⁄8 15.500 114.2 3⁄4 19.com .3 8.4 18.8 14 355.1 12.0 3.6 14 355.9 1⁄2 12.7 14.0 40 18.5 1⁄4 6./mm 2 2./mm * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.563 141.7 275 19.9 1⁄2 12.7 10. AF21-GF CLASS 150 FLANGED X GROOVED FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GF . 108 Nominal Size In.7 15. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.375 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 60.

6 1 25.875 73.7 1⁄2 12./mm In.5 1⁄4 6./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.2 14 355.6 9 228.4 1⁄4 6.3 145 10.Valves & Accessories FIG.5 12.7 3⁄8 10.4 1⁄4 6.3 30.0 5.0 47.6 450 31.750 273.7 1⁄2 12.5 165 11.8 13 330.625 219. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 2.4 19. Anvil also provides AnvilFlex™ Increaseres contact your Gruvlok Rep.0 11⁄8 28.5 1⁄4 6.4 155 10.4 GRUVLOK ® A ± .6 225 15.4 1⁄4 6.1 12.9 4.4 1⁄4 6.1 10.0 4. In.0 300 20.0 13.563 141./mm psi/bar In.4 14.7 3 ⁄4 19./kN 9 228.0 11.9 304 SS Braid Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191. # AF0390232387 AF0390232395 AF0390232403 AF0390232429 AF0390232437 AF0390232445 AF0390232452 AF0390232460 AF0390232478 Parallel Offset A Pressure 70°F Permanent Intermittent Approx.7 150 10.6 9.0 3.3 5.D.4 3 ⁄8 9.0 105.0 6.5 3 ⁄8 9.0 24.FLXFL FLEX CONNECTORS Nominal Size * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.6 25. 109 .4 5⁄8 15.0 8.750 323.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose AF21-FF .3 6.500 88.6 11 279./DN(mm) In. Wt.6 9 228.5 75.6 9 228.0 34.625 168.6 54. AF21-FF CLASS 150 FLANGED X CLASS 150 FLANGED FLEX CONNECTOR 300 Series SS Ferrule O. for additional information Model or 10 dig.4 11 279.1 5⁄8 15.3 8. Ea.0 270 18.9 1⁄2 12.375 60./mm Lbs.4 12 304.500 114. In.7 275 19.9 1⁄2 12.

6.3 5.36 19.D.65 11.366 184.5 7.anvilintl.6 32.426 259.3 8.2 800 55.3. Coupling Bolts Qty.8 4.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .0 3.6 11.6.8 1000 68.6.545 51.9 Max.4 15.65 7.3 14.4 8.8 1200 82./kN 5.625 219.563 141.3. Wt./DN(mm) In. For additional details.0 25.6 2.0 6.141 454.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .625 168./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. Lbs.com .750 273.316 23.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.790 34.8 1200 82.8 1200 82.500 114. Ea.9 4.1 10./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .99 102.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Size O.1 5. End Load Lbs.35 Fig./mm In. In.90 29.085 84.500 88.9 800 55.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./Kg 3.1 12. see coupling data chart notes on page 262.9 14. 7004 HPR® COUPLING Y Z GRUVLOK ® X Nom.875 73.89 72.2 Max.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .9 www.8 1200 82.HPR COUPLING Range of Pipe End Separation In.00 58./mm In.3.610 322.2 2.8 1200 82./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 11 279 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Not for use in copper systems.167 129.6.7 43. Wk.9 1. 110 FIGURE 7004 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx. Pressure PSI/bar 1200 82.750 323.3 6.375 60.74 41.3 2.6. 7004 HPR® with standard gasket.6 3.High Pressure System FIG. Size In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6.9 19.

750 273.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .761 176.D./mm In.D./mm In.943 306.27 16.5 9./Kg 4.8 46.9 1.6.92 0 -1⁄8 0 .66 159. 7004 EG with “EG” gasket.875 73.750 323.6. End Range of Pipe Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts O./mm PSI/bar Lbs.375 60. Size In.3.9 1500 103.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .0 3.4 2000 137.0 25. Not for use in copper systems.5 2.625 219.7 43.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . 7068 EG END GUARD® COUPLING Y HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Z C to E X FIGURE 7004 .8 6.1 11./mm In.4 2500 172. Lbs.D.3. O. Center Approx.High Pressure Fittings FIG.500 88. Ea. 7068 EG HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Nom. 7004 EG® FIG.6.4 2500 172.595 709.875 73.3 8.6.3 6./ In.9 5.230 72.6 11./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.86 68.0 20.053 106.500 114. Size Pressure Load End Separation X Y Z Qty.5 7.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 2500 172.3 2. Fig. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M16 x 85 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2./mm Lbs.2 19.84 113.1 10.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 1.9 GRUVLOK ® O.3.0 4.3 2. Size To-End Wt.4 1250 86.453 504. Max.1 2.9 4. In.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3.2 1250 86.5 5.3 14. see coupling data chart notes on page 262.6.9 2500 172.9 19.99 39.6 32.0 3./DN(mm) In./mm In.500 114.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .3 5.639 389. Ea.END GUARD (EG) COUPLING Nominal Max.625 168.1 15.075 49./mm In.4 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 For additional details.8 3. 111 .2 11.9 FIG.67 87.1 12. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.500 88.375 60.9 4.19 24.3 6. Wk.3 8.625 168.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./kN In.

/ In.625 168.9 6.3 1.2 12.0 27.3 61⁄2 165 5 127 4.0 7.625 219. Ea.0 3.3 2. 7022 EG HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE Nom.5 1.5 7.1 10. 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE HIGH PRESSURE TEE O.9 1. Center Approx.0 3./mm Lbs.625 168.500 88.7 11.1 4. Ea./ In. 7051 EG FIG.5 17. Size To-End Wt./mm In.D. Center Approx./Kg DN(mm) 2. Ea.9 4.1 2.625 168. C to E 2.375 60.500 88.500 114.4 16.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3. O.9 4.9 7./mm Lbs./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2.875 73.2 38.375 60./mm In.D.9 2. In.5 3.D.5 *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.D. Ea.875 73.2 1.3 6./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2.3 8.375 60. Center Approx. Center Approx.5 FIG.0 2.4 * * * * * * FIGURE 7051 EG.8 0. O.3 4.com ./ In.3 6.9 4.875 73.3 2.2 3.High Pressure System FIG.500 88.8 2. www. OD Size To-End Wt.500 114./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 2 50 2.375 60. GRUVLOK ® Nom. Size To-End Wt.750 323./mm In. 112 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In.3 9. O. HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 O.D.D./mm In. In./mm Lbs.0 5.5 5.D.3 6.3 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄2 89 1.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 4. HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW Nom. O.0 3.9 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 * * * * * * C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E FIGURE 7050 EG.750 273.anvilintl.500 114.6 1. Size To-End Wt.2 15./mm Lbs. 7050 EG FIG.6 FIGURE 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE TEE Nom. 7022 EG FIG.375 60. O./ In. In.0 12.

7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING Z Y Nominal Size O.3. 113 ./mm 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 67⁄8 175 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 51⁄2 140 5 127 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 Qty.3./mm 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 Specified Torque § Min.563 141.1 Range of Pipe End Separation In.8 GRUVLOK ® X § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.875 73.3.3 2./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 Approx Wt.2 FIGURE 7400 .3 8./mm In.9 0./DN(mm) In./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .D.1 1.6.500 114. Ea.6 2.0 3.3.RIGIDLITE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts. In. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In. Ft.6 0.5 2.5 8.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .375 60.0 3./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157. Max.Advanced Copper Method FIG.4 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 6. X Y Z In.9 4. see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.625 219. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Lbs.1 1.1 5.500 88.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6./mm In.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 1.6./Kg 1.4 3.9 2. -Lbs.4 4.625 168.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 5.

66 2. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Z Y X Bmin.329 5.1 300 20.7 300 20. Working End Mating Flange Bolts Latch* Wt. Range Dimensions Specified Approx.7 6. In.886 12.84 4./mm PN10 (16) In.9 4.3 5. 114 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 .0 3.771 21.625 168. Specified Surface Nom.6 2.6 7.2 1.3 2.8 4.7 300 20.97 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 61⁄4 159 7 178 77⁄8 200 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 14 356 161⁄2 419 3⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.528 77. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 300 20.9 4.3 2.3 8.22 7. (ISO) mm Ft.292 32.948 8. Torque § Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.FLANGE: ANSI CLASS 150 OR ISO PN10 OR PN16 BOLT PATTERNS Latch Bolt Mating Flange Bolts Max./mm Ft. 37⁄16 87 4 102 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 10 254 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 705⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 220 298 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 250 339 250 339 4.7 300 20./mm In.9 8.7 300 20.1 6. Max./DN(mm) In./mm In.563 141.4 15.875 73.375 60. Size O. GRUVLOK ® Amax./kN In.D. Max.6 4.0 2. Qty. B Min.625 219./mm In./mm In.anvilintl.00 17.500 114./mm PSI/bar Lbs.341 46.7 300 20.3 6.44 10. Ea.Advanced Copper Method FIG. X Y Z A Max. Sealing Max.1 www.0 9.7 1.com .-Lbs/N-M In.91 1.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.500 88.

Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Serrated Face Mating Flange X A max. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange See “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. Rubber Grooved Surface Bmin.5. To avoid interference issues. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-165. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 115 . flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. Gruvlok Flange adapter insert required when mating to rubber surfaces or serrated faced mating flanges. GRUVLOK ® Y Mating Flange Gruvlok Figure 7012 Component Gruvlok Figure 7012 Flange Flange Z Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges.Advanced Copper Method FIG. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable. Pipe Flange Adapter Insert Grooved Flange Pipe Gasket Flange Adapter Insert ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.

9 3./DN(mm) In.1 Center to End In. www.3 5.563 141.0 3.625 168.2 17. Lbs. Ea.7 18.D.1 Center to End In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 0. 7550 FIG. Wt./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.625 168.1 0.8 2.1 2./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx. In.4 8.3 4./DN(mm) In. Nom.500 88.625 219.6 6./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.8 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel./mm 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 71⁄2 191 Approx.D.3 2.3 8.7 2. Size O.5 9.875 73.90° ELBOW Nom. In.375 60. In. Size O. O. Wt.D.6 0.563 141./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 12 305 Approx.500 114.Advanced Copper Method FIG. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 1. Wt.625 168.5 1.TEES FIGURE 7551 .0 29.875 73.4 13.3 3.500 114. 7560 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEES C to E C to E O.3 6.4 6. Lbs.3 FIGURE 7560 .625 219.1 41.3 7.3 1.3 5. C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7550 ./Kg 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.8 11.3 2.0 3.5 2. Lbs.0 3.563 141.7 5.6 7. Ea.D.3 6.1 5.3 6.3 8. 7551 FIG. Ea.D.9 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.1 3.9 4.anvilintl.9 4.6 13.5 1.3 2.3 19.9 0. 116 0./DN(mm) In.6 8.7 3.5 1.500 114.5 0.375 60.500 88.625 219.375 60. Size O.3 5.com .D.500 88.3 8.1 Center to End In./Kg 0. O.875 73.6 0./Kg 1.4 1.5 1.9 4.45° ELBOW Nom.

0 0.4 2.5 4.2 0.500 88./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7574 (GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER END CAP E to E E to E FIGURE 7572 .1 End to End In. Wt. Size In. 117 .625 219. Lbs.375 60./Kg Nom. 7572 FIG.0 3.(GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER FIGURE 7574 .9 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 51⁄2 140 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 2.0 0.3 11.4 0.Advanced Copper Method FIG. Lbs.0 GRUVLOK ® O.9 0./mm 2.3 1.8 2./Kg 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 35⁄8 92 5 127 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 0.500 114. Wt./mm Approx.563 141.END CAPS Nom. Contact your Gruvlok Representative for more information.2 1.4 8" fittings fabricated upon request.6 0. 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.D.5 0.875 73.3 0.9 4. Ea.3 6.9 2. O.0 2.9 2.2 1. Ea.D.D. Size In. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In./Kg 0.5 2.D.8 1.3 5. In.2 5./DN(mm) End to End In.6 0.8 1.0 5. Ea.0 0.1 0.3 1.3 8. Wt.625 168.3 2./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 4 203 Approx.3 1.2 4./mm Approx. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./DN(mm) End to End In.0 2.3 3.2 2. Lbs.0 0.

GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7561A ./mm 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 Approx.9 2.7 1.8 2.2 2.4 7.8 2.1 5.D./mm 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx.6 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.6 Nominal Size In./mm 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 11 279 11 279 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx.5 19 8.8 3./DN(mm) Center to End In./Kg Cup 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7.5 5. Wt./mm Lbs./DN(mm) 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center to End In.3 18.5 3. Ea.2 8.4 8./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 5 127 1.5 11. In.7 5.2 5. In. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Wt.0 4.4 5.anvilintl.8 8.D.2 18.Advanced Copper Method FIG. sizes 118 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.3 18.3 12. In.5 12./mm Lbs./mm Lbs. www.3 Nominal Size In.com ./Kg Cup 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 18 8.1 1. Ea./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 Center to End In.(GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In. Ea. 7561A (GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE C to E O.8 0.2 4.1 2.2 11.

/mm Lbs. Size In./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 Center to End In.5 2.5 1. Wt. C to E FIGURE 7564A .5 1.8 2. 119 .1 2.1 2.D. In. Ea.7 0./mm 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx.5 1. In.0 4.2 2.7 2.8 1.8 2.0 0.D.7 1.8 1.7 0.1 4. Ea.Advanced Copper Method FIG.7 1. Size In.1 0.5 1.5 1.0 0./Kg Cup 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 4.5 1. Ea.8 0.1 4.2 Nom./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 Approx.7 0.1 0.2 GRUVLOK ® Cup See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.6 1. Wt.6 2.(GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE Nom. Wt. In.7 2. 7564A (GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE C to E O.1 4.6 0. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 80 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 65 x 32 Center to End In./Kg Cup 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 1./DN(mm) 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 100 x 32 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to End In./mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 Approx.1 2.8 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom. Size In.5 1./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 1.

Advanced Copper Method FIG.2 0.0 FIGURE 7582 .375 60.1 0.3 1.875 73.3 5. Size In.2 1.5 2.2 0. Lbs.7 0.3 0. 7582 (GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER TRANSITION FITTING E to E E to E Cup Cup O.7 0./mm 23⁄4 70 3 76 7 3 ⁄16 87 47⁄16 112 57⁄16 138 63⁄8 162 Cup In. Wt.0 0.500 114.3 0.TRANSITION FITTING Nominal Size In.3 1. Lbs.9 3.D.5 2. www.6 0.5 1.563 141.D.500 88./mm 2.D.9 4.3 2. Ea. 7575 FIG.anvilintl.2 0.3 6. Wt.4 0.625 168.0 3./mm 7 ⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 7⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 15⁄16 34 Approx.3 End to End In.5 5./Kg 0./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 O.com . GRUVLOK ® O. Ea./DN(mm) 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4x2 100 x 50 End to End In.6 0./Kg 0.3 2.D.4 0.4 0.4 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm 3 76 3 76 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 Cup In. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In.6 0.0 0.3 0.3 1.4 0. 120 FIGURE 7575 .(GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER Nom./mm 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 111⁄16 42 23⁄16 55 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 Approx.0 0.2 0.

1 2.888 48.6 6.29 159./mm 1.5 41⁄2 114.375 60.0 5⁄16 7.9 41⁄4 108.0 2.0 5⁄8 16.1 71⁄16 179./DN(mm) 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 O.1 43⁄4 120.0 5 ⁄16 7. Vent Hole SERIES 7500B .0 35⁄8 91.9 21⁄4 57.1 2.9 211⁄16 69.5 1.1 71⁄2 190.876 73.1 11⁄2 38.9 13⁄4 45.4 51⁄8 129.500 88.2 21⁄4 57.D.0 5⁄16 7.0 91⁄4 235.9 3.8 5 ⁄8 16.9 3 76.1 511⁄16 144.0 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 91⁄4 235.9 3.8 39⁄16 90.3 2.2 2 50.8 65⁄16 159.4 53⁄4 146.0 5⁄16 7.490 88.1 61⁄8 155.8 21⁄4 57. A B C D H In.D.0 51⁄16 128.8 5⁄8 16.D.8 65⁄16 159.9 35⁄16 84.1 61⁄4 159.FULL PORT W OPEN FULL PORT B CLOSE O.1 211⁄16 67.910 48.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size In.870 72.0 21⁄4 57.365 60.6 91⁄4 235./mm 5⁄8 16.5 65⁄8 168.0 91⁄4 235.Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B W1 GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE .6 J K L M W W1 In.5 415⁄16 126.1 21⁄2 63. GRUVLOK ® J 121 .2 57⁄16 137. C FULL PORT D L M K B A Vent Hole C D with extension piece L H A O.9 21⁄4 57.FULL PORT .

5 45⁄16 109.0 Vent Hole with extension piece 5./mm 4 100 4.0 Vent Hole 7.5 A B C J K L M W1 71⁄2 190. www.anvilintl.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 61⁄4 159.D./mm 5⁄8 16.250 122 J OPEN K B A STANDARD PORT CLOSE C 3.5 21⁄4 57.400 O.5 71⁄8 180.0 In.469 113.Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE ./DN(mm) In.STANDARD PORT 4" W1 GRUVLOK ® 9.12 B A M OD C 3.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size O.D.com .4 4. In.5 91⁄4 235.STANDARD PORT 4" .0 3⁄8 9.12 SERIES 7500B .545 115. 7.

000 +.88 0.018 -0.625 15.9 4.15/-.720 69 3.00 +.900 48.45 -0.76 In.006/-.875 73.37 -0.00 +. 7089 & 7090 .88 0.000 +.20/-. 7090 E A B STEEL TUBE POLYPROPYLENE FIG./mm In.375 60.312 7.53 0.030 +/-.018 -0.7 1.000 102 4.25/-./mm 3.53 n/a n/a C Actual Tolerance +0.3 6. IPS Pipe Size O.92 0.25 ±.4 1.13/-.010 ±. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.DI-LOK® Nipple FIG.88 0. NIPS/DN In. 7090 THREAD BY THREAD FIGURE 7088./mm B +/-.625 15.3 5.3 5.000 152 6.55 1.500 88.697 43 2.375 60. Figure 7090 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 3⁄4" through 2" only.7 1.500 114.45 -0.015 -0.375 9.022 -0.875 73.13/-.76 In.312 7.000 +.315 33.006/-.55 -0.114 28 1.00 +013/-./mm 0.7 1.33/-.9 4.000 +.030 +/-.050 26./mm 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 1.D.625 168.008/-.563 141.00 +.625 15.625 15.3 2.250 57 2.3 6.3 2.000 76 4.625 168.900 48. 7089 GROOVE BY GROOVE E FIG.00 +.005/-.000 152 6. 7088.0 3.000 +.92 0.375 9.88 0.3 Tolerance In. 7088 GROOVE BY THREAD E B STEEL TUBE A POLYPROPYLENE FIG.000 +.00 +.00 +.458 37 1.000 152 GRUVLOK ® GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLE DI-ELECTRIC PIPE CONNECTION Figure 7088 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 4" only.3 2.010/-./mm n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.000 152 6.DI-LOK® NIPPLES Nom.4 1.500 88.3 A +/-.92 0. 123 .000 +.007/-.625 15.00 ±. 7089 & FIG.344 85 4.500 114.660 42.005/-.3 2.18/-.022 -0.090 +/-2.625 15.88 0.29 In.000 +.000 102 4.050 26.7 1.015 ±.000 102 6. Figure 7089 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 6" only.334 110 5.88 0.53 0.000 D Actual In.315 33.312 7.660 42.50 -0.395 137 6.375 9.455 164 n/a n/a n/a n/a -0.020 -0./mm +./mm In.563 141.15/-.38 E +/-.881 22 1.000 152 6.00 102 4.0 3. FIG.

3 2.Plain-End Fittings FIG.1 10.9 14./mm 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276 125⁄8 321 147⁄8 378 163⁄4 425 183⁄4 476 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./kN 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2./mm In.563 141.D.3 6. of O.995 30.6 17.323 1.341 4.4 450 31.6 16.4 750 51.4 7.7 300 20.500 114. Wt.000 355.7 14. Max.0 3.4 23.4 88 39.7 300 20.com .7 3. Load Grippers Pressure In.3 8.500 88.377 31.507 3.ROUGHNECK® COUPLING X NOTES: See Coupling data chart notes in technical data section for additional information./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 5 1x6 7⁄8 x 5 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 - Specified Approx.0 7.8 16.4 10.4 38.709 Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts X Y Z Qty.858 10.4 3./mm PSI/bar Lbs.7 300 20./DN(mm) In.528 7.7 300 20.9 95 43. LbFt/ LbFt/ Lbs.1 12.618 7.1 300 20.7 600 41.8 31.159 13.507 3.1 56 25.1 www.625 219.8 10.766 5.750 273. Nominal Size Max. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200 see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.919 14.3 5.773 2.0 350 24.750 323. Torque § Min.950 27.690 17. 7005 ROUGHNECK® COUPLING Z GRUVLOK ® Y 124 FIGURE 7005 .509 30.246 8.157 3. Ea.6 3.5 4.000 406. Wk.895 1.5 40 18.anvilintl./Kg N-m N-m 150 203 150 203 200 271 200 271 250 339 250 339 250 339 500 678 550 746 550 746 550 746 190 257 190 257 250 339 250 339 300 406 300 406 300 406 600 814 700 949 700 949 700 949 6.4 600 41. In.7 300 20. Max.788 13.625 168. End No. Not for use in copper or PVC systems. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 174-175.875 73.229 12.375 60. 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 81⁄8 206 93⁄8 238 111⁄8 283 127⁄8 327 141⁄2 368 18 457 201⁄4 514 221⁄8 562 24 610 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 Size In.9 4./mm In.

3 2.6 6. Ea.5 1.1 Center To End In.D.375 60.1 38.625 219.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 2. In./Kg 2.1 Center To End In.4 4.6 13.625 168. O.563 141.2 7.625 168.0 0./mm 2.45° ELBOW Nominal Size In.0 61.2 3.4 6.D./Kg 2. Ea.1 27. C to E C to E 125 ./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.563 141.3 6.2 4. Lbs./mm 2.9 4.9 11. Ea.3 Nominal Size In.6 4.2 6.9 4.2 18.875 73.3 6.1 31 14./Kg 3.8 8.8 2.6 4.6 9.8 2.500 88. 7050P FIG.2 2.500 114.TEE O./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 FIGURE 7060P . Lbs.0 3.9 11 5.0 3.8 30.0 3.625 219.3 9.3 5.3 8.000 101. Wt.2 4.500 114.7 17. In.500 88.875 73.375 60.000 101.6 4.0 13. Lbs. Wt.5 1.D.625 219. GRUVLOK ® O.1 Center To End In.875 73. C to E FIGURE 7050P .3 21.7 1.7 9.2 2.375 60.90° ELBOW Nominal Size In.9 3.3 12.3 5. 7051P FIG.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIGURE 7051P .9 14./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx. 7060P 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEE O.3 8. In./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. Wt.D.8 6.9 4.3 2.6 4.3 6.6 3.625 168./mm 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 51⁄8 130 53⁄4 146 6 152 Approx.D.D.5 8.Plain-End Fittings FIG.4 24.563 141./mm 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 11 279 11 279 Approx.500 114.500 88.8 8./mm 2.000 101.3 5.3 5.3 8.0 3.

7 6.0 24.625 168.6 4.45° LATERAL 2.7 4./DN(mm) In.3 9.D.com .3 5.625 219.5 10./mm In./Kg Nominal Size O.5 4.5 14.5 92. to Long to Short Wt.3 2.3 8.0 3.1 Center To End In. Wt. O./mm In.500 88.0 4. End End In.0 3./mm Lbs./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.9 13.3 2.D.7 17. Ea.2 10.500 88. Lbs.0 9.3 www.8 8.1 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 3.anvilintl. 90° TRUE WYE C C to LE C to E FIG.625 168.CROSS Nominal Size In.6 4.1 22.9 4.3 5. End End In.563 141. 7069P CROSS 45° LATERAL O.500 114.1 LE LE Nominal Size 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 to 5.6 9.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 114./Kg 4.375 60. Ea.6 24./mm Lbs.0 6.2 14./Kg 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 83⁄4 222 10 254 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 14 356 18 457 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 O.1 37.563 141. In.9 4.6 6.2 54.D.7 26.Plain-End Fittings FIG.500 88.8 C to SE O. C to Center Center Approx.000 101.8 5.0 41.625 219.625 168./mm 2.0 17.1 38.000 101./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx./mm In.9 10.1 74.8 20.3 8.875 73. C to SE FIGURE 7069P .500 114.3 5.3 2.875 73.5 1.90° TRUE WYE Center Center Approx.4 21.3 6.375 60.9 4.3 6.6 4.D.2 17 7.1 2. to Long to Short Wt.0 3.000 101.4 2.3 6.3 8.6 33.5 3.625 219.D./DN(mm) In./mm In.875 73.7 12.375 60.8 3. 7068P FIG. 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 12.563 141.D.2 53.0 7.2 2.8 31. 7071P GRUVLOK ® 126 FIGURE 7068P . FIGURE 7071P . Ea.

D.1 11.6 5.0 33.D.0 21. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 11.4 86.0 50.2 25.1 44.5 130.3 5.0 35.0 53.0 22.4 24. 127 .0 112.3 11.1 3.0 O. To End Wt.9 42.0 Nominal Size In.REDUCING TEE See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. In. 7061P REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In./DN(mm) 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center Approx. Ea.5 26.7 74.6 11.Plain-End Fittings FIG.0 59.8 50./Kg 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 10 254 10 254 7.0 19. GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7061P .4 11. To End Wt.9 48.0 39./mm Lbs. Ea.6 78./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 Center Approx.8 118./Kg 10 254 10 2254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 46.2 11.0 20./mm Lbs.0 20. In.9 5.

3 6. 7050LRP FIG.563 141.500 88.625 219.9 4.8 28./Kg 1./mm 2.000 101.3 2.2 21./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 8 203 93⁄4 248 111⁄4 286 15 381 Approx.563 141./mm 2.9 4.5 2.5 3.6 1./Kg 2.com .3 6.0 13. Ea.4 11. O. Lbs. Lbs.0 7./mm 2.625 219.3 8.875 73.7 29.8 4.6 4.563 141.D.9 9.6 4.3 6.9 2. Ea.375 60.0 3.anvilintl.0 3.0 6.2 6./mm 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 6 152 8 203 Approx.3 2.BULL PLUG Nominal Size In.3 5.7 25.625 168.5 2./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.500 88./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. Lbs.0 7.D. Wt.875 73.6 4.5 2. In.5 3.4 4.625 219.500 114./mm 4 102 5 127 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 Approx. GRUVLOK ® O./Kg 2.0 15.D. FIGURE 7075P .3 17.625 168.5 9./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.1 Center To End In.5 7.2 www.0 3.7 FIGURE 7051 LRP .500 114.000 101.000 101.0 3.3 1.7 3. 128 FIGURE 7050 LRP .9 56.3 2.5 5.5 5.3 5.500 88.8 3.D.3 8.D.625 168. In.7 17. 7075P 90° LR ELBOW 45° LR ELBOW BULL PLUG C to E E E to E C to O.1 Center To End In.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.875 73.375 60.1 Center To End In.3 5.0 5.375 60. Wt. In.5 12.8 34.3 7.3 8.5 1. Ea.8 0.5 2.90° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In.Plain-End Fittings FIG.0 1.9 4.D.45° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In. Wt.500 114.1 4.4 12.8 6. 7051LRP FIG.6 4.4 13.

Lbs.5 28.5 19.D.5 7.0 2.375 60. Ea. E to E O.D./mm Approx.2 10.4 5.7 11.D. 7084P & FIG.0 3. 7081P & FIG.4 43.2 0.0 22.1 8.9 4.0 21./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 O. Ea. 7082P ADAPTER NIPPLES E to E (Plain-End x Class 150 or 300) E to E O.1 3.7 23.4 29.1 End To End In.3 6. 7080P.3 8.1 1.563 141. End To End In.4 15./Kg 1.9 4./mm 2.5 1.625 168.6 4. In.9 2.2 3.0 10.PLAIN-END X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal Size In./mm 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx./Kg 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8.6 4.875 73.5 1. Lbs.0 6. 7080P Plain x Grooved E to E O.7 35. Wt.Plain-End Fittings FIG./DN(mm) In.3 5.500 114.0 12.5 7.4 19.563 141. 7082P . 7085P FIG. Lbs.7 9.625 219./mm In.375 60./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O./Kg 6. 7082P Plain x Bevel FIGURE 7080P. FIG.5 4.875 73.D.3 2.2 6.0 3.0 9.000 101. FIG. Ea.4 9.3 5.5 13.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 4.5 2.3 14.9 50.500 88.1 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 Approx.7 FIG. GRUVLOK ® FLANGE NIPPLES 129 .D.0 15.3 2.ADAPTER NIPPLES Nominal Size O.7 14. Wt.D.500 88.000 101.4 3.7 72.3 6.0 32.4 4.625 168.3 8.500 114. Wt.625 219. 7081P Plain x Thread FIG.9 0. 7081P. FIGURE 7085P PLAIN-END X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End To End In.9 5. FIGURE 7084P .

7 17.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. sizes 130 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 7.2 Nominal Size In.0 7./mm 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx./Kg 3.2 29.5 5.7 17.0 7./mm 7 178 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 Approx.5 2.0 7.5 5. FIGURE 7077P . Wt.4 11.2 29.5 3. www.com .2 11./DN(mm) 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 End Center To End In.Plain-End Fittings FIG. Lbs. Ea.0 13./Kg 17.4 7.5 2.0 1.2 11.D.4 4.anvilintl.D.7 17.0 13.0 7.0 13.5 3.0 7.7 29. Wt.0 4.0 13.5 3. Ea.2 29./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 5x2 125 x 50 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 End Center To End In.5 5. 7077P SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® O.SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size In. Lbs.7 17.0 7.

131 .3 3.HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING FIGURE 7305 .2 30 13.7 20.5 5.5 15./mm In. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 - Approx. Size X Y Z In.5 58 26. Lbs.9 4.5 3.5 3./Kg 4. Size X Y Z In./mm In.7 8.500 88. Lbs.625 168.9 12.625 219.4 18 8.6 42.500 88. 7305 FIG.3 Coupling Dimensions Nominal O.750 323./mm In./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.HDPE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Nominal O.5 19. Size In.500 114.375 60.0 8./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 6.3 3. Wt. Wt.375 60.3 34.9 33⁄8 86 45⁄8 117 51⁄4 133 71⁄2 191 10 254 12 305 143⁄8 365 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 8 203 11 279 131⁄4 337 153⁄4 400 177⁄8 454 Z 45⁄8 117 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 6 152 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 Coupling Bolts Qty.3 8. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 43⁄4 3⁄4 x 43⁄4 - See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 176-177. 7307 HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING Z Y Y X X FIGURE 7307 .1 10./mm In. Ea.0 6 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.9 33⁄8 86 41⁄2 114 53⁄4 146 8 203 101⁄2 267 125⁄8 321 143⁄4 375 6 152 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 111⁄4 286 135⁄8 346 17 432 191⁄2 495 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 Coupling Bolts Qty.3 GRUVLOK ® HDPE COUPLING See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 178-179.625 168.750 273./mm In.5 9. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx.D.9 12 5.HDPE Couplings FIG.1 12.5 2.5 2.1 12. Ea.1 10.9 4.3 6./Kg 4./DN(mm) In.6 43 19.750 273./mm In./DN(mm) In.500 114.625 219. Size In.750 323.3 8.

The Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is installed between the Gruvlok Flange sealing gasket and the mating flange or surface to provide a good sealing surface area.0 26 12.anvilintl. Ea. 53⁄4 146 73⁄4 197 101⁄4 260 Latch Bolt Qty. of the mating flange must be free from gouges./mm 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts Qty. Lbs. F. Size In./mm 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 103⁄8 264 123⁄8 314 147⁄8 378 31⁄8 79 37⁄8 98 31⁄2 89 Sealing Surface A Max B Min./DN(mm) 4 100 6 150 8 200 O. 7312 HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Y Z Gruvlok Fig. In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 180-181./mm In. 7012 Gruvlok Flange sealing gaskets require a hard flat surface for adequate sealing. Flange Adapter Insert FlangeGasket Flange Adapter Insert Rubber Surface FIGURE 7312 . undulations and deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of gasket. 7312 Flange Mating Flange Gruvlok Fig. Gruvlok Flanges are to be assembled on butterfly valves so as not to interfere with actuator or handle operation./mm In. C./Kg 15 6.D.3 6. Grooved Pipe B min./mm 8 5⁄8 x 3 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 2 3⁄4 x 2 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 Approx.625 168./mm 41⁄2 114 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 A. Size In.625 219. Gruvlok Flanges are not recommended for use against formed rubber flanges. Gruvlok Flanges should not be used as anchor points for tierods across non-restrained joints. D.500 114.7 E. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. B. 7312 Flange Component Serrated Face Mating Flange GRUVLOK ® X 132 Amax. www./mm In. The sealing surfaces A Max.HDPE Couplings FIG.HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Nominal Size In. The use of a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is required for applications against rubber faced valves or other equipment.1 Flange Dimensions X Y Z In. Wt.3 8./mm 4. Fig.8 22 10. In. Do not use Gruvlok Flanges within 90 degrees of one another on standard fittings because the outside dimensions may cause interference. to B Min.com .

3 1. Pressure In.2 13⁄16 21 1 25 11 ⁄16 17 15 ⁄16 23 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄4 11⁄16 57 17 27⁄16 11⁄4 62 32 29⁄16 13⁄8 65 35 3 111⁄16 76 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 41⁄2 114 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 6 152 2.3 2.4 1.Run take-out dimension.2 25⁄16 59 27⁄16 62 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 7⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 19⁄16 40 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 * “U” .0 1./ In. Nominal Approx./mm In.2 4.900 48.315 33.3 300 20.5 5.5 GRUVLOK ® V * “U” .7 250 17.SOCK-IT® STRAIGHT TEE (S X S X S) Dimensions Max. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183./Kg DN(mm) Max.7 300 20.9 2.7 300 20.Outlet take-out dimension.660 42.9 0. 7103 90° ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) STRAIGHT TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) Y Z C to E W U Y T W U FIGURE 7100 .7 250 17. **“T” .3 300 20. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183. 7100 FIG. W Y U* Pressure To End In.7 1.0 2.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1./mm In./mm In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.SOCK-IT® ELBOW (S X S) FIGURE 7103 . Working Center Size Wt.3 2.0 2./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1.660 42.7 300 20.Run take-out dimension./mm Lbs.900 48.Sock-It® Method FIG./mm In.7 1./mm Lbs.3 1. Working Approx./mm In.315 33./mm PSI/bar In.7 1.3 3.D.4 1. 133 ./mm In. Ea./mm PSI/bar In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1. Dimensions Nominal O.9 1.D.4 1.7 300 20.375 60. Ea./mm In./mm In./ DN(mm) In.6 2. Size **T U* V W Y Z Wt. O.375 60.

sizes 134 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 15 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 20 1x1 25 x 25 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 300 20.7 1.2 1./mm In.7 300 20.Center to Thread End Center To SE In.7 300 20. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.SOCK-IT® REDUCING ELBOW (S X NPT) GRUVLOK ® W Max. 7101 90° REDUCING ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X NPT) FIGURE 7101 .7 300 20.7 300 20.anvilintl. Sock-It® End./mm 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 Dimensions U* T** W Y Approx.4 1. In.5 1.7 2./mm In. Wt.7 300 20. Nominal Working Size Pressure In.Center to Sock-It® End C to TE .com .0 2./mm In.6 0.0 2 0./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 C to SE ./Kg 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 1.D.5 0. ** “T” . Thread End.Take-out dimension.0 * “U” .9 2.7 300 20./DN(mm) PSI/bar Y C to TE T U C to SE See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.Sock-It® Method FIG.1 1.7 300 20.1 2.Take-out dimension.7 300 20.1 2.7 0. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 1.8 1. www. Ea.7 Center to TE In./mm Lbs.

4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.Sock-It® Method FIG.7 300 20.9 1.6 1./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 Y In.2 1./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In.5 5.7 300 20.7 300 20.2 175 12.1 **T In.0 2./mm In.0 2.9 2.2 250 17. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20.SOCK-IT® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In.0 0.4 5./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 Approx.9 0. GRUVLOK ® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) 135 . Ea. Wt.9 1.7 300 20.7 1. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.9 2.D. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.1 3./mm 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 27⁄16 62 27⁄16 62 Z In.7 300 20.Run take-out dimension. 7105 Z U Y V T W Note: Anvil® is the only manufacturer to offer a 21⁄2" Sock-It Fitting * “U” .4 1.3 1.2 250 17.2 2. Lbs. sizes FIGURE 7105 .5 3.2 2./DN(mm) 1 x 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 25 x 15 1 x 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 25 x 20 1x1x1 25 x 25 x 25 1 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 2 x 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 50 x 15 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 1 2 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Max.1 175 12.2 2./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 1 ⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 U* In.5 1.6 3.9 0./Kg 2.Outlet take-out dimension.2 1. ** “T” .0 0.2 2.7 250 17.7 300 20.5 1.

D.1 2.5 1.0 2.SOCK-IT® REDUCING TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In. sizes 136 11⁄4 x 1 x 1⁄2 32 x 25 x 15 11⁄4 x 1 x 3⁄4 32 x 25 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 x 1 32 x 25 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 40 x 32 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 40 x 32 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1 40 x 32 x 25 2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 50 x 40 x 15 2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 50 x 40 x 20 2 x 11⁄2 x 1 50 x 40 x 25 Max.Outlet take-out dimension.4 3.Run take-out dimension.0 0. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 2.1 300 20. Wt.1 1. Lbs.2 1. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.7 300 20. 7106 REDUCING TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) Z Y V T W GRUVLOK ® U FIGURE 7106 .7 300 20. 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 Y In.0 1. Ea. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.4 www.7 300 20.com .2 **T In./mm In./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.Sock-It® Method FIG.0 2.1 2./Kg 2.2 1./DN(mm) * “U” .7 250 17./mm 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 Z In.7 300 20.anvilintl.2 250 17./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 Approx. ** “T” .1 1./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 U* In.5 3.9 2.4 1./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In.2 250 17.0 3.1 1.

137 . Working Pressure In.Sock-It® Method FIG./DN(mm) In.0 2.7 300 20./mm 1⁄4 11⁄16 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 Approx. 7107 Z Y W U FIGURE 7107 .900 48. Max.D.3 GRUVLOK ® COUPLING (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) * “U” . See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.9 1.4 1.375 60.7 250 17.8 1. Lbs.660 42.Run take-out dimension.9 0./mm Y In./mm W In. Ea.7 0.3 300 20.9 2. Wt.1 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg 1./mm PSI/bar 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1.7 1./mm Z In.315 33.SOCK-IT® COUPLING (S X S) Nominal Size O.7 300 20.3 2.2 Dimensions U* n.

Ea.65 780 3.900 48./mm Lbs.0 275 19.0 275 19.0 275 19. Max. In.9 4. † Ratings apply when used with Schedule 40 ASTM A312 Type 304 stainless steel pipe for all sizes.646 11.Stainless Steel FIG.0 7.218 5.6 0. Wt.2 0-1⁄4 0-6./Kg 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1 ⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1./mm In.66 42.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.4 4.RIGIDLITE STAINLESS STEEL COUPLING Z Nominal Size O. 138 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 7400SS RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y X FIGURE 7400SS .0 Lbs.anvilintl.480 42.3 6.875 73.0 275 19./kN 595 2.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.8 3.1 Max.D.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.0 275 19. In.47 1.44 2.46 9. with Type 316 Grade 8M stainless steel heavy hex nuts conforming to ASTM A194./mm 0-1⁄8 0-3.4 2.375 60.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.500 114.067 71.42 1. Wk.2 0-1⁄8 0-3./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 1.0 3.0 CAUTION: Contact your local Gruvlok representative for corrosive application environments.0 2.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.7 0.625 219.3 8. Refer to ratings chart for additional data.2 6.4 1. www.47 Range of Pipe End Separation In./mm 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 6 152 81⁄8 206 103⁄8 264 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 53⁄8 137 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 73⁄4 197 111⁄8 283 135⁄8 346 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 60 Coupling Bolts* Size Approx.5 13.3 2.7 1.17 16.8 2.com .625 168. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.374 19.0 3. No Coatings or zinc options./mm In.3 2.500 88. End Pressure† Load† PSI/bar 275 19.0 275 19.1 1.77 4./mm In.4 * All bolts are hex head design Type 316 Grade B8M Class 2 stainless steel to ASTM A193.1 1.3 1.0 275 19.785 7.

3 3. 139 .500 114.BALL VALVE Size ANSI O./mm 2. Wt./mm In.375 60.2 106 48.500 88.Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE B C F Valve Pipe O. Ea.3 6./mm In.625 168.2 38 17.1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In. A SERIES 7500 SS .9 4.D.D. Lbs./mm In./mm In.6 18 8./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3.3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx. In./mm In./DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In.

D. A SERIES 7500 SS ./mm B In./mm C In./mm Cv 31⁄4 83 53⁄8 137 135 Approx.375 FP 60. Ea.Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE GRUVLOK ® B G C E H D F Valve Pipe O./DN 2 FP 50 O.D./mm 2./mm A In./Kg 14. Wt.THREE-WAY DIVERTER VALVES Size ANSI In./mm G In.com . Full port only. Lb.3 61⁄2 165 31⁄4 83 103⁄16 258 Dimensions D E In./mm 43⁄16 106 2 51 F In.2 NOTE: Contact your Gruvlok representative for actuator mounting details.2 31./mm In. www.anvilintl. In. 140 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

3 7./Kg 0. 7060SS FIG.4 0. Lbs.2 0. FIG.8 5. Wt. C to E Approx.D.2 5.9 3.6 2. 7051SS 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In.7 29.4 11.1 7.D.9 3. 141 .1 18. FIG.7 2. Ea.4 1. 7051SS FIG.8 0./DN(mm) In. Lbs./DN(mm) In.4 1. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 2.7 41. Ea.8 0.5 0.1 4. Wt. C to E 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 71⁄2 191 103⁄4 273 15 381 E to E C to E C to E FIG./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 Approx. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIG.6 0.8 1. Wt. 7074SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW STAINLESS STEEL TEES STAINLESS STEEL CAPS O.4 2.0 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe. O./mm O.4 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.5 5.9 0.8 2.3 1./DN(mm) In.0 7.5 0. Lbs.3 0.7 25.0 3.8 9./Kg 1. Wt.5 4.3 1.Stainless Steel FIG.1 0.4 13.8 2.1 19./DN(mm) In. Lbs.7 1.2 0.6 10.7 11.6 17.5 0./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx.9 6.0 1.5 1.3 1. 7074SS STAINLESS STEEL CAPS Nominal End to End Size In.7 0./Kg 1. 7050SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In.D. 7060SS STAINLESS STEEL TEE Nominal Center to Size End In. Ea.4 1. NOTE: Pressure and load ratings equal to or greater than Schedule 10S as listed above.4 0.5 1./Kg 0.2 14. 7050SS FIG. Caps are all cast fittings.7 1.1 3.3 4. Ea.8 GRUVLOK ® O.2 0.6 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.9 0./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 Approx.D.

Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information./DN(mm) In.0 0.5 6.7 14.Stainless Steel FIG.0 2.5 1.D. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 0./mm 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 Approx.1 2. www.4 0.3 1. Wt.6 13.STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Center to End In.4 Nominal Size Center to End In.D.6 5.0 2.8 2.3 1./mm 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 Approx.8 4. Lbs./DN(mm) In.7 4./Kg 5.3 3.1 14.9 4.5 31.6 29./Kg 3./DN(mm) In.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.5 2./Kg 1.9 2.6 1. Ea. Ea.2 1.0 1. Wt. 7061SS STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEES O.1 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe. C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E 142 FIG.7 6. Lbs. Additional sizes available.5 1./mm 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 40 x 32 2 x 2 x3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Approx.6 3.0 6.6 1.9 4.0 2.0 1.8 1.1 1.9 2. Nominal Size Center to End In.8 1. Wt.4 14. 7061SS .5 0.0 4.9 4.com .anvilintl.1 1.7 2. Ea.8 2. Lbs.

D.7 5./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 1.4 1.2 14.1 1.5 5./DN(mm) In.2 7.1 0.5 1.0 2.3 2.4 3.4 0.3 11./DN(mm) In.8 13.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 4.5 1.5 1.5 1. 4.6 6. In.9 1. 7072SS STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O. End to End Size Wt.5 2. End to End Size Wt./Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 35⁄8 92 31⁄2 89 43⁄4 121 45⁄8 117 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 5 127 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.0 4.0 3.1 1. In.1 2.8 Nominal Approx.0 3./Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.4 1./mm Lbs. GRUVLOK ® STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 143 .7 8. Ea.9 0.9 3.2 11.3 3.5 1. End to End Size Wt.2 7.8 Nominal Approx.3 0./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86 0./mm Lbs.2 0. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.6 4.9 23./DN(mm) In.3 0.D.2 1.7 0./mm Lbs.STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx.9 0.0 7.8 0.8 1.1 3.8 4.6 12. Ea.3 7. O. In./mm Lbs.2 FIGURE 7073SS .2 10.0 1.2 1./DN(mm) In.STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1.Stainless Steel FIG.2 0. End to End Size Wt.8 5.5 3.9 0.0 1.5 2. Ea. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.1 3.7 3. In.7 0.6 1.8 19.7 0. Additional sizes available.0 2.9 2. FIGURE 7072SS . Ea. 7073SS FIG.0 6.2 0.4 7.9 6. Additional sizes available.3 3.8 0.

n/a n/a 400 Std. (3) Contact a Gruvlok Representative for information on grooving alternate materials Steel: 2" . n/a n/a NOTE: Some sizes may require optional equipment. 5570603. Wall Stainless Steel: 2" . www./DN mm) – Sch.21⁄2" – Type M 3" . Patents 5450738. 10S requires optional roller sets Copper: 2" . The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove. Wall) Steel Pipe Model 3007 Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U. 10.12" – Sch.STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC. 14" & 16" Std.S. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 40 (Std. 5778715 & others pending.anvilintl.com . 144 2 21⁄2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 125 1:00 150 1:20 200 1:35 250 1:50 300 2:20 350 2:40 400 3:00 This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover setup for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover.12" – Sch.Roll Groovers MODEL 1007 & 3007 ROLL GROOVERS MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 . (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: 200 250 300 n/a n/a 14 16 350 Std.) Pipe Size (In.GROOVER CAPABILITY GRUVLOK ® Pipe Material 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule In/DN mm) 4 5 6 8 10 12 100 Steel Stainless Steel Copper Model 1007 125 150 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material.8" – Type DWV MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 .

21⁄2" – Type M 3" .188" n/a n/a 300 . 5570603. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.Roll Groovers MODEL 3006 & 3006C ROLL GROOVERS 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule) 4 5 6 100 125 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S K.219" n/a n/a n/a n/a NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material. 145 . Steel: All sizes – Sch. 10 Stainless Steel: All sizes – Sch. The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove.STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC. 5778715 & others pending. Note: The universal diameter gauge is part of the copper option or is available as a stand alone option (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: (3) Please contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information on grooving alternate materials & wall thickness. L.GROOVER CAPABILITY Pipe Material Pipe Size (Inches)/Max Steel Pipe Wall Thickness Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U.) GRUVLOK ® MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C .6" – Type DWV MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C . 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 8 10 12 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 150 1:20 200 1:55 250 0:40 300 1:20 GROOVING TIMES: This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover set-up for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover. M & DWV Steel Stainless Steel Copper 150 8 10 12 200 250 . 40S Copper: 2". Patents 5450738.S.

750 323.4 0.6 9.6 Pipe Wall Thickness In.0 15.8 8.9 2.5 Elbow 90° 45° Ft.4 2./m 10.3 2.3 1.9 9.0 10.1 50.0 0.6 20.2 2.1 3. In.2 2.7 0.0 24. 159.4 3.3 8.2 1./m Ft.3 2./m 1.6 3.7 1.D.6 7. In.7 1.0 6.7 2.com .3 6.1 1.3 2.8 ft (3.365 9.7 6.6 16.3 9.7 5./m Ft.2 1.D.5 20.8 5.8 6.7 10.0 10.5 0.237 6./mm 0.0 5.375 9.3 0.3 13.2 6.3 0.4 12./m 24.322 8.220 5.7 0.3 12.1 3.1 2.3 6.8 7.9 26. 76.3 1.3 3. 139.3 5.4 18.875 73.500 114.4 2.2 0.563 141.5 0.D.2 2.0 1.6 16.1 8.500 165.1 2.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.1 3.996 76.1 3.0 73.D.7 3.900 48.4 34.3 0.625 168.5 8.4 1.133 3.D.2 8.9 23.1 2.7 5.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.7 3.4 2.1 6.8 7.5 0.248 6.6 0.8 5.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.2 17.1 2.9 0.0 0.3 9.1 1./mm 0.8 16.203 5.315 33.5 0.D.6 1.3 34.7 4.8 29.4 5. 133.5 5.0 40.1 11.4 25.8 4.1 2.1 33.6 13.145 3.5 4.D.3 For the reducing tee and branches./m Ft.0 87.5 1.1 6.4 4.4 20.5 21.0 20.660 42.0 22.280 7.7 5.D.0 51⁄2 O.9 1.6 4.6 1.0 4.7 4.7 8.5 0.8 6. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. in/mm.375 9. 165.4 22.500 88.0 2.8 0./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.1 26.6 0.1 3.1 Elbow 90° 45° Ft.4 4.anvilintl.1 3 80 41⁄4 O.1 0.0 5.236 133.0 8.750 273.0 16.4 2.Fitting Size O.7 1.000 508./DN(mm) 61⁄2 O.6 24.1 64.2 0.D.154 3.248 6.000 355.7 12.8 38.3 0. of the pipe that the fittings is to be used with.9 4.14 3.D.2 31.2 20.3 0.7 5 125 61⁄4 O.4 3.0 6.6 113.2 25.3 2.4 1.6 3.0 0.1 12.8 6.375 9.3 4.1 5. For example: for 6" x 6" x 3" tee.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.280 7.8 0.280 7.D.6 1.4 1.9 3.259 159.3 10.9).6 0.4 3.0 1.0 8.6 0.5 97.1 4.0 Nominal Size In.4 2.216 5./mm 6.3 4. The Fitting Size Chart is used to determine the O.0 6.2 0.2 0. Gruvlok Fittings are identified by either the Nominal size in inches or the Pipe O.2 10.0 7.625 219.1 8.500 139. use the value that is corresponding to the branch size.0 2.7 0.3 1.1 41. the branch value of 3" is 12.5 0.1 2.9 0.0 0.4 6.3 6.0 4.4 7.8 2.0 1. & FLOW DATA FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE (EXPRESSED AS EQUIVALENT STRAIGHT PIPE) 146 Nominal Size In.5 0.7 2.2 28.9 14.1 7. www. Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance GRUVLOK ® FITTING SIZE O.5 10.9 8.0 O.7 7.000 406.375 9./m 4.9 31.0 3.000 609.250 108.3 10.9 19.0 Pipe Wall Thickness In.1 10.0 32.197 5.0 16.D.9 10.2 22.0 1.3 8.1 1.1 0. 108.7 5./m Ft./mm 1.258 6.000 457.0 25.7 9.375 60.375 9.7 6.4 1.3 0.0 20.375 9.

.................. 154-155 FIG.................................................................. 7000 Standard Coupling ......... 166-167 FIG.. 7042 Outlet Coupling ................ 182-183 FIG............................... ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS FIG................... 172-173 FIG.............. 7044 Branch Outlet .... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2" . 176-177 FIG. 168-169 FIG........... 148-149 FIG...... 174-175 FIG..... 7045 & FIG... 196-198 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings .................................................... 162-165 FIG................ 178-179 FIG............. 200 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY TABLE OF CONTENTS INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY 147 .......12") ...... 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling .................................. 7010 Reducing Coupling ....... For temperatures above 150°F (65................. 7011 Standard Coupling ............................................... -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™. 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ........................................... 190-191 Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® .............. 150-151 FIG.................. 170-171 FIG.............. 180-181 Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting .. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling ........................... 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets. Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing...... 156-157 FIG..... GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves....... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14" ...... AF21-GG.....................The instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications............ 158-159 FIG..... Thorough lubrication of the external surface of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket.............. 7305 HDPE Coupling ............................6° C) use Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant and lubricate all gasket surfaces... 7005 Roughneck® Coupling ....... 192-195 Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples ................... 184-189 FIG.... internal and external.............24") ... 160-161 FIG............. 7001 Standard Coupling ............... 199 Specified Bolt Torque..... See Gruvlok Lubricants in the Technical Data section of the Gruvlok catalog for additional important information.. 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling .... 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter ............................. 152-153 FIG........................... ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY.....

pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe.Metal-to-Metal. www. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends.FIG. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. flip or roll the gasket into centered position. Install the “Housing Halves” as shown in steps 4 & 5. On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown. TO INSTALL: loosely pre-assemble the segments into two “Housing Halves” making sure that the alignment tang(s) and slot(s) on the bolt pad(s) are properly mated. The coupling is properly installed when all bolt pads are firmly together .anvilintl. On couplings 10" and larger. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. NOTE: The housings for sizes 16" and larger are cast in four or more segments. Step 3 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. 7001 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 148 Step 1 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service.com .

See page 200 for bolt torque information. 7001 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. 5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. battery strength and operational variations. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 149 . lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch.

Ideally. (Dimension A) should be visible when the gasket is in proper position. flip the gasket toward the pipe end so that the proper side is facing out. are met. Position the gasket centrally between the grooves of the two pipe ends. Working your way around the circumference of the pipe. The end of this procedure will result in the gasket snapping into place.anvilintl. CAUTION: Be careful not to pinch fingers during this step.FIG. in the Gruvlok Large Diameter Pipe Roll and Cut Groove Specifications. 2 Turn the gasket inside out and slide the gasket completely over one of the pipe ends. 7011 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 150 1 Inspect the pipe ends making sure the criteria. This will aid in step 4. 3 Lubricate the gasket sealing lips. Turning the gasket inside out will reduce the stretching necessary to put the gasket into position. approximately 75% of the pipe’s gasket-sealing surface. www. 4 Pull the two pipes into contact aligning the pipe ends. The use of Gruvlok lubricants ensures compatibility between the lubricant and the gasket.com .

7011. Continue this procedure for all segments. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. CONT'D. 5 Lubricate the exterior surface of the gasket. 8 Installation of the Figure 7011 Standard Coupling is completed. again balancing the weight of the housings on the top of the pipe. place housing segment on top of the pipe to support the weight of the housing segment. Secure the adjacent housing with an oval neck track bolt and heavy hex nut and then rotate the secured housings. Hint: For horizontal assembly. lower bend load capabilities. The specified maximum torque for each nut is 800 ft. 6 Secure the housings about the pipes making sure the coupling keys are engaged in the pipe end grooves. See page 200 for bolt torque information.-lbs.-lbs. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. This helps prevent pinching of the gasket during assembly. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 151 .FIG. The specified minimum torque for each nut is 600 ft. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Firmly torque each bolt. battery strength and operational variations.

flip or roll the gasket into centered position. On couplings 10" and larger. www.com 2Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end.www.com . see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . 7401 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 152 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. When properly assembled there will be a small equal gap between the adjacent bolt pads. On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends. NOTE: VdS . Some applications require lubrication of the entire gasket surface.anvilintl.anvilintl. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe. NOTE: Sizes 14" and larger are cast in multiple segments. To install the larger sizes align the tongue and pocket of the couplings appropriately and tighten the nuts alternately to the specified bolt torque. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.FIG.

INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 153 . Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. Place one housing over the gasket. battery strength and operational variations. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. 5Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. 7401. 4Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced.FIG. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. CONT'D. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. See page 200 for bolt torque information. joint leakage and pipe joint separation.

www.anvilintl. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .FIG. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.com . 7000 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 154 1 Check & lubricate gasket — Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. www. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket.anvilintl. centering it between the grooves on each pipe.com 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends together.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. NOTE: VdS . battery strength and operational variations. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. pull the gasket into position.

CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 155 . Insert the bolt and turn the nuts finger tight. See page 200 for bolt torque information. lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact.FIG. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. 7000. 6 Assembly is completed — Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. 4 Housings— With one nut unthreaded to the end of the bolt. unthread the other nut completely and swing the coupling housing halves over the gasket. CONT'D. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 5 Tighten Nuts — Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque.

pull the gasket into position. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two tube ends together. centering it between the grooves on each tube. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant to the entire surface. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.anvilintl.www.FIG. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the tube end. both internal and external. battery strength and operational variations.com . www. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .com 2 Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the one tube. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.anvilintl. 7400 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 156 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either tube.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. of the gasket. NOTE: VdS .

CONT'D.FIG. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. 4 Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. Place one housing over the gasket. 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 157 . lower bend load capabilities. 7400. keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes.

www. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.FIG.com . 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end.anvilintl. 3 Alignment — After aligning the two pipe ends. 7003 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 158 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe.

) 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. CAUTION: 1) Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly.FIG. Press firmly down on the handle until it makes contact with the coupling housing. 4 Housings— Put one half of the open coupling over the gasket as the coupling keys fit firmly into the grooves on each pipe end. 7003. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 159 . The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly. CONT'D. Insert locking pin into handle linkage to secure handle in closed position. Swing the other half of the coupling into position around the gasket and into the grooves. 2) Care needs to be taken so that fingers do not get caught or pinched when handle is placed in locked position as a result of cam action of handle assembly. (See Caution. 3) When re-using coupling and gasket. 5 Lock coupling— Fit the nose of the locking handle in the notch of the opposite housing. always inspect gasket for damage and hinge/handle assembly for loosenenss. distortion or any other damage.

3 Alignment— Align the adjoining pipe center lines. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . 7010 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 160 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Angle the gasket over the pipe end and pull the gasket lip open around the circumference of the pipe. The center leg of the gasket should make flush contact with the pipe end and will prevent telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger.www. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.com 2 Gasket Installation— Place the smaller opening of the gasket over the smaller pipe. Angle the pipe end slightly to the face of the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket to ease assembly.com .anvilintl. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.FIG. battery strength and operational variations. NOTE: VdS . Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. and insert the larger pipe end into the gasket.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. www.anvilintl.

The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. CONT'D. A NOTE: Fig. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: In vertical installations the pipes must be supported to prevent telescoping during installation. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight.FIG. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Gasket Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib Proper Position of The Gasket Sealing Lips 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. 7010. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 6 Assembly Complete— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. 7010 Reducing Coupling gasket and housing properly assembled onto adjacent pipe ends. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 161 . 5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. A illustrates the correct position of the Fig. lower bend load capabilities. See page 200 for bolt torque information. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig.

When mating to valves or other component equipment where the flange face has an insert.FIG. and the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the standard flange gasket.com . The flange gasket cavity must face the pipe end. 1 On the side without the hinge pin. loosen the latch bolt nut to the end of the bolt thread. 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 162 APPLICATIONS WHICH REQUIRE A GRUVLOK® FLANGE ADAPTER INSERT: 1. place the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert between the valve and the Gruvlok Flange.). 2. When mating to a serrated flange surface. NOTE: VdS .www. 4. (It is not necessary to remove the nut from the latch bolt. if the valve is rubber faced in the area designated by the sealing surface dimensions (A Max. a standard full-faced flange gasket is installed against the serrated flange face.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications.anvilintl.anvilintl. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . Bmin. use procedure described in note 3. Check pipe end for proper grooved dimensions and to assure that the pipe end is free of indentations and projections that would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok flange gasket.) Swing the latch bolt out of the slot. Open the Gruvlok Flange and place around the grooved pipe end with the key section fitting into the groove.com www. When mating to a rubber-faced metal flange. to B Min. 3. the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the rubber-faced flange. Amax. When mating to a wafer valve (lug valve).

Gasket "A" Latch Bolt Note: This side must face the mating flange 2 Place the latch bolt back into the slotted hole.FIG. The Gruvlok Flange gasket must be inserted so that the sealing lips face toward the pipe end and the mating flange. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 163 . The pipe should extend out beyond the end of the sealing lip by approximately 1/8" on the 2"-6" sizes and 3/16" on the 8"-12" sizes. including the sealing lips. should not extend beyond the pipe end. 7012. CONT'D. Tighten the nut until there is a 1/16" gap between the flange halves at location "A". using the proper Gruvlok lubricant. Lubricate the entire exterior surface of the gasket. The lip of the gasket. sealing on the pipe. (See Figure below) 3 Check the gasket to assure that it is properly suited for the intended service.

anvilintl.com . etc. it is important that the insert is properly aligned with the gasket prior to tightening the bolts. www. 5 With the gasket in place apply lubricant to the exposed gasket tip. Sliding the flanges into place will dislodge the gasket and cause leakage to occur.FIG. CONT'D. 7012. It is important to line up the bolt holes before bringing the two flanges together. Tighten the nuts on the latch bolts alternately to the specified latch bolt torque. free of indentations. Assure the gasket is still in the proper position and align Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange. The gasket must be properly positioned as shown in the figure below. The flange housings must be in firm metal-to-metal contact. 6 Verify that the mating flange face is hard. and the flange. which would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok Flange gasket. tank. flat and smooth.. which will seal on the mating flange. When using a flange insert. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 164 4 Stretch the Gruvlok gasket around the pipe end and then press the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O. pump. bolt holes.D.

7 Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. See page 200 for bolt torque information. The Flange Adapter Insert will be exposed to the fluids in the system. CONT'D. lower bend load capabilities. All the bolts or studs must be torqued to the mating flange bolts specified torque. battery strength and operational variations. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. serrated flange surfaces or mating flanges with inserts (Figure C2). The flange faces should have metal-tometal contact. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Figure C1 NOTE: The Gruvlok Fig. Ensure that the Insert is compatible with the fluids in the systems and with adjacent piping components. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 165 . 7012.FIG. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted. Tighten the nuts alternately and evenly so the flange faces remain parallel. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. 7012 Flange requires the use of an Flange Adapter Insert when used against rubber surfaces (Figure C1). Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Figure C2 Do not use a steel Flange Adapter Insert in copper systems or in systems where galvanic corrosion is possible.

D. above. Place the Gruvlok Flange Gasket around the pipe end by pressing the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O. it will be necessary to rotate the gasket so the narrow gasket lip (marked.FIG.com . Place the flange halves around the pipe and complete the assembly as described in Step 1. “This face towards mating flange” on the 16"-24" sizes) is facing out as shown in figure Step 3. and flange recess. If so. 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 166 Gruvlok® Flanges of 14" size and larger are cast in four segments to ease handling during assembly. Lubricate the entire surface of the gasket and the flange cavity using the appropriate Gruvlok Lubricant. Move around the gasket in both directions until the gasket is fully seated in the flange gasket cavity. Loosely assemble the segments using the four segment-bolts-and-nuts. Alternately and equally tighten the latch bolts and nuts to the specified latch bolt torque bring the four flange segments into full. www.anvilintl. 2 Check the gasket grade to verify that it is properly suited for the intended service. The gasket may be shipped with the sealing lips facing outward. NOTE: An alternative method of assembly is to loosely preassemble two segments into two equal halves of the flange leaving a small gap (approximately 1/8") between the two segments of each flange-half. firm metal-to-metal contact. 1 Place each Gruvlok Flange segment around the grooved pipe with the key section fitting into the groove and the flange gasket cavity facing the pipe end.

CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGE CAUTION: GASKET MUST BE FULLY SEATED AGAINST THESE THREE SURFACES PIPE SURFACE DIAMETER GASKET NARROW UP PROPER POSITION OF GASKET SEALING LIPS WIDE UP 3 The correct position and relationship of the components of the Gruvlok Flange assembly is shown in the Figure above. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. Insertion of the flange bolts prior to contact of the flanges will help in the alignment of the flanges. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Only Gruvlok Flange gaskets may be used with Fig. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted. 14” – 24” FIG. 5 Tighten the nuts evenly to the specified mating face bolt torque so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm even contact around the entire flange. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. NOTE: Take care to assure that the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges. Insert the next bolt or stub opposite the first and again thread the nut on hand tight. CONT'D. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 167 .FIG. The wide gasket lip must seal on the pipe surface diameter and the narrow gasket lip must face the mating flange. battery strength and operational variations. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Pull the two flanges into contact using care to assure that the gasket remains fully seated within the gasket cavity during assembly. lower bend load capabilities. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with mating flange bolt holes. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 7012 flanges. 7012. NOTE: Design of the Gruvlok Flange provides sealing only with the special Gruvlok Flange gasket. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities.

Rotate the gasket to align the outlet of the gasket to the same direction as the branch outlet. place one side of the housing over the gasket. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. 4Housing Assembly– With one nut and bolt removed and the other loosened.FIGURE 7042 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 168 These instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications. Align the pipe ends and pull the pipe into the gasket until the center ribs are in contact with the pipe ends. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket.com . Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing. 2Gasket Installation— 3Alignment— Slip the gasket over one pipe end making sure the pipe abuts the gasket’s center ribs. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both sides of the pipe. & lubricate 1Check gasket —Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Make sure the recess in the outlet of the housing is properly aligned with gasket outlet. www.anvilintl. Make sure the ribs on the outside of the gasket align with the recesses in the housing and the keys in the housing are in the grooves on both pipes.

Securely tighten the nuts alternately and equally until they are completely tightened and there is no gap between the bolt pads. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Continue tightening the nuts alternately and equally until the specified bolt torque is reached. See page 200 for bolt torque information. 5Tighten Nuts— Reinsert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. CONT'D FIG. 6Assembly is complete CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.FIGURE 7042. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 169 . lower bend load capabilities. battery strength and operational variations. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Make sure the ribs on the exterior of the gasket are enclosed in the housing recesses. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 7042 – SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.

Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces. 1Pipe Preparation— Cut the appropriate size hole in the pipe and remove any burrs. Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole. Apply a thin layer of Gruvlok lubricant to the back surface of the gasket. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe. 1 1 1 Hole Saw Size (Inches) (+1/8.anvilintl. Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5/8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket.FIGURE 7045 & 7046 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 170 ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. Align the strap around the pipe.com . 1 ⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 23⁄4 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 & lubricate 2Check gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. 3⁄4. -0) 11⁄2 1 ⁄4. PIPE PREPARATION Branch Size (Inches) 1 ⁄2. www. 3Gasket Installation— 4Alignment— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket. insert the bolts and tighten the nuts finger tight. Some sizes use a Ubolt design.

FIGS. 7045 & 7046—SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts and U-bolts used on the Gruvlok® Clamp-T’s. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. CONT'D. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 6Assembly is complete ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 171 . Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. 5 Tighten nuts—Alternately and evenly tighten the nuts to the specified bolt torque. battery strength and operational variations. lower bend load capabilities. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. joint leakage and pipe joint separation.FIGURE 7045 & 7046. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

www. 2 Gasket Installation— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket with Gruvlok® lubricant. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing. Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5⁄8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe.FIGURE 7044 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 172 1 Pipe Preparation and Gasket Lubrication— Cut a 13⁄16" hole in the pipe and remove any burrs. Remove the gasket from the housing and apply a thin layer of Gruvlok® lubricant to the back surface of the gasket.anvilintl.com . 3 Alignment— Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces.

the gasket will extrude out from under the housing. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is Complete — Visually inspect the as- sembly. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. (37 to 45 N-M). Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 173 . CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. tighten the nuts alternately and evenly to the specifed torque of 27 to 33 Lbs. battery strength and operational variations. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. 5 Tighten Nuts — Making sure the fitting is properly located over the pipe hole. See page 200 for bolt torque information. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER BRANCH OUTLET ASSEMBLY.FIGURE 7044. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. 4 Housing Assembly— Attach the U-bolt from the other side and fasten the nuts finger tight. CONT'D. lower bend load capabilities.-Ft.

In. weld splatter. Align the second pipe and while holding the pipe in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. (Ft-lbs. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside of the gasket and slip the gasket over one pipe. battery strength and operational variations.com . 2 Mark each pipe at a distance from the pipe end according to the pipe run size. projections. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. or other imperfections which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. www.FIGURE 7005 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 174 1 4 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. Max.anvilintl. See the chart. In. The gasket should be equally spaced between the lines scribed on each pipe. from pipe Pipe Size Distance end for mark Bolt Torque Min.) 2-21⁄2 3-4 5-8 10 12 14-16 1 1 11⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 150 200 250 500 550 550 190 250 300 600 700 700 3 Check the gasket color code to verify that the gasket grade is properly suited for the intended service.) (Ft-lbs.

Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. See chart on previous page for bolt torque. contact Gruvlok. 5 Place each half of the Roughneck coupling over the gasket. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 175 . *Bolt torque ratings shown must be applied at installation. lower bend load capabilities. on plain-end or beveled standard wall steel pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings. 6 Tighten the nuts alternately and uniformly until the required bolt torque is reached. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Not recommended for use on steel pipe with a hardness greater than 150 Brinell. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. cast iron or other brittle pipe. making sure that the tongue on one housing half is aligned with the recess on the other housing half. For externally coated pipe applications. Working pressure and end load are based on a properly assembled Roughneck coupling with bolts fully torqued to the above specifications. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Gasket Housing Pipe Grippers ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NOTE: Torque requirements must be met and housing halves must be assembled with equal gaps between bolt pads. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Roughneck Couplings are designed to be used on plain-end pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings only. plastic.FIGURE 7005 7 Reinstallation after a disassembly will require that the threads on the bolt and in the nut are clean and lubricated with a light oil. HDPE.

3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lip and outside surface of the gasket. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings.FIGURE 7305 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 176 1 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations. Mark each pipe at a distance from the end of the pipe according to the pipe size: Size Inches Distance to Mark 2-4" (51 . Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone.203 mm) 11⁄4" (31. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. projections or other imperfections.5 mm) NOTE: Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes. www. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe products. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is accept able for the intended service. The gasket must be positioned centrally between the lines on the pipe ends.102 mm) 1" (25.8 mm) 10&12" (254 . If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation.4 mm) 5-8" (127 .com .305 mm) 13⁄4" (44. Align the second pipe and while keeping the pipes in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end.anvilintl. The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N).

Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings. making sure the tongue on one casting is aligned with the recess of the other casting. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. lower bend load capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. 4 Place the Figure 7305 housing casting over the gasket. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 177 .FIGURE 7305. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. battery strength and operational variations. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table.

www. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket.com . Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant. The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. Align the second pipe and while holding it in the butted position. The pipe ends must be free of scratches. slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. The gasket must be positioned on the gasket seat surface of the grooved steel pipe.FIGURE 7307 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 178 1 Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes. The steel pipe must be grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® Grooving Specifications for Steel Pipe. 3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends. If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. projections or other imperfections. Make sure the gasket does not overhang into the pipe groove. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service.anvilintl. indentations.

There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 179 . joint leakage and pipe joint separation. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. 4 Place each half of the coupling housing over the gasket. making sure the housing grooved end is directed into the pipe groove. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. battery strength and operational variations.FIGURE 7307. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact. lower bend load capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.

www. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. indentations. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe.anvilintl. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe Products. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service. Torque all bolts to the required latch bolt torque levels. projections. Do not let the pipe extend beyond the flange face. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. Inspect the surface of the mating flange to be assured the surface is free of dimensions of the mating flange to be assured that the scratches. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket. The gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). or other imperfections. align the face and the flange face with the end of the pipe. 3 Place the housing over the end of the pipe and using a straight edge.FIGURE 7312 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 180 1 Make certain the pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and 8" sizes.com . Refer to the Specified Latch Bolt Torque Table. If Silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. 4 Tighten the housing nut until the housing bolt pads make firm metal to metal contact. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Tighten the flange face nuts alternately and evenly so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm contact around the entire flange. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 181 . Insert the next bolt or stud opposite the first and thread the nut on hand tight. Be sure the flange sealing lips are facing out. Torque all bolts to the required mating flange joint torque levels. Continue this procedure until all holes have been fitted. battery strength and operational variations. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Insert a standard bolt or stud through one bolt hole and thread the nut on hand tight. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.FIGURE 7312. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE FOR LATCH & MATING FLANGE BOLTS Specified bolt torque is for the latch and mating flange bolts used on Gruvlok® flanges. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Refer to the Specified Mating Flange Bolt Torque Table. Note: Take care to assure the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges. lower bend load capabilities. 6 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange bolt holes. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 5 Position the Gruvlok Flange gasket around the pipe end and press the gasket into the flange gasket pocket. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

No additional cleaning is required. 3 Apply a light coating of GRUVLOK Lubricant to the gaskets located in each end of the Sock-It Fitting. 11⁄4". 2 Check all lock bolts to be sure they do not extend into the I.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING 182 1 Pipe surface shall be cleaned at least 1" from the end of the pipe to remove any coating. NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe. Other lubricants may affect gasket performance. Also apply a light coating of lubricant to the pipe ends to further ease insertion of the pipe into the Sock-It Fitting. mark the pipe at a distance of 11⁄2" from the end for 1". projections. of the Sock-It Fittings as this would prevent proper insertion of the pipe.D. www. As a guide for installation. indentations. and sharp edges which could affect proper gasket sealing. and 11⁄2" size fittings and 13⁄4" for the 2" & 21⁄2" size fittings.com .anvilintl. NOTE: Use only Gruvlok Lubricants.

Reinstallation may be accomplished as described in Steps 1-4. (NOTE: The 21⁄2" Sock-It fitting has 2 locking bolts for each pipe end. and the system drained of fluid prior to loosening the lock bolts to remove or reposition the Sock-It Fitting. CONT'D 183 . Bolt end must be inspected to assure bolts ability to cut into pipe. battery strength and operational variations.4 Insert the prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It Fitting until the pipe end makes contact with the internal pipe stop. (See Step 1). A slight twist while pushing fitting and pipe together will ease the required insertion force. Replace bolts in cases where bolt end sharpness has been comprised. CAUTION: Do NOT hammer fitting on. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Sock-It Fittings may be removed by loosening the lock bolts.) Install the other prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It fitting in the same manner. Tighten the lock bolt until the bolt head bottoms against the threaded boss. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. The end of the Sock-It Fitting should be within 1⁄16" from the edge of the marking on the pipe. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING. WARNING: System pressure must be relieved and vented. Rotate the fitting until the desired position is obtained.

Provisions must be made for easy access to the probe metering ports (PMP’s). and memory stop. Once the GBV installation has been completed and the system has been filled and purged. 7 6 Fig. Caution should be used when sweat style connection valves are installed to prevent overheating the valve. rust. All threaded connections should be sealed using an approved pipe sealant per industry standards. flow rates must be corrected for the changes created by the fluid medium. (Go to Step 8) Fig. 5 GBV’s may be installed in horizontal or vertical piping (as illustrated in Fig.com . or call your local Anvil representative. See www. reading scale. GBV-T . each valve loop must be adjusted to the correct flow setting.anvilintl.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 1 Clean the system piping of debris (pipe scale. 2). 1). For installations using fluids other than 100% water. As with any water system it is important to make provisions to keep the system clean. Anvil recommends that the GBV be protected during installation by wrapping a damp rag around the handle / bonnet assembly prior to soldering the valve into the line. CAUTION: Before soldering.NPT THREADED CONNECTIONS 3 To ensure accuracy of measurement Circuit Balancing Valves (GBV’s) should be located at least five pipe diameters downstream from any fitting and at least ten pipe diameters downstream from a pump (as illustrated in Fig. ensure the valve is opened at least one full turn to avoid damage to the sealing O-ring due to overheating. For optimum operation.SWEAT (SOLDER) CONNECTIONS: 6 GBV-S models are supplied with sweat style connections. Always follow local plumbing codes for installation best practices. Employ piping best practice when engaging pipe to threaded valves. 5% antimony) type solder or equal. GBV-T models are tapped with NPT threaded connections.anvilintl. 2 The operation of the valve is dependent on the fluid characteristics such as specific gravity and viscosity. 1 184 www. 4 All GBV’s are marked with an arrow on the valve body to indicate direction of flow. which vary with the fluid temperature. Overtightening when installing valves may result in fracturing of the valve body at the threads. 2 GBV-S . GBV GBV 5D PUMP 10 D Solder the valve body in line using 95/5 (95% tin.com for appropriate correction factors. The arrow must point in the direction of flow for proper operation. air entrapment in the fluid must be removed. welding slag) and other contaminants.

3) WARNING: Anvil does NOT recommend leak testing an HVAC system with air due to safety concerns. Both the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale indicate a valve position reading of 0. 3: GBV setting of 0. 9 To set the system flow. This is not a problem with the valve. • “Handwheel Turns” Dial: This dial is printed on the outer surface of a gearing mechanism located inside the lower half of the handle assembly (Fig.3 turns open). DO NOT USE A WRENCH ON THESE VALVES – THEY SHOULD BE OPENED AND CLOSED HAND-TIGHT ONLY! • Micrometer Scale: This scale is marked 0 . Each complete 360° revolution of the handwheel is visible through a display window and is scaled 0 .0 turns. Testing HVAC systems with pressurized air can be dangerous due to the high compressibility of air. CONT'D The valve is considered “zeroed” when fully closed hand tight. as compared to water. (Fig. (Fig. the valve may open as much as 5. In some cases.9 and is located on the upper half of the handle assembly. however.3 turns.5 to indicate the valve position in terms of the number of full turns. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1⁄10th of a turn of the arrowhead symbol when the valve is closed hand tight. 5: GBV setting of 5. due to the depth of the stem threads. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. The “0” on the micrometer scale should be within one half of 185 . located above the handwheel turns display window. OPERATION: 8 Valves are circuit balancing valves that are selected to deliver the correct flow in a piping circuit based on line size and design flow rate. Two indicators describe the position of the valve: the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale.CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 6). 4: GBV Fig.0 indicates that the valve is closed.0 11 SCALE DIAL setting of 2. 10 The valve operates from fully open to closed by a clockwise rotation of the orange handwheel using five 360° turns. indicates that the valve is fully opened. 3) Fig.3 indicates that the valve is partially open (2. Each mark represents 1⁄10th of a full. adjust the handwheel position until the differential pressure reading across the venturi corresponds to the required GPM. the performance curves for these GBVs are calibrated only to 5. Fig. 360° turn of opening when lined up with an arrowhead symbol.

M. CAUTION: When inserting probe.P. It is not necessary to www. CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES CAUTION: Hot water leakage can occur from metering ports (P.0) or at a preset position.M. the hose with blue fitting downstream. or locking nut threads. The memory stop will allow the valve to be fully closed for isolation and then reopened to the preset flow position. 16 17 Insert a 2. 6) Turn the setscrew in a clockwise direction until it stops. it is only necessary to tighten the locking nut FINGER-TIGHT. • Insert the meter probe into the metering ports. If necessary. As sealing is accomplished internally on the probe stem. Over-tightening may cause damage to the P. when taking readings. as leakage of the P.P.’s) during probe insertion and hookup of metering device.anvilintl. The probe should not be left inserted into the fitting for prolonged periods of time. Table 1 PART NUMBER SIZE 1⁄2" 871158-010 871158-011 871158-012 871158-013 871158-014 871158-015 3⁄4" 1" 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" MEMORY SETTING: 15 After valve has been properly adjusted and without moving the handwheel.com . the handle is damaged.M.M. etc. Determine flow rate by use of venturi Cv performance curves on page 4 or the Anvil Balancing Slide Rule. up stream. simply wet the probes with clean water. 14 The handle of the GBV is not designed to be removable.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. replace the entire handle / stem assembly with the appropriate replacement part indicated in the table below. Do not use any lubrication on the probes when inserting them. overnight.P. do not bend.P. set the valve to its fully open position (5.5 mm (or 3⁄32") Allen key through the hole provided in the valve’s handle cap. If for any reason. adversely affecting the pressure measurement. (Fig. 13 Before taking a measurement reading. Do not try to take it off 186 the valve. as this will cause permanent damage to the probe. Read the pressure drop across the venturi with a digital meter. Low Pressure Port (blue) High Pressure Port (orange) 12 Connect pressure measuring device to the GBV metering ports as follows: • Remove protective cap from metering ports (1⁄4" NPT connection). Wear protective eyewear and clothing to prevent personal injury when measuring pressure. may occur when the probe is removed. The locking nut on the probe is designed to hold it in the P.. The hose with orange fitting. or it may become damaged. the locking memory stop should be set.

OR TIGHTEN VALVES. CONT'D STEM Fig. CLOSE. 7: These curves are for balancing contractors' use when balancing an HVAC system. SET SCREW CAP LOCK NUT Fig. 8. please refer to Fig. 6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 187 . 8 for both the GBV-S & GBV-T and a troubleshooting chart HANDWHEEL TURN INDICATOR INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. simply open the valve by turning the handwheel counterclockwise until the handle stops turning (the valve stem inside the handle has hit the memory setscrew). as needed. DO NOT USE A WRENCH TO OPEN. flow across the entire valve. for isolating the piping during system maintenance. 18 The valve may now be closed tightly. For pressure drop vs. To return the valve to its preset “balanced” position.CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES Venturi Cv Performance Curves tighten. The memory has now been set. See next two pages for Fig. This establishes the maximum opening position for this particular valve. DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN REOPENING THE VALVE – OPEN ONLY UNTIL THE VALVE STOPS TURNING UNDER “HAND TIGHT” CONDITIONS.

8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing. For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing. please refer to Fig. 8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing. 7.anvilintl. www.com . Fig. please refer to Fig. CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 188 GBV-S GBV-T Fig. 7.

Valve is leaking: 2.the joint has failed. CONT'D TROUBLESHOOTING: Symptom Likely Cause Solution • At the bonnet / body joint Bonnet O Ring has been damaged. Re-solder the connection and recheck for leakage. • At the pipe connection If solder joint . Remove and reinstall a new valve. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 189 . or was not soldered properly. being careful not to over-tighten. or Tighten and recheck for leakage. the valve was over-tightened during installation and the valve body has cracked (fractured). The seat O ring has been deformed due to overheating during soldering. Valve does not shut off completely when closed (hand tight).the connection is not sufficiently tight. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1. 1. If threaded .FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1.

Do not twist the hose assembly during installation when aligning the bolt holes in a flange or in making up pipe threads. refer to a Chemical Resistance Data table or contact your Gruvlok rep. 9 The corrugated metal hose alloy must be chemically compatible with the media in the piping system. 2 To install a thread end braided metal hose assembly unions must be used.. especially near the end fittings of the assembly. It is recommended that two wrenches be used in making the union connection. Always provide sufficient length to prevent over bending and to eliminate strain on the hose assembly. 7 12 6 Prevent out-of-plane flexing in an installation. The mating flanges should also straddle the centerline to avoid torque on the braided metal hose assembly. Do not install a braided metal hose assembly compressed (bagged braid). If in doubt as to suitability. one to prevent the hose from twisting and the other to tighten the coupling. Utilize sound geometric configurations that avoid sharp bends. The repetitive bending of a hose assembly to a radius smaller than the radius specified will result in early hose failure.this being the plane in which the bending occurs 8 The maximum system test pressure must not exceed 150% of the maximum rated working pressure as shown When installing weld end. Do not place wrenches on the braided portion or the collar of the braided metal hose assembly.anvilintl. or sweat end.FIGURE AF21-GG. The utilization of lap joint flanges or pipe unions will minimize this condition. 11 Verify that the movements of the system are within the design parameters of the braided metal hose assembly being installed. or when welding in the area of a braided metal hose assembly. Check system pressure and temperature and do not exceed recommended performance limits.com . AF21-GF & AF21-FF INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 190 Installation 1 Avoid torque. Operation beyond design limits will result in premature failure. the braid is designed to lake the stress of system pressurization and contain the core. www. extreme care is necessary in ensure no weld spatter comes in contact with the braided hose sections. The flanges on a concentric increasing braided metal hose assembly have the bolt holes straddling the hose centerline. 5 10 Avoid over bending. The corrugated inner hose contains the fluid. Use care not to torque the braided metal hose assembly while tightening the union. 4 If the braided metal hose assembly must be installed with an initial offset then the maximum allowable movement is reduced by the amount of the initial deflection. Always install the hose assembly so that the flexing takes place in only one plane . 3 Install the braided metal hose assembly with neutral face-to-face dimension as shown on the submittal drawing. braided metal hose assemblies. for guidance.

15 The shipping sticks. and installation. After installation. sag. Inspect for frayed or broken braid wires. CONT'D 13 A piping system. storage. The braided hose sections must not be allowed to bend. Also inspect to ensure there is no damage to the hose. the braided metal hose assembly should be replaced. which utilizes braided metal hose to absorb movement. Maintenance 1 PROPER INSTALLATION 2 IMPROPER INSTALLATION The braided metal hose assembly should he inspected during routine maintenance to ensure there are no signs of external damage. are to keep the braided metal hose assembly in its neutral end-to-end dimension during shipping and installation. the shipping sticks should be removed. deflect. During system shutdown braided metal hose assembly should be examined to verify no thermal axial motion has occurred causing compression of the assembly. AF21-GF & AF21-FF. PARALLEL IMPROPER INSTALLATION COMPRESSED ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 191 . Always support the piping to prevent excessive weight from compressing the hose and relaxing the braid tension. or otherwise extend beyond their rated capabilities. must be properly anchored and/or guided. In the event that such damage is found. on flanged units. 14 Use care when handling the braided metal hose assembly during transportation.FIGURE AF21-GG.

Accordingly. by following the recommended installation procedures. the wall thickness at the weld end of the fitting approximately matches standard weight pipe. Hand-held templates are sized to match your plasma cutter. If holes are cut prior to welding. certain grades of carbon steel pipe are manufactured from skelp whose RECOMMENDED TEE-LET HOLE SIZES Tee-Let Size In. as some codes require.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS® 192 RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings are designed and manufactured to reduce the cost of installation from both the standpoint of labor required and energy consumed. nickel and other metals resident in the scrap used for production of the steel be reported and kept to a minimum. RECOMMENDED HOLE SIZES The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be cut prior or subsequent to attachment of the Tee-Let./mm 5⁄8 16 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 28 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 50 27⁄16 61 3 75 4 100 Holes may be cut employing mechanical means—including hole sawing. many of the problems associated with installing welding outlet fittings on standard weight or light weight pipe are eliminated. such as chrome. mechanical flame cutting (oxy-acetylene or propane).anvilintl. Merit Tee-Lets are manufactured from continuous cast aluminum killed steel with a carbon range of from 0. Aside from reducing the likelihood of burn through and distortion resulting from excessive heat. then the following hold sizes are recommended. On the other hand. One advantage of cutting the hole after welding is that the pipe is left intact during welding thereby reducing shrinkage and possible distortion. the amount of weld required for adaquent penetration is significantly reduced. Merit specifies that residuals./mm 1⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 Type Type A Type A Type A Type A Type C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Recommended Hole Size In. In addition.05 to 0. Merit Weld-Wiser Tee-Lets are designed to be installed on standard weight or light weight pipe with one weld pass on Type A outlet sizes from 1⁄2" through 21⁄2" inclusive. including burn through and excessive shrinkage resulting in pipe distortion. Note that the same hole diameter for a given outlet size is required for both Type A and Type C Tee-Lets 1-11⁄2" larger. Merit offers a simple approach to cutting the hole. heat setting can be made to optimize penetration on both the fitting and the pipe which it is being welded.com . www.25. Moreover. and on Type C outlet sizes through 4". and air plasma cutting (constricted tungsten arc) machines.

When porosity or lack of penetration occurs. may not return to their gauged form after cooling if excessive heat causes them to expand./mm 1 ⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 1 ⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 3⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®. CONT'D./mm In. Specifically. As a general rule. The following is intended only as a guide. the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK penetrate the materials being welded while concomitantly allowing gases developed in the welding process to escape. The following recommended settings for welding therefore may need to be adjusted slightly higher if any of the above mentioned adverse conditions exist. spatter or lack of penetration. It should be noted that Merit Tee-Lets have been subjected to exhaustive testing and evaluation. Every effort must be made to avoid welding too hot or overheating both the pipe and the Tee-Let. one approach is to slightly increase the heat in order to give the gases time to escape from the puddle. gases released during the welding process do not escape before the molten puddle sets up. B ⁄2.21⁄2 Outlet RECOMMENDED AMOUNT OF WELD Outlet Size A B In. 3⁄4 & 1 Outlet 1 11⁄4 . A flux cored wire can also be used./mm In. and only negligibly distort when subjected to excessive heat. This wire contains scavengers which allow gases in the molten weld puddle to escape before the weld solidifies. Excessive heat may cause the wrench tight threads (those in the bottom of the TeeLet near the weld zone) to distort while also causing the branch pipe to bend. on the other hand. When the metal inert gas shield (MIG) welding process is employed. The threads. 5 ⁄16 5 5 193 .A chemical composition is not specified. certain residuals may cause excessive porosity. and assumes that the welding equipment is properly calibrated and functioning normally and the operator is qualified.

4 63-100 1⁄2 .035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.109 3 5-6 125-150 0.4 63-100 RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS. C In.065 2 0.2 13-50 21⁄2 . IPM 0.045 180-205 20-24 245 27-32 www.2 13-50 21⁄2 .anvilintl.035 120-150 17-20 210 20-25 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 . Volts Wire Feed Thickness B.035 110-140 17-20 210 20-25 0.4 63-100 Travel Speed IPM 0.4 63-100 21⁄2 .109 3 0./mm In.4 63-100 1⁄2 .5 1⁄2 .035 100-130 16-20 210 25-30 0.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.2 13-50 1 2 ⁄2 . CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE Pipe Wall Tee-Let Types A.2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.120 3 0.com .035 130-150 18-20 270 15-20 0.2 31-50 21⁄2 . CONT'D 194 Header Size In.035 115-150 17-21 270 20-25 0./mm 11⁄4 .035 130-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.5 0.035 110-140 18-22 220 25-30 0.4 63-100 1 ⁄2 .083 2.4 63-100 1⁄2 .035 140-160 20-22 270 15-20 0.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®.134 3.2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 120-150 17-20 270 20-25 0. Electrode Size Welding Current Arc./mm AMPS-DC POS.

/mm 0. CONT'D 195 .2 13-50 21⁄2 .Argon.035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.148 3. nor for any recommendations made with respect to installation procedures. Recommended for .) Co2 . good penetration.134 wall and lighter. 2.045 180-225 20-24 290 12-18 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Travel Speed IPM Merit assumes no liability for any consequential damages resulting from the improper use of its Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings.RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS. minimum distortion and spatter.109 3 8 200 0.035 140-160 20-22 260 15-20 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 .4 63-100 21⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 .4 63-100 21⁄2 .035 SHIELDING GAS FLOW (FOR ALL SIZE S) 20-25 CFH 1.035 130-150 18-20 260 15-20 0./mm Pipe Wall Thickness In. Volts Wire Feed AMPS-DC 120-150 POS. 17-20 IPM 240 20-25 0. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®. low cost./mm 1⁄2 . B. 75% .) 25% . high welding speeds without meltthrough.4 63-100 Electrode Size Welding Current Arc. C In.5 Tee-Let Types A.Deeper penetration. faster welding. CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE Header Size In.Co2.045 170-220 18-22 290 12-18 0.

1) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples Models “M” and “F” are the screw type consisting of an outer case which has one (1) inch N. If five (5) to six (6) threads are counted. Refer to the pipe chart on the back of 196 this card for correct make-up lengths. F) After the ceiling has been installed adjust the sprinkler to its final position by using the sprinkler wrench and assemble the escutcheon plate to the inner support ring. reapply the anaerobic pipe sealant and makeon to the required length. the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from two (2) to three (3) threads hand tight. The inner case employs 0-Ring Seals and adjusts either in or out over the range of the adjustment. (See item 4). the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from three (3) to four (4) threads hand tight. and an inner case which has either a one-half inch (1⁄2") or a three-quarter inch (3⁄4") N.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES INSTALLATION A) For use in wet and dry pipe automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. Specification for Tapered Pipe Threads.T. C) Use an anaerobic pipe thread sealant for thread make-up.2. D) If either of the above fails to allow the sprinkler to make-up to a minimum of from five (5) to six (6) full threads.anvilintl. (See item 4) B) Before starting the job of making sprinklers into steel threads of the above fittings. Apply pipe thread sealant only to male threads on the nipple and sprinkler only. or ISO-7 male or female thread on the inlet. E) Connect the Adjustable Drop Nipple assembly to the sprinkler system by wrenching on the make-up area on the Drop Nipple DO NOT WRENCH ON THE BARREL PORTION OF THE UNIT OR SPRINKLER. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are designed for use in automatic fire sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. count the number of fully developed male threads on the brand of sprinkler to be installed into the fittings. Gauge both the male threads of the sprinkler and the female threads of the Adjustable Drop Nipple for compliance with ANSI B1.P. however it is not necessary to drain the system.com . Instead back the sprinkler out of the fitting. do not overtighten the sprinkler. Allow twenty-four hours for setting. The same procedure would apply if a leak has been detected. If seven (7) perfect threads are counted. If within tolerance.T. Clean any debris and/or pipe sealant from both the male and female threads. www. Damage to the Adjustable Drop Nipple or Sprinkler may result. sprinkler connection.1.P. It is recommended that the system pressure be relieved when adjusting.

1. 5) DIMENSIONAL DATA See chartson next page. 4) WARNING Adjustable Drop Nipples described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document as well as the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association in addition to the standards for any other authorities having jurisdiction.20.150. 4.1 / ISO-7R/RC. and F3. The approximate friction loss based on the Hazen and Williams Formula expressed in equivalent length of one (1) inch.. Inc.6' for 3⁄4" outlet Model ‘M’. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples do not require any secondary locking following final adjustment and they will not extend as a result of vibrations or pressure surges in the system. (Vds). (UL Listing Number 57SO) and approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM).The purpose of these fittings is to allow for the final adjustment of the drop nipple between a branch line and a pendant sprinkler by eliminating the need to re-cut the existing drop nipple in order to fit-up flush to the ceiling. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Merit Eliminator Drop nipples maximum sprinkler orifice size for Models M3. Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are approved by the New York Board of Materials and Equipment Standard (BSA886-86-5A) and verband der Schadenversicherer e. 2) APPROVALS AND STANDARDS Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are listed by the Underwriters Laboratories.9' for F3. 3) TECHNICAL DATA Merit Adjustable Drop Nipples are rated for use at a maximum temperature of 300° F. CONT'D 197 . INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES. F2.150.175 and M3.150. 1. M1. Petroleum based lubricants are incompatible with EPDM and will impair serviceability of the unit.3' for F2. All Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are hydrostatically tested for o-ring integrity prior to shipment.175. and a maximum service pressure of 300 psi. ME3. and 2. 2.150 is 17⁄32" and Models F1.150. DO NOT USE ANY PETROLEUM BASED LUBRICANTS ON THE O-RING SEALS. The outer and inner casings are manufactured from high strength carbon Steel.150.V. The inlet and outlet threads conform to ANSI B1.2' for F1. The O-Ring seals used in the manufacture are an ethylene propylene elastomer (EPDM). In addition. schedule 40 pipe (where C= 120) is 1' for 1⁄2" outlet Model ‘M’. F3.175 is 5/8".150.5' for F3.

150 F3. Length Max Length Max. CONT'D /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 BARREL DO NOT WRENCH MAX.150 M3.175 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3 ⁄4 Female 19 Max./mm 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1⁄2 Female 41⁄8 105 61⁄8 156 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 91⁄8 232 107⁄8 276 111⁄8 283 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3⁄4 Female 19 /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET MIN. LENGTH +./mm 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 51⁄2 14 75⁄16 186 41⁄2 114 61⁄2 165 81⁄2 216 105⁄16 262 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 www./mm F1. ADJUSTMENT MIN. ADJUSTMENT Model F MODEL M DIMENSIONAL DATA M1.1⁄4" Model # BARREL DO NOT WRENCH /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 M3. Length Length or DIN NPT In.anvilintl./mm in.1⁄4" Model M Inlet 1 MAKE UP AREA MAX. Adjust in.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES.150 F2./mm in. Adjust In./MAX./mm in. LENGTH +./mm in./MAX.150 ME3.com .175 198 “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE Model # MODEL F DIMENSIONAL DATA Max Inlet NPT Outlet Min.150 F3./mm in./mm In.150 Outlet Min.

47 13.75 8.553/7.4 0.261/3./mm In.70 19. an anaerobic sealant may be utilized.6 0.(mm)/Thrds In.48 13.1 0.83 17.00 6.261/3.250/2.48 2.6 0.6 0.4 0. • Thoroughly mix the thread sealant prior to application. • Apply a thick even coat to the male threads only.8 1.016/8.3 0.75 14.75 21.00 6.261/3.697/7.8 0. Hand tight engagement for 1⁄2" through 2" thread varies from 4.757/8. sets-up to a semi hard condition and is vibration resistant.46 turns to 6.5 1.420/4. L1 Dim. dirt.214/3.0 0.00 6.60 10.13 25.6 0.661/7.4 0.0 0. chips and excess cutting oil. Alternately. In.844/6.60 16.01 11.46 17.707/8.534/7.214/3.3 0.4 0.766/6.4 0.320/4.138/9.9 0.48 turns to 5.400/4.7 1.436/5.00 6.4 0.GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF THREADED FITTINGS 1) Inspect both male and female components prior to assembly. Hand tight engagement for 21⁄2" through 4" thread varies from 5.13 18. Best application is achieved with a brush stiff enough to force sealant down to the root of the threads.300/10.46 23.83 17.250/2.9 1. 3) Joint Makeup • For sizes up to and including 11⁄2" pipe.00 6.5 0.6 0.(mm)/Thrds In.10 28.681/7.4 0.83 10.7 0.6 0.706/8.85 17. wrench tight makeup is considered two full turns past hand tight.64 13.13 19.75 27.2 1.(mm)/Thrds 1⁄2 13 3⁄4" 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 0.339/4.50 30.01 turns.00 6.00 5. L3 Dim.83 10.01 17. wrench tight makeup is considered three full turns past hand tight.00 6.40 33. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK L1 NPT TAPERED PIPE THREADS—Length of Effective Threads Drop Nipple L2 Dim.6 0.32 18.534/7. • Threads should be free from mechanical damage.1 0.094/8. Total L1 + L3 or Tee-Let Effective Hand Tight Wrench Tight Length Outlet Size Threads In. • For 21⁄2" through 4" sizes. Female Thread L3 Male Thread • Clean or replace components as necessary.420/4.682/5.2 0.00 5.261/3.932/7.(mm)/Thrds.546/7.7 0.8 0.6 0. 2) Application of pipe dope • Use a pipe dope that is fast drying.250/2.0 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY L2 199 .724/8.9 0.75 turns.3 0.200/9.683/7.

anvilintl. 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 1 11⁄8 11⁄4 Wrench Size In. battery strength and operational variations. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.-Lbs 30-45 80-100 100-130 130-180 180-220 200-250 225-275 250-300 METRIC SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size mm M10 M12 M16 M20 M22 M24 Wrench Specified Size Bolt Torque * mm N-M 16 40-60 22 110-150 24 135-175 30 175-245 34 245-300 36 270-340 * Non-lubricated bolt torques * Non-lubricated bolt torques CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE 200 Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. NOTE: Specified torques are to be used unless otherwise noted on Product Installation Instructions. ANSI SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size In. 11⁄16 7 ⁄8 11⁄16 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 2 Specified Bolt Torque * Ft. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.com . lower bend load capabilities. www.

. . . . . . . . . . . ./600Lb. . . 215 Useful Definitions . .209 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe . . 221-222 Hardness Conversion Numbers .233 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° Elbow . . . . 215 Melting Points of Metals . . . . . . . . . Steel Flange . . . . . . .205 Weight/Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Unit Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures . . . .223 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .List Of Abbreviations . . . . . Threaded and Socket Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231-232 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb. . . . . . . . .223 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material . . 211 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 Tap & Drill Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Standard Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . .234 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Geometry Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges. 180° Return. . . .220 Standard Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Flow Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Blind Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Barlow’s Formula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes . . 226-227 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe . . . . . . . . .Types & Styles . . . . . .208 Feet Head To Water Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Lap Joint Flanges . . . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Liquids . . . . Stub End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Slip-on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 Alignment of Pipe . . .224 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Gases . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Tee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Weights of Metals . . . . . . .229 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows . . . . . 203-204 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218-219 Sprinkler System Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel Flange . . . . . . . . . .

com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242-243 Beam Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253-254 Copper Tube Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components . . . . . . . . . 239-241 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 Wire Rope . . . . .262 Figure Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302-304 Movement—Applications . . . . . 286-287 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols . . . . . . . .292 Design Factors . . . . . . . . 299-301 Coupling Chart Data Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . 258-259 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing . .296 Vacume Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Gruvlok® Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281-285 www. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263-266 Coupling Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294-295 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .anvilintl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271-273 Pipe Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244-248 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260-261 Alphabetical Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-257 PVC Pipe Support Spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297-298 Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274-280 A Typical Pipe Hanger Specification . . . . . . 249-251 Steel Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267-270 Pipe Preparation . . . . . . . . .259 Anvil Design Services . . . . . . . 288-290 Symbols For Pipe Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255 Other Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT'D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .1 cfs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Iron and Steel Institute °C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center to Face AISI . . . . . Absolute Comp . . . . . . Degrees Centigrade Amer Std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barrel flgd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centigrade hex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Petroleum Institute diam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abbreviations conform to the practice of the American Standard Abbreviations for Scientific and Engineering Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Fahrenheit API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing Ashve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange or Flanges bbl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASA Z10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Society of Heating and Ventilation Engineers ex-hy . . . . Faced and Drilled ASTM . . . . . . . . . . American Society of Mechanical Engineers F & D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra-heavy ASME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Water Works Association F to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bell and Spigot or Brown & Sharpe (gauge) flg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flanged Btu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hexagonal cfm .American Standard °F . . . . . . . British thermal unit(s) g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Steel abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Standards Association dwg . . . . . . . . . . . . Companion AGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gage or Gauge C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet per second CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fahrenheit AWWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Gas Association C to F . . . . . . Diameter ASA . . American Society for Testing Materials F . . . Face to Face B & S . . . . . . . .Cubic feet per minute hg. . . .Cast Iron CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mercury ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION ABBREVIATIONS LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mounted WOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Semifinished ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil. . . . . . . . . . .Schedule scd . . . . . Gas (see OWG) MSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .anvilintl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gas (see WOG) psig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra Strong NEWWA .Specification kw . . . . . Standard min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seconds Saybolt Universal max . . . . . . . Inside Diameter Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screwed 204 www. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New England Water Works Association XXS . Transactions mtd . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manufacturers Standardization Society (of Value and Fittings Industry) WWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iron Body Bronze (or Brass) Mounted SF . . . . . . . . . Water. . . . . . . . . . . . Outside Screw and Yoke OWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Trans . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal pipe size (formerly IPS for iron pipe size) OD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatt(s) SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pounds per square inch. . . . . . . . . .Maximum Std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Malleable Iron SSU . . . . . . . .Steam Service Pressure MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reducing Sch or Sched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Extra Strong NPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gage red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS IBBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside diameter OS&Y. .Working Water Pressure XS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

..4000 25 ....6333 39 . 0.....0...2000 13 ......4833 30 .................4375 25 ⁄ 32 .................. 0.........0.......421875 49 ⁄ 64 ...........890625 7 ⁄ 32 ...1875 17 ⁄ 32 . 0...3000 19 ...4167 26 . 0....... 0.0......25 19 ⁄ 32 ... 0...............5333 33 . 0.....0.0..8167 50 .......09375 7 ⁄ 16 .. 0.....3500 22 .......2167 14 ......0................0.........0..0................ 0..953125 9 ⁄ 32 ....28125 5 ⁄ 8 .......859375 3 ⁄ 16 .....375 23 ⁄ 32 ..8333 51 ........0......6167 38 ......9500 58 .........0333 3 .....625 31 ⁄ 32 ....3167 20 ... 0.......0.8833 54 ........984375 1 ..................515625 55 ⁄ 64 ...... 0........8125 9 ⁄ 64 . 0..0..2333 15 ... 0.671875 11 ⁄ 32 .............................0............21875 9 ⁄ 16 ..........0. 1.......0..... 0.....4333 27 ...0...0.0625 13 ⁄ 32 ......15625 1 ⁄ 2 ..........0500 4 ... 0...0.............140625 31 ⁄ 64 ....125 15 ⁄ 32 ................... 0..... 0........ 0. 0.0667 5 .....0..46875 13 ⁄ 16 ...0..........84375 11 ⁄ 64 ............7833 48 ..40625 3 ⁄ 4 .9000 55 .........046875 25 ⁄ 64 ............921875 1 ⁄ 4 ..765625 3 ⁄ 32 .5167 32 ...828125 5 ⁄ 32 ...2833 18 .....................7667 47 ........0........ 0..............5667 35 .....0.... 0....0.. 0...734375 1 ⁄ 16 .6875 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Min Degree 1 ..578125 59 ⁄ 64 ... 0.5833 36 .......... 0.........078125 27 ⁄ 64 .........0......609375 61 ⁄ 64 ..9833 60 ..0......0......0. 0........ 0...................640625 63 ⁄ 64 .. 0.. 0.0. 0....0....4500 28 ....546875 57 ⁄ 64 .. 0.......90625 15 ⁄ 64 ......1167 8 .........0000 TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FRACTIONS 205 ......328125 43 ⁄ 64 ...... 0....0833 6 ...703125 1 ⁄ 32 ..0...5000 31 .... 0..........171875 33 ⁄ 64 ... 0..5 27 ⁄ 32 ...0.......... 0...........34375 11 ⁄ 16 ......59375 15 ⁄ 16 .... 0.6500 40 ....0..6833 42 ......1833 12 .............7000 43 ...53125 7 ⁄ 8 .....0.. 0....DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES 1 ⁄ 64 .........0............9667 59 .1333 9 ......... 0......296875 41 ⁄ 64 ..............0..........0. 0.......0...1667 11 ...... 0....... 0. 0..........03125 3 ⁄ 8 ..015625 23 ⁄ 64 ......796875 1 ⁄ 8 ... 0...0.................... 0.........2500 16 ..2667 17 ........... 0.265625 39 ⁄ 64 .484375 53 ⁄ 64 ....... 0...390625 47 ⁄ 64 .8000 49 ...71875 3 ⁄ 64 ......6667 Min Degree 41 ... 0......... 0...... 0.... 0.0.....0........... 0....75 5 ⁄ 64 .......234375 37 ⁄ 64 ....0..1 5 ⁄ 16 .......... 0.1500 10 .0..875 13 ⁄ 64 ..... 0...4667 29 ...................0.. 0....7167 44 ........0............... 0....... 0....7500 46 ......0.................65625 21 ⁄ 64 ....0..7333 45 .. 0......9167 56 ..8500 52 ....0.....78125 7 ⁄ 64 .0. 0.... 0..........3833 24 .203125 35 ⁄ 64 ......96875 19 ⁄ 64 . 0... 0.....359375 45 ⁄ 64 .....3333 Min Degree 21 .....0..... 0....109375 29 ⁄ 64 ..................0167 2 ......3667 23 ......................9333 57 ..... 0.....0.... 0....5500 34 ....1000 7 ......3125 21 ⁄ 32 .. 0.9375 17 ⁄ 64 ...6000 37 .......453125 51 ⁄ 64 .............0..... 0.0....8667 53 .0................0.... 0................5625 29 ⁄ 32 ...0...... 0.......

065 - - 0.147 0.109 0. 3.083 0.375 0.203 0.200 0.500 0.191 0.154 - 0.109 0.120 0.308 1 1.133 - 0.083 0.109 - - 0.276 - - - 0.145 - 0.203 0.134 0.218 0.120 0.119 0.147 0.281 0.109 0.218 - - - 0.674 5 5.049 - - 0.179 0.250 0.109 0. 2.337 - 0.315 0.083 - - 0.088 - 0.179 0.250 0.068 - 0. Pipe wall thickness in ASME B36.437 31 ⁄ 2 4. Pipe wall thickness in ASTM Specification A409 & ASME B36.19 & applicable only to corrosion resistant materials.065 0.140 - 0. Actual thickness may be as much as 12.900 0.552 0.200 0.400 2 2.091 - 0.065 0.133 0.126 0.216 0.140 0.300 0.145 0.750 0.126 - - - - 0.083 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 1⁄ 8 0.375 0.109 0.436 21 ⁄ 2 2.065 0.191 - - - 0.216 - 0.109 - - 0.133 0.120 - - 0.com .405 - 0.065 0.318 0.126 - 1⁄ 2 0.113 0.500 0.438 - 0.218 0.636 www.318 4 4.358 11 ⁄ 4 1.237 0. Nom.088 0.065 0.294 3⁄4 1. 140 Sch.068 0.119 - 3⁄8 0.337 0.113 - 0.088 0.anvilintl.840 0. Traditional standard weight.600 3 3.145 0.140 0.344 0.095 - 1⁄4 0.065 0.120 - - 0.258 - 0.083 0.625 0.675 - 0.083 - - 0.154 0.237 - 0.226 - 0.531 0.318 - - - - 0.134 - - 0.109 - - 0. NOTE: All dimensions in inches & thicknesses are nominal or average wall thickness.375 0.091 0. or specifically: 206 1.050 0.382 11 ⁄ 2 1.237 0.109 - - 0.083 0.095 - - - - 0.120 0.109 0.120 - - 0.216 0.083 0.154 - - - 0.091 0.COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES TECHNICAL INFORMATION This table lists standard pipe sizes and wall thicknesses.065 - - 0.120 - - 0.119 - - - - 0.875 0.200 - - - 0. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch. extra strong & durable extra strong pipe.095 0.375 0.120 0.154 0.540 - 0.258 0.109 0.258 0.337 0.191 0.276 0.187 0.10 for carbon steel.5% under nominal due to mill tolerance. Pipe Outside Size Dia.147 - - - 0.226 0.219 0.226 0.300 - - - 0.109 - 0.068 0.203 - 0.000 0.500 - 0.065 0.065 0.049 0.179 - - - 0.154 0.154 0. (IN) Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 Sch Std.113 0.563 0.300 0.375 - 0.660 0.276 0.

000 - 0.156 0.500 0.406 0.531 1.656 0.500 0.500 - 26 26.844 1.000 0.562 - 0.000 0.562 1.280 - 0.000 - - 0.625 0.250 0.500 - 30 30.000 - 0.250 0.125 1.438 0.375 0.719 0.250 0.218 0.844 - 1.000 - 0.625 0.375 0.750 1.812 1.875 0.406 0. (IN) All dimensions shown are in inches.500 0.969 0.000 0.375 0.156 0.432 0.165 0.156 1.562 0.688 - 0.109 0.500 0.250 1.125 0.688 0.281 1.277 0.148 0.188 0.375 0.250 0.250 - 0.312 0.000 0.134 0.625 1.218 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 6 6.500 0.500 - 36 36.165 0.375 0.375 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.365 0.500 - 28 28.250 0.219 1.500 0.031 - 1.250 0.625 0. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S 0.938 1.312 0.594 0.500 0.625 0.Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 - - Sch Std.188 0.432 Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch.406 0.906 0.312 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 207 .375 0.864 10 10.750 - 0.148 0.365 0.500 0.375 0.375 0.594 0.188 0.322 0.500 0. Pipe Outside Size Dia.375 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.312 - 0.375 0.375 - 0.134 8 8.312 - 0.330 0.250 0.781 0.094 1.125 - 1.312 0.844 1.312 0.938 - 1.375 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.500 - 18 18.812 0.500 0.719 0.218 0.312 0.125 0.000 14 14.969 1.500 1.031 1.500 1.875 1.322 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.875 2.344 0.562 0.594 0.312 - 0.500 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.312 - 0.180 0.375 0.000 0.812 2.134 0.500 - 34 34.250 0.500 - 0.625 0.000 1.000 - 0.165 0.500 1.165 0.180 0. 140 - 0.000 0.750 0.500 - 24 24.365 0.562 - Sch.062 2.000 - 0.500 - - - TECHNICAL INFORMATION COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES Nom.375 0.500 0.500 0.750 0.432 0.719 0.188 0.375 1.000 12 12.500 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.594 - 0.250 0.375 1.280 0.750 0.109 0.375 0.500 - 16 16.500 - 32 32.312 - 0.438 1.625 0.500 - 22 22.625 0.188 0.375 0.307 0.625 0.219 - 1.438 - 0.280 0.000 1.500 0.500 - 20 20.594 0.322 0.000 0.500 - 42 42.

068 3.067 2. It is interesting to note that the formula uses the “outside diameter” of pipe and is sometimes referred to as the “outside diameter formula.878 1.660 1.568 0.5988 4. (Gallons) 0. in inches www.0054 0.049 1.273 2.981 10.5136 0.550 40.620 18.620 96. Nom. in psi S = unit stress.548 4.269 0. (Inches) Nom.826 0.526.364 0.1058 0.625 8.312 7.0449 0.0393 1.2487 0.0963 Barlow’s Formula is a safe.360 473.910 270.050 1.653 5.anvilintl.750 0.065 7. The formula predicts bursting pressures that have been found to be safely within the actual test bursting pressures.3840 0.913 30.824 1.380 1.425 0. in inches t = wall thickness.375 2.790 14.469 3. Wt. Ft.0030 0.” P = (2 • t • S) / D Where: P = internal units pressure. (Feet) Gallons per Linear Ft.718 3.0277 0. (Pounds) Length Containing One Cu.480 2.500 5.315 1.026 5.1743 0. Dia.565 11. (Inches) (Inches) 1⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 0.405 0.131 1. easy method for finding the relationship between internal fluid pressure and stress in the pipe wall.563 6.610 2. in psi D = outside diameter of pipe.000 4.245 0.800 754.047 6.875 3.5008 2.493 0./Ft.0158 0.970 28.679 2.6613 1. Pipe Inside Dia.625 10.851 1.030 166.BARLOW’S FORMULA TECHNICAL INFORMATION STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE DATA 208 Nom.479 14.198 4.900 2.020 Nom.275 70. Outside Dia.675 0.077 19.580 9.540 0.500 4.733 49.840 1.793 7.000 1.984 2.0099 0.com .110 10.622 0.0777 0.383.

45° ELBOW 209 . TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—90° ELBOW. Pipe Size 1⁄2 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B A Nom.Nominal B Nominal Nominal K B A Nom. Pipe Size 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B – – 1 17 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 – – 15 ⁄ 8 5⁄8 7 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 7⁄8 14 16 18 21 24 27 14 16 18 28 32 36 21 24 27 83 ⁄ 4 10 111 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 3 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 23 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 16 27 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 8 20 22 24 30 33 36 20 22 24 40 44 48 30 – 36 121 ⁄ 2 131 ⁄ 2 15 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 4 315 ⁄ 16 43 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 4 5 6 6 71 ⁄ 2 9 4 5 6 81 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 16 125 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 73 ⁄ 4 95 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 26 30 34 36 39 45 51 54 26 30 34 36 52 60 – 72 – 45 – 54 16 181 ⁄ 2 21 221 ⁄ 4 42 63 48 – – 26 8 10 12 12 15 18 8 10 12 165 ⁄ 16 203 ⁄ 8 243 ⁄ 8 125 ⁄ 16 153 ⁄ 8 183 ⁄ 8 5 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK All dimensions shown are in inches. 180° RETURN.

M=28 61 ⁄ 2 * 7* 8* 9* 10 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 12 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 – 17 – – – – – Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 12 12 12 12 – 12 – – – – – 161 ⁄ 4 181 ⁄ 2 21 23 – 271 ⁄ 4 – – – – – *Dimensions apply to STD and XS only. www.com . CAP. CROSS.anvilintl. Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 161 ⁄ 2 17 191 ⁄ 2 22 25 261 ⁄ 2 C=30. All dimensions shown are in inches. Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 1⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 1 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 * 11 ⁄ 2 * 2* 21 ⁄ 2 * 21 ⁄ 2 * 3* 31 ⁄ 2 * 4* 5* 6* – – – 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 13 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 2 21 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 35 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 2 63 ⁄ 16 75 ⁄ 16 81 ⁄ 2 105 ⁄ 8 123 ⁄ 4 15 Nominal G E C 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 M Nominal Nominal C F Nom. STUB END 210 M Nominal M C C Nom.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—TEE.

Pipe Size M H H C H: Concentric & Eccentric Reducers Nom. M: Reducing Outlet Tees C M Nom. M 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 8 6 6 61 ⁄ 8 63 ⁄ 8 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 75 ⁄ 8 8 81 ⁄ 2 85 ⁄ 8 9 91 ⁄ 2 93 ⁄ 8 93 ⁄ 4 101 ⁄ 8 105 ⁄ 8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—REDUCERS AND REDUCING OUTLET TEES 211 . Pipe Size H 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 2 x 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 3x1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄ 2 x 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 4 x 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 – 31 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C M 3 3 3 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 – 33 ⁄ 4 3 3 ⁄4 33 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 3 31 ⁄ 4 – 31 ⁄ 8 1 3 ⁄4 31 ⁄ 2 35 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 37 ⁄ 8 4 5x2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 6 x 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 8x3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 10 x 4 5 6 8 12 x 5 6 8 10 14 x 6 8 10 12 H 5 5 5 5 5 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 – 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 13 13 13 13 C 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 7 7 7 7 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 All dimensions shown are in inches. Pipe Size 1⁄2 x 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 1 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 11 ⁄ 4 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 2 x 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 H – – 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 3 3 3 C C.Nom.

O Y(2) O 600 LB. Y(1) 21 5 231 ⁄ 2 5 25 51 ⁄ 2 271 ⁄ 2 511 ⁄ 16 291 ⁄ 2 57 ⁄ 8 32 6 341 ⁄ 4 5 383 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 8 433 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 16 46 53 ⁄ 8 53 55 ⁄ 8 300 LB. Y(2) 23 57 ⁄ 8 251 ⁄ 2 6 28 61 ⁄ 2 301 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 33 63 ⁄ 4 36 67 ⁄ 8 381 ⁄ 4 75 ⁄ 8 43 85 ⁄ 8 471 ⁄ 2 91 ⁄ 2 50 97 ⁄ 8 52 813 ⁄ 16 233 ⁄ 4 27 291 ⁄ 4 32 341 ⁄ 4 37 40 441 ⁄ 2 49 513 ⁄ 4 551 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 7 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 73 ⁄ 4 8 83 ⁄ 4 93 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 8 11 (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. All dimensions shown are in inches. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub. Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 O 150 LB. “Y”.com . O Y(1) 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 10 11 121 ⁄ 2 15 171 ⁄ 2 201 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 29 ⁄ 16 211 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 8 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 8 400 LB. O Y(1) 23 251 ⁄ 2 28 301 ⁄ 2 33 36 381 ⁄ 4 43 471 ⁄ 2 50 503 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 4 63 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 81 ⁄ 4 91 ⁄ 8 91 ⁄ 2 77 ⁄ 8 400 LB. Y(1) 31 ⁄ 2 37 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 5 6 7 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 9 10 11 131 ⁄ 2 16 19 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 213 ⁄ 16 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 41 ⁄ 2 300 LB. Y(2) 33 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 16 45 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 27 ⁄ 16 51 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 8 23⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 81 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 9 33 ⁄ 8 10 31 ⁄ 2 11 4 121 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 16 15 45 ⁄ 8 171 ⁄ 2 47 ⁄ 8 201 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 103 ⁄ 4 13 14 161 ⁄ 2 20 22 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 8 4 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 6 61 ⁄ 8 Nom.anvilintl. Pipe Size 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 O 150 LB. www.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—WELDING NECK FLANGES 212 Y O Nom. “Y”. O Y(2) O 600 LB.

Pipe Size O Y(1) 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 271⁄2 291⁄2 32 341⁄4 383⁄4 433⁄4 46 53 27⁄8† 31⁄8 *† 31⁄4† 33⁄8*† 31⁄2*† 311⁄16*† 33⁄4*† 4*† 300 LB.† O Y(2) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 4 41⁄4* 41⁄2 75⁄8* 85⁄8* 91⁄2* 97⁄8* - 600 LB. All dimensions shown are in inches.Y Y Nom.† O Y(2) 300 LB. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub. O Y(2) 32 341⁄4 37 40 441⁄2 49 513⁄4 - * Not available in Threaded type † Not available in Socket type (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. O Y(1) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 33⁄4† 4*† 43⁄16† 71⁄4*† 81⁄4*† 91⁄8*† 91⁄2*† - 400 LB. “Y”. O Y(1) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄16 13⁄16 15⁄16 11⁄2 111⁄16 13⁄4† 17⁄8† 2† 21⁄16† 27⁄16† 25⁄8† 27⁄8† 3† 31⁄4† 31⁄2† 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Y O O 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16 2 21⁄8 21⁄4 211⁄16 27⁄8 31⁄8 35⁄16 311⁄16 37⁄8 600 LB. “Y”. 150 LB. 5† 51⁄4*† 51⁄2† 83⁄4*† 93⁄4*† 105⁄8*† 111⁄8*† - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SLIP-ON. 150 LB. O Y(2) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 103⁄4 13 14 161⁄2 20 22 233⁄4 27 291⁄4 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16† 21⁄8† 23⁄8*† 25⁄8† 3† 33⁄8† 35⁄8† 311⁄16† 43⁄16† 45⁄8† O Nom. Pipe Size O Y(1) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 31⁄2 37⁄8 41⁄4 45⁄8 5 6 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 9 10 11 131⁄2 16 19 21 231⁄2 25 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄8 1 11⁄8 13⁄16 11⁄4† 15⁄16† 17⁄16† 19⁄16† 13⁄4† 115⁄16† 23⁄16† 21⁄4† 21⁄2† 211⁄16† 400 LB. THREADED AND SOCKET FLANGES 213 .

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES
(for working pressures up to 125 psi steam, 175 psi WOG)
Size
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

31 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2

21 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
113 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 4
17
183 ⁄ 4
211 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

& BOLTS

No. Bolts

Bolt Size

Bolt Length

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16

3⁄8

13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1

LAP JOINT FLANGES
Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
32

5⁄8
5⁄8

11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
15 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
115 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 16
31 ⁄ 8
37 ⁄ 16
313 ⁄ 16
41 ⁄ 16
43 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 2
111 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 16
27 ⁄ 16
33 ⁄ 4
4
43 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2
6

400 LB.
O
Y
7⁄8
33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
1
47 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 16
51 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 16
71 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 4 113 ⁄ 16
9
115 ⁄ 16
10
2
11
21 ⁄ 8
121 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 4
15 211 ⁄ 16
171 ⁄ 2
4
201 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 4
23
45 ⁄ 8
251 ⁄ 2
5
28
53 ⁄ 8
301 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 4
36
61 ⁄ 4

600 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
103 ⁄ 4
13
14
161 ⁄ 2
20
22
233 ⁄ 4
27
291 ⁄ 4
32
37

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
113 ⁄ 16
115 ⁄ 16
21 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8
3
43 ⁄ 8
45 ⁄ 8
5
51 ⁄ 2
6
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

214

www.anvilintl.com

Size

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14 O.D.
16 O.D.
18 O.D.
20 O.D.
24 O.D.
30 O.D.
36 O.D.
42 O.D.
48 O.D.

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36
43
50
57
65

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4
27
32
391 ⁄ 4
46
523 ⁄ 4
603 ⁄ 4

No. Bolts

4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24
28
32
36
40

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

BOLTS

1⁄16"

Bolt Size Bolt Length
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
2
2

BLIND FLANGES

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
5
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
10
11

Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y(1)
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
1
1 ⁄2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
1
8 ⁄2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
291 ⁄ 2
32
341 ⁄ 4
383 ⁄ 4
433 ⁄ 4
46
53

7 ⁄ 16
1⁄2
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
7⁄8
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
111 ⁄ 16
113 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
5
2 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y(1)

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1

11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 8
35 ⁄ 8
4
41 ⁄ 8
5
4 ⁄8

400 LB.
O
Y(2)

For
sizes
31 ⁄ 2
and
smaller
use
600 LB.
Standard
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

(1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in Thickness, “Y”.
(2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in Thickness, “Y”.

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 8
1⁄4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
27 ⁄ 8
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
43 ⁄ 8
1
4 ⁄2
51 ⁄ 8

600 LB.
O
Y(2)
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
103 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2
13 13 ⁄ 4
14 17 ⁄ 8
161 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 16
20 21 ⁄ 2
22 25 ⁄ 8
233 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4
27
3
291 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4
32 31 ⁄ 2
341 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4
37
4
40 41 ⁄ 4
1
44 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 2
49 43 ⁄ 4
513 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8
583 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

EXTRA HEAVY CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES AND
(for working pressures up to 250 psi steam, 400 psi WOG)

215

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 150 TO 300 LB. STEEL FLANGE

216

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

23 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2 1 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4 5 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
5⁄8
6
5⁄8
7
71 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
91 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
113 ⁄ 4 3 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 8 7 ⁄ 8
17 7 ⁄ 8
183 ⁄ 4 1
211 ⁄ 4 1
223 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 8

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 2
5
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4

13 ⁄ 4
2
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

25 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2

2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

25
271 ⁄ 4
291 ⁄ 2
313 ⁄ 4
36
401 ⁄ 2
423 ⁄ 4
491 ⁄ 2

11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2

20
20
20
24
28
32
32
36

6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
7
71 ⁄ 4
8
81 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4

51 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
7
7
71 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

27
291 ⁄ 4
32
341 ⁄ 2
391 ⁄ 4
431 ⁄ 2
46
523 ⁄ 4

11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
36

8
83 ⁄ 4
9
10
111 ⁄ 4
121 ⁄ 4
123 ⁄ 4
133 ⁄ 4

7
71 ⁄ 2
73 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4
10
103 ⁄ 4
111 ⁄ 4
131 ⁄ 2

*1 ⁄ 16" Raised Face
Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown plus the thickness of two
laps of the stub ends.

www.anvilintl.com

Nom
Pipe
Size
1⁄2

3⁄4

1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
77⁄8
91⁄4
105⁄8
13
151⁄4
173⁄4
201⁄4
221⁄2
243⁄4

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
13⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄2
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄2
53⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄4
73⁄4
8
81⁄2
83⁄4

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
81⁄2
101⁄2
111⁄2
133⁄4
17
191⁄4
203⁄4
233⁄4
253⁄4

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
11⁄2
15⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
20
20

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄2
61⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄4
81⁄2
9
93⁄4
101⁄2

Nom
Pipe
Size

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

27
291⁄4
32
341⁄2
391⁄4
431⁄2
46
523⁄4

11⁄2
15⁄8
13⁄4
13⁄4
2
2
2
21⁄2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
32

91⁄2
10
101⁄2
111⁄2
13
133⁄4
14
161⁄4

281⁄2
305⁄8
33
36
401⁄4
441⁄2
47
533⁄4

15⁄8
13⁄4
17⁄8
17⁄8
2
21⁄4
21⁄2
23⁄4

24
24
24
28
28
28
28
28

111⁄4
12
123⁄4
131⁄4
14
15
153⁄4
171⁄2

Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown minus 1 ⁄ 2 "
plus the thickness of two laps of the stub ends.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 400 LB./600LB. STEEL FLANGE

217

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

218

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Seamless milled steel pipe for hightemperature service, suitable for
bending, flanging & similar forming
operations.

(1)
A106

As above, except use Grade A for close
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.

(1)
A106

Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res-welded steel pipe suitable for
A 53
coiling, bending, flanging, & other
special purposes, suitable for welding.
As above, except use Grade A for close
A 53
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.
Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res. welded steel pipe suitable for
A 120
ordinary uses. (When tension, flattening (obsolete)
or bend test required, order to A-53).
Resistance welded steel pipe for liquid,
A 135
gas or vapor.
As above, except use Grade A for
A 135
flanging & bending.

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

A

48,000

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

STD
Round

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

28 long.
OR (4)
30,000
20
trans.
28 long.
OR (4)
35,000
12
trans.

17.5+ 56t
or
40t
12.5+

35

17.5+ 56t

t

25

C

.25 max .27 to.93

17.5+ 56t 35
30 max
or
32t 16.5
6.5+

B

60,000

A

48,000

30,000

28

B

60,000

35,000

22

15+

A

48,000

30,000

B

60,000

35,000

.27 to
1.06

P

S

.048 .058
max max
.048 .058
max max

35

(2)

(3)

-

48t

30

(2)

(3)

-

35

30

17.5+ 56t
15+

MN

48t

.050
max
.050
max

.060
max
.060
max

www.anvilintl.com

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Electric-fusion-welded strait- or spiralseam pipe for liquid, gas or vapor from
mill grades of plate.

A 139

A

48,000

30,000

As above

A 139

B

60,000

35,000

A105

I

60,000

30,000

A 105

II

70,000

A 181

I

A 181

II

Forged Pipe, Flanges
Description and Applications
Forged or rolled steel pipe flanges,
fittings (6) values and parts for high
temperature service. Heat treatment
required; may be annealed or
normalized.
As above
As above except for general service.
Heat treatment is not required.

As above

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

C

MN

17.5+ 56t

35

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

48t

30

.30 max

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

25

.35 (5)
max

.90 max

36,000

22

60,000

30,000

22

70,000

36,000

18

(1) 0.10% silicon minimum.
(2) Open hearth, 0.13 max for 1⁄8" and 1⁄4" size resistance welded pipe only
(3) Seamless: open hearth 0.048 max, acid bessemar 0.11 max;
Res. welded: open hearth 0.050 max.
(4) Longitudinal or transverse direction of test specimen with respect to
pipe axis

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

STD
Round

t

15+

.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max

P

S

.05
max

.05
max

.05
max
.05
.90 max
max
.05
.90 max
max

.05
max
.05
max
.05
max

.90 max

(5) When flanges will be subject to fusion welding, carbon content shall be
≤0.35%. If carbon is ≤0.35%, it may be necessary to add silicon to
meet required tensile properties. The silicon content shall be ≤0.35%.
(6) Factor-made Wrought Carbon Steel and Ferritic Alloy Steel Welding
Fitting Specifications are covered under ASTM A234.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

219

00 24.88 3.00 20. 37 1 ⁄2 22 1⁄ 2 15 B 10 15 15 10 5 1 Step 1– Measure distance on outside arc us- A ing the values from the previous table & make a mark.TECHNICAL INFORMATION HOW TO CUT ODD-ANGLE ELBOWS 220 37 1 ⁄2 A 22 1 ⁄2 45 Nom. O.75 12.63 10.00 22.00 26.D. 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 2.00 4.00 18. Step 3 B – Wrap tape around elbow & mark cutting line.00 16.56 6.00 34.75 14.63 8.50 5.00 1° 5° 10° 221⁄ 2° 15° A B A B A B A B 1⁄16 1⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 5⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 15⁄ 32 3⁄ 32 1⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 1⁄16 7⁄16 17⁄ 32 3⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄4 13⁄32 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 1⁄16 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 9⁄ 32 3⁄16 7⁄32 9⁄ 32 11⁄32 7⁄16 1⁄ 2 9⁄16 5⁄ 8 11⁄16 25⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄4 115⁄32 3⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 17⁄16 125⁄32 21⁄8 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 13⁄ 32 11⁄4 17⁄16 125⁄32 25⁄ 32 227⁄32 39⁄16 41⁄4 47⁄8 519⁄32 69⁄32 631⁄32 711⁄16 83⁄8 91⁄16 1015⁄32 117⁄8 129⁄16 1421⁄32 13⁄32 111⁄32 15⁄8 129⁄32 25⁄32 211⁄16 37⁄32 49⁄32 511⁄32 63⁄8 711⁄32 83⁄8 97⁄16 1015⁄32 1117⁄32 129⁄16 135⁄8 1523⁄32 1713⁄16 1827⁄32 22 1⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 3⁄16 1⁄4 9⁄ 32 5⁄16 11⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 17⁄ 32 19⁄ 32 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 1⁄ 2 21⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 1 7⁄ 32 113⁄32 19⁄16 13⁄4 129⁄32 23⁄32 29⁄32 25⁄8 231⁄32 35⁄32 321⁄32 9⁄16 21⁄ 32 13⁄16 1 111⁄32 111⁄16 21⁄32 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 A 121⁄32 19⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 215⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 227⁄ 32 31⁄32 31⁄4 11⁄4 41⁄32 11⁄2 427⁄32 2 613⁄32 217⁄32 8 31⁄32 99⁄16 321⁄32 11 43⁄16 129⁄16 423⁄32 141⁄8 51⁄4 1523⁄32 53⁄4 179⁄32 69⁄32 1827⁄32 613⁄16 2013⁄32 727⁄32 239⁄16 829⁄32 2623⁄32 97⁄16 289⁄32 11 33 371⁄ 2° 45° B A B 23⁄32 29⁄32 13⁄32 19⁄32 115⁄32 127⁄32 27⁄32 31⁄32 325⁄32 49⁄16 51⁄2 69⁄32 71⁄16 727⁄32 85⁄8 97⁄16 107⁄32 1125⁄32 1311⁄32 141⁄8 161⁄2 23⁄4 313⁄32 43⁄32 43⁄4 513⁄32 623⁄32 81⁄16 1011⁄16 1311⁄32 1531⁄32 185⁄16 2015⁄16 239⁄16 23⁄16 2813⁄16 3113⁄32 341⁄32 399⁄32 441⁄2 471⁄8 5431⁄32 13⁄16 11⁄2 113⁄16 21⁄8 215⁄32 33⁄32 323⁄32 51⁄32 65⁄16 719⁄32 95⁄32 1015⁄32 1125⁄32 133⁄32 1413⁄32 1523⁄32 171⁄32 195⁄8 221⁄4 239⁄16 271⁄2 A B 39⁄32 17⁄16 41⁄16 113⁄16 429⁄32 25⁄32 511⁄16 29⁄16 615⁄32 215⁄16 81⁄16 323⁄32 921⁄32 415⁄32 1213⁄16 61⁄32 16 79⁄16 195⁄32 91⁄8 22 11 251⁄8 19⁄16 289⁄32 141⁄8 3113⁄32 1523⁄32 349⁄16 179⁄32 3711⁄16 1827⁄32 4027⁄32 2013⁄32 471⁄8 239⁄16 5313⁄32 2623⁄32 569⁄16 289⁄32 6531⁄32 33 www.50 4. Step 2 – Measure distance on inside arc using the values from the table below & make a mark.anvilintl.00 30.00 42.com .00 36.38 2.

2. 4.Proper alignment is important if a piping system is to be correctly fabricated. Repeat procedure. Tack weld in place. Rotate pipe 90°. 3. Place spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until level. In addition to using welding rings. Level pipe using spirit level. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. 2. Poor alignment may result in welding difficulties and a system that does not function properly. Place spirit level on face of tee and maneuver tee until level. 4. 4. Place tee to pipe leaving small welding gap. TEE-TO-PIPE 1. 3. Level one length of pipe using spirit level. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. Level pipe using spirit level. Tack weld in place. Below and on the following page are alignment procedures commonly used by today’s craftsmen. 2. 5. Welding rings may be employed to assure proper alignment as well as the correct welding gap. 3. Place 45" spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until bubble is centered. some simple procedures can be followed to assist the pipe fitter. Tack weld top and bottom. Bring lengths together leaving only small welding gap. Place spirit level over both pipes as shown and maneuver unpositioned length until both are level. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE 221 . PIPE-TO-PIPE 1. 3. 2. Level pipe using spirit level. 90° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. 6. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 45° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. 4. Tack weld in place.

anvilintl. The jig is made from channel iron 3' 9" long. 4.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE. CONT'D. 2. 6. 2. Weld Sides 5. Cut Notch. Bring flange to pipe end leaving small welding gap. Align top two holes of flange with spirit level. A used hack saw blade placed in notch as shown will provide proper welding gap. Repeat this step with several elbows so jig may be used for different operations. 3. Cut Slots Using Fitting as Guide Weld Sides www. 4. Tack weld in place. 1. 1⁄8" x 3⁄4" for sizes 1" or smaller. Tack weld in place. Cut out 90° notches about 9" from end. Heat bottom of notch with torch. Center square on face of flange as shown. Place elbow in jig and saw half thru sides of channel iron as shown. 222 FLANGE-TO-PIPE JIG FOR SMALL DIAMETER PIPING 1.com . Heat & Bend 3. Bend channel iron to 90° angle and weld sides. Check sides in same way. 5. Use 1⁄8" x 11⁄2" for pipe sizes 11⁄4" thru 3".

Drill Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 27 18 18 14 14 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 8 8 8 8 Drill Dia.000 57.022 7.172 2.780 28.765 1.200 126.600 94.290 19.653 5.400 122.450 104.837 2.088 1.250 12.700 79.718 3.100 49.000 1.620 18.390 54.200 0.793 7.188 0. Tap Size Threads/In.131 1.580 70.200 4.076 3.100 286.890 11.490 158.110 10.550 40.510 8.580 54.570 62.555 0.970 28.273 2.690 34.130 125.280 5.864 3.800 32.770 93.) STD Pipe Water WEIGHT (Lb.851 1.570 43.311 0.101 0.500 76.480 49.090 82.660 12.510 21.300 47.280 1.648 0.800 180. Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 WEIGHT (Lb.455 2.590 78.620 119.740 65.000 183.230 0.800 291.DRILL SIZES FOR NPT PIPE TAPS TAP & DRILL SIZES Tap Size Threads/In.500 98.980 20.132 0.) XS Pipe Water 0.000 0.420 72.980 7.474 2.882 1.679 2.661 10. R 7 ⁄ 16 37 ⁄ 64 23 ⁄ 32 59 ⁄ 64 15 ⁄ 32 11 ⁄ 2 147 ⁄ 64 27 ⁄ 32 25 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 4 1⁄ 4 5⁄ 16 3⁄ 8 7⁄ 16 1⁄ 2 9⁄ 16 5⁄ 8 3⁄ 4 7⁄ 8 1 1 1⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 4 1 3⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 2 1 3⁄ 4 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 4 1⁄ 2 7 F 5⁄ 16 U 27⁄ 64 31⁄ 64 17⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 49⁄ 64 7⁄ 8 63⁄ 64 17⁄64 17⁄32 111⁄32 19⁄16 125⁄32 Nom.100 101.997 3.510 14.374 0.580 9.790 14.000 59.850 4.200 TECHNICAL INFORMATION 1⁄8 PIPE & WATER WEIGHT/FOOT (Unified National Coarse) 223 .631 5.

6 218.87 156.75 161.24 169.30 1.4 249.46 4.80 178.8 239. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 76.5 224.19 165.22 140.13 4.BOILING POINTS OF WATER AT VARIOUS PRESSURES TECHNICAL INFORMATION WEIGHT/FOOT .82 2.9 352.04 4.9 www.8 297.87 200.4 229.20 4.67 2.8 266.22 124.69 3.31 146.67 1.77 133.85 206.51 3.75 192.91 1.23 1.51 175.00 172.12 0.62 99.25 204.51 1.73 198.21 189.93 1.1 337.39 3.78 2.63 3.82 184.9 387.SEAMLESS BRASS & COPPER PIPE 224 Nominal Pipe Size Yellow Brass 1⁄2 0.19 5.anvilintl.0 215.27 1.19 1.71 2.7 320.93 114.com .96 202.96 1.62 2.25 1.50 210.22 EXTRA STRONG Yellow Red Brass Brass Copper 1.19 194.70 208.29 3.39 4.61 187.80 Vacuum.73 2.23 1. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 181.25 Pressure Boiling Gauge Lbs Point 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 25 50 75 100 125 200 212.45 151.50 196.99 5.49 3.10 5.91 Vacuum.56 3.01 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 REGULAR Red Brass Copper 0.8 234.

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 17.83 12.33 6./Sq.97 56.54 13.16 346.85 303.In.65 38.58 173.64 51.000 77.98 43.64 51.78 23.09 34.00 NOTE: One foot of water at 62°F equals 0./Sq.72 207.45 138.30 1.17 2.24 216.96 69.27 Lbs.99 Feet Head Lbs.66 10.87 1.60 3.78 433.96 86.32 21.In.90 4.31 4.00 Feet Head Lbs.29 73.31 47. multiply the feet head by 0.27 129.24 216.93 151.36 115.65 25.63 Lbs.62 108.31 47.43 0.63 46.16 346.62 108.72 69.63 Feet Head Lbs. 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.18 57.96 69.16 18.03 3.63 184.433.99 30.47 389.47 20.55 259.58 173.27 129.81 43.In.62 6. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 0.93 9.73 2.In.000 77. To find the pressure per square inch for any feet head not given in the table above.97 56.78 433.Lbs.50 8.30 60./Sq.In.46 3.85 303./Sq.29 73.85 16.In.93 151. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION FEET HEAD TO WATER PRESSURE WATER PRESSURE TO FEET HEAD 225 ./Sq./Sq.47 389.54 161. Feet Head 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 2.32 34.96 86.55 259.433 pound pressure per square inch.63 64. Feet Head 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 92. Feet Head 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.24 11.63 64.30 60.

conversion chart to determine the number of gallons in a certain number of cubic feet of liquid. The intersection of this line at columns “D”. “F” gives the weight of the water in pounds/minute. Note that there are three sets of figures shown in connection with the extreme left-hand column A. “E” and “F” gives the following information: “E” shows the volume of flow in gallons/minute If a quantity in columns “D”. www. “E” and “F” is known then velocity may be determined by reversing the procedure. To apply the chart to the problem locate 1 in.anvilintl. (For liquids other tharn water. “Exact” gives the exact diameter.D. The intersection with column “C” gives the velocity in feet/second. A little practice will prove this chart to be a real timesaver. The chart can be used as a. From the intersection of this line with column “B”.TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 226 The accompanying chart provides fast answers to many problems that may confront the pipe fitter. Velocity of the water being 3 F. From this intersection draw a line to the exact I. The horizontal line already drawn to determine answers in columns “C” and “D” will provide the answer to the conversion in column “E”. multiply the value of column “F” by the specific gravity of the liquid for accurate weight conversion. run a straight line horizontally to column “G”. in column “A” using the scale “Exact” and run a straight line from the point through the 3 in column “C”. “Extra Heavy” gives the internal diameter of extra heavy pipe.P. Draw a horizontal line from the known point to column “G”.D.) “Standard” gives the internal diameter of standard pipe (somewhat greater than 1" for 1 in.com . Procedures for using the chart are as follows: “D” shows the cubic feet/minute flowing through the pipe. of exactly 1 in. of the pipe in column “A” and extend this line to cross column “C”. standard pipe).S. EXAMPLE:How much water is passing through a pipe with parameters: I.

1 2 1⁄8" 0./Min.8 0. D Ft.000 5.7 0.4 1⁄8" 0.5 0.000 9 A 12" 14" 13" 15" 15 200 10.000 20.1 0.000 2.000 2.000 30 C Velocity.03 2 2 5 3 0. F Lbs.5 1 6 1 1" 0.3 0.6 0. Ft.9 1.000 5.000 10 11 G ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Exact Standard 1.1 1 4 1⁄2" 20 50.3 0.4 0.000 10.5 3⁄8" 0.8 1.000 8 12 14 16 500 1.01 0.5 1 3 ⁄ 4" 0.6 0.2 3⁄8" 0./Sec.5 0.3 3 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 0. (water) 30.000 B 8" 9" 10" 12" 13"14"15" 7" 6 5 11 10 5 4 10 1 ⁄2 " 4" 4 3 5 6 8 3 3" 2 1.0 1 ⁄ 2" 3⁄4" 1" 3 10 2 20 4 6 1⁄ 4 " 1 1⁄ 2 " 2" 7 2 1⁄ 2 " 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" 2 3 1 2 5 10 50 100 5 3 1⁄ 2" 2 1⁄ 2 " 9 5" 4 6" 9 10 7 8 3" 31⁄2" 4" 41⁄2" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 6 20 20 50 100 200 500 1.000 Extra Heavy TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 227 .000 200. E Gal.3/Min./Min.000 8 50 200 7 7 9 10 100 500 3.000 100.0 0.

4 3.8 1. . . .32 0. . . .9 4.0 0. . .8 5. 2.8 4.0 0.303 0. . .6 4. . .7 7. .in Lbs. .7 5. . .8 1.7 2.9 1. . . . Free Scalding . . .7 3. .5 0. . . . .220°F TOTAL THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPING MATERIAL WEIGHTS OF METALS (Inches Per 100 Ft.2 3.5 – – – – – – 0. . . . . . .7 2.0 7. .3 5. .318 0.1 0.4105 0.2348 0. .2 2. .3 – – – – 0.0 6.413 490 484 459 221 446 www.5 1. .0 2. .175°F Medium Cherry Red . .1 4. . 1.205 450 490 710 463 849 534 550 1.4 8. .9 2.3 2. . . . .3 1. 1. .550° Salmon. .6975 0. .277 0. . Pipe Size (180°F) 5 PSIG (20 PSIA) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 60 73 90 112 126 155 185 221 244 279 96 118 144 179 202 248 296 355 401 448 COLORS & APPROXIMATE TEMPERATURE FOR CARBON STEEL Black Red . Aluminum Al Antimony Sb Brass – Bronze – Chromium Cr Copper Cu Gold Au Iron (cast) Fe Iron (wrought) Fe Lead Pb Maganese Mn Mercury Hg Molybdenum Mo Monel – Platinum Pt Steel (mild) – Steel (stainless) – Tin Sn Titanium Ti Zinc Zn 0. . . .5 0. .com . .6 6.265 0.6 5.1 6.5 2. . . .0 4. 1. . . . 1.0 0.2679 0.975°F White .2834 0.9 3. .4 7.9 6.1278 0. .8 1. .1 3.2 7. .0 – – – – – – 0. . 1.2 1. . . .0 2.8 6. . . Above 32°F) Carbon & Brass Temp Carbon Molly Cast & Wrought °F Steel Iron Copper Bronze Iron 32 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 0. . . .818 0. . . . .4 2. . . .250°F Full Cherry Red .4 2.0 2. .1 3.7 3. in Lbs. . . 990°F Dark Blood Red .9 8.4 4. . . . .3 6.725°F Yellow . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION HEAT LOSSES FROM HORIZONTAL BARE STEEL PIPE 228 (BTU per hour per linear foot at 70°F room temperature) PIPE HOT WATER STEAM Nom. .0 0.050°F Dark Cherry Red .7 7. . . Symbol Per Cubic In. Wt. .6 5. .8 5.9 6.anvilintl. . .5 0.491 0. . .0 0. . .650°F Light Salmon . .323 0. . .5 7.2816 0. . .0 8. . .375°F Light Cherry. .093 0.2422 0. .2 1. . 1. .26 0.258 160 418 524 552 406 558 1. 1. 1.2 5. .2 – – – – Material Chemical Wt.2 5.5 9. . Per Cubic Ft. . . .2 9. .5 3.6 3. .309 0. Scalding . .8 1.3 4.3 4.825°F Light Yellow .9 4. . 1.4 8.6 3. .3 5.

. .-ft. . . . . . .0696 Nitrogen . . . . . . . .74 0. . . . 2 Fuel Oil No. . . . . C2H4 .93 Chlorine . . . .000 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935 to 1132 163 534 545 TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF GASES 229 . . . . . . . . .0. . 5 Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . .080 10. . . . . . . . .0. . . . . . . . . C2H2 . . . . . . . .0.000 GASES Natural Gas Producers Gas Illuminating Gas Mixed (Coke oven and water gas) BTU VALUES PER CU. . . . . . . . .1053 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUIDS Liquid Water (1 cu. . . . . CO . . . . . . . . . . Ft. . . . .554 Ammonia . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 14. . . & 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967 Butane . .20 0. . . . . . .000 145. . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 . . . 1 and 2 Gasoline Kerosene Lubricating Oil SAE 10-20-30 Temp °F Specific Gravity 50 32 80 85 80 85 115 1. . . . . . . . C4H8 . . . . . . . weights 62. . . . . . .670 LIQUIDS Fuel Oil No. . . Weighs. . . . . . . . . . .07638 pound) . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0. . . . . . . . CH4 . Cl2 . . .1. . .00 1. . . . . . . . . . . .810 9. . . .85 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Hydrogen . . . . . . .94 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK ASTM RANK SOLIDS Anthracite Class I Bitiminous Class II Group 1 Bitiminous Class II Group 3 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 1 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 2 BTU VALUES PER POUND 11. . . .000 Acetylene . . . . . .000 148. . C4H10 .486 Helium . . . .82 0. . . . . O2 . . .1. . . . . . .92" Hg. . . . . .100 13. . He . . . .05 Methane . N2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Fuel Oil No. . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0. . .596 Carbon-dioxide . .91 Ethane . . . . . . . . . at 60°F. . . . . . . . . . .TYPICAL BTU VALUES OF FUELS Dry Air (1 cu. . 4 Fuel Oil No. . FT.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .067 Butene . . . H2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NH3 . . . . . .) Brine (Sodium Chloride 25%) Pennsylvania Crude Oil Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 0. . .000 152. . . . . . . . . . . 6 BTU VALUES PER GALLON 136. . . . . . . . . . . . .0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . .41 lb. . . . . . .9718 Oxygen . . .2.1. . . . . . .53 Carbon_monoxide . .

500 1.800 1.900 2.100 900 1.000 1.000 900 Chromium Mild Cobalt Monel Steel Hard Pure Nickel Steel Iron Silicon Wrought Nickel Iron Alloys Manganese Haynes Stellite Chromium. Alloys Magnesium.400 1.200 1.900 1.200 2. and Iron Gold Copper Cast Iron Chromium-Nickel Cast Iron Blac k He at Faint Red Cher ry.230 Degree (C) Degree (F) 1.100 1.600 1.300 1.300 1.anvilintl.300 2.400 1.400 2.100 2.com .000 800 700 600 500 3.000 2.200 1. Alloys Nickel.800 2. o r Du ll Re d Med ium Cher ry Dark Cher ry Bloo d Re d Salm on Oran ge Brigh t Red Lem on Color Scale Ligh t Yell ow Melting Points of Metals & Alloys of Practical Importance Whit e TECHNICAL INFORMATION MELTING POINT OF METALS 400 Lead Bronze Aluminum Aluminum.700 1. Chromium-Nickel St’ls.700 2.600 1.500 1. Antimony 200 800 700 600 500 400 300 Silver Brass 300 Magnesium Alloys Tin Alloys 100 0 200 100 0 Tin Babbitt Lead Alloys www.500 2.600 2.

ALLOY STEEL: A Steel which
owes its distinctive properties
to elements other than
carbon.
AREA OF A CIRCLE: The
measurement of the surface
within a circle. To find the
area of a circle, multiply the
product of the radius times
the radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written A = πr2.
BRAZE WELD OR BRAZING:
A process of joining metals
using a nonferrous filler metal
or alloy, the melting point of
which is higher than 800°F
but lower than that of the
metals to be joined.
BUTT WELD: A circumferential
weld in pipe fusing
the abutting pipe walls
completely from inside wall
to outside wall.

CARBON STEEL: A steel which
owes its distinctive properties
chiefly to the various
percentages of carbon (as
distinguished from the other
elements) which it contains.
CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE:
The measurement around the
perimeter of a circle. To find
the circumference, multiply
Pi (3.142) by the diameter.
(Commonly written as πd).
COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION:
A number indicating the degree
of expansion or contraction of a
substance.
The coefficient of expansion
is not constant and varies
with changes in temperature.
For linear expansion it is
expressed as the change in
length of one unit of length
of a substance having one
degree rise in temperature.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

CORROSION: The gradual
destruction or alteration of
a metal or alloy caused by
direct chemical attack or by
electrochemical reaction.

ELASTIC LIMIT: The greatest
stress which a material
can withstand without a
permanent deformation after
release of the stress.

CREEP: The plastic flow of
pipe within a system; the
permanent set in metal
caused by stresses at high
temperatures. Generally
associated with a time rate of
deformation.

EROSION: The gradual
destruction of metal or other
material by the abrasive
action of liquids, gases, solids
or mixtures thereof.

DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn through
the center of a circle from one
extreme edge to the other.
Equal to twice the radius.
DUCTILITY: The property of
elongation, above the elastic
limit, but under the tensile
strength.
A measure of ductility is the
percentage of elongation of
the fractured piece over its
original length.

RADIUS OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn from the
center to the extreme edge of
a circle.
SOCKET FITTING: A fitting
used to join pipe in which
the pipe is inserted into the
fitting. A fillet weld is then
made around the edge of the
fitting and the outside wall of
the pipe.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

231

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

232

SOLDERING: A method of
joining metals using fusible
alloys, formerly tin and lead,
having melting points under
700°F
STRAIN: Change of shape or
size of a body produced by
the action of a stress.
STRESS: The intensity of the
internal, distributed forces
which resist a change in
the form of a body. When
external forces act on a body
they are resisted by reactions
within the body which are
termed stresses.
TENSILE STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to pull
a body apart.
COMPRESSIVE STRESS: One
that resists a force tending to
crush a body.

SHEARING STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to
make one layer of a body
slide across another layer.
TORSIONAL STRESS: One that
resists forces tending to twist
a body.
TENSILE STRENGTH: The
maximum tensile stress which
a material will develop. The
tensile strength is usually
considered to be the load
in pounds per square inch
at which a test specimen
ruptures.
TURBULENCE: Any deviation
from parallel flow in a pipe
due to rough inner walls,
obstructions or directional
changes.
VELOCITY: Time rate of
motion in a given direction
and sense, usually expressed
in feet per second.

VOLUME OF A PIPE: The
measurement of the space
within the walls of the pipe.
To find the volume of a pipe,
multiply the length (or height)
of the pipe by the product of
the inside radius times the
inside radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written as V =
hπr2.
WELDING: A process of
joining metals by heating
until they are fused together,
or by heating and applying
pressure until there is a
plastic joining action. Filler
metal may or may not be
used.
YIELD STRENGTH: The stress
at which a material exhibits a
specified limiting permanent
set. (.2% or.5%)

www.anvilintl.com

=
=
500 lb. per hr.
=
1 cu. ft. per min. (cfm) =

0.134 cu. ft. per min
500 lb.per hr. x sp. gr.
1 gpm / sp. gr.
448.8 gal. per hr. (gph)

POWER
1 Btu per hr.

= 0.293 watt
= 12.96 ft. lb. per min.
= 0.00039 hp
1 ton refrigeration (U.S.)= 288,000 Btu per 24 hr.
= 12,000 Btu per hr.
= 200 Btu per min.
= 83.33 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F.
= 2,000 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F
1 hp
= 550 ft. lb. per sec.
= 746 watt
= 2,545 Btu per hr.
1 boiler hp
= 33,480 Btu per hr.
= 34.5 lb. water evap. per
hr. from & at 212°F
= 9.8 kw.
1 kw.
= 3,413 Btu per hr.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

WEIGHT OF WATER

MASS

FLOW
1 gpm

1 lb. (avoir.)

=
=
=
=

1 ton (short)
1 ton (long)

16 oz. (avoir.)
7,000 grain
2,000 lb.
2,240 lb.

1 cu. ft. at 50°F.
1 gal. at 50°F.
1 cu. ft. of ice
1 cu. ft. at 39.2°F.

=
=
=
=

Note: Water is at its
greatest density at 39.2°F

PRESSURE
1 lb. Per sq. in.
1 ft. water at 60°F
1 in. Hg at 60°F
1 lb. Per sq. in.
Absolute (psia)

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

3.13 ft. water at 60°F
2.04 in. hg at 60°F
.433 lb. per sq. in.
.884 in. hg at 60°F
.49 lb. per sq. in.
1.13 ft. water at 60°F
lb. per sq. in gauge (psig)
14.7

TEMPERATURE
°C

1 cu. ft.

WEIGHT OF LIQUID
1 gal. (U.S.)
1 cu. ft.
1 lb.

=
=
=
=

128 fl. oz. (U.S.)
231 cu. in.
.833 gal. (Brit.)
7.48 gal. (U.S.)

=
=
=
=

8.34 lb. x sp. gr.
62.4 lb. x sp. gr.
.12 U.S. gal. / sp. gr.
.016 cu. ft. / sp. gr.

WORK
1 Btu (mean)

= (°F-32) x 5/9

VOLUME
I gal. (U.S.)

62.41 lb.
8.34 lb.
57.2 lb.
62.43 lb.

1 hp-hr
1 Kwhr

= 778 ft. lb.
= .293 watt hr.
= 1⁄180 of heat required to
change temp of 1 lb.
water from 32°F to 212°F
= 2545 Btu (mean)
= .746 kwhr
= 3413 Btu (mean)
= 1.34 hp-hr

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

UNIT CONVERSIONS

233

GEOMETRY FORMULAS
A1 = SURFACE

C=π•D
D=2•R

C
D

ELLIPSE
C

A=π•A•B
C=2•π•

A2 + B2
2

V = VOLUME

C = CIRCUMFERENCE

A = (π • R2 • α) / 360
L = (π • R • α) / 180
α = (L • 180) / (π • R)
R = (L • 180) / ( π • α)

B

π = PI (3.14159)

ELLIPTICAL TANKS
A1 = 2 • π •

L
R

α

(

A • B + H • A2 + B2
2

V=π•A•B•H

A

B

H

A = (W • H) / 2

A1 = 2 • [ (W • L) + (L • H) + (H • W)]
L
W
V=W•L•H

H

H

W

CONE

PARALLELOGRAM
H

H

R

RECTANGLE
CYLINDER

L

A=H•L

H

TRAPEZOID
A = H • (L1 + L2) / 2

S

A=H•L

SPHERE

A1 = (π • R • S) + (π • R2)
V = (π • R2 • H) / 3

L

A1 = 6 • π • R2
V = (4 • π • R3) / 3

R

CAPACITY IN GALLONS

A1 = (2 • π • R2) + (2 • π • R • H)
V = π • R2 • H
R

L1
H

L2

)

RECTANGULAR SOLID

TRIANGLE

A

H

234

AREA OF SOLIDS

SECTOR OF CIRCLE

CIRCLE
A = π • R2
R=D/2

R

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

A = AREA

For the above contains, capacity in
gallons (G) is:
G = (V / 231 ); when V is in cubic
inches
G = (V • 7.48); when V is in cubic feet

www.anvilintl.com

Simple Flow Rate
Q = K • P 0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
K = discharge coefficient of pipe
P = pressure (PSI)
General Volumetric Flow Rate
Q = 29.8 • D2 Cd • P0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = outlet diameter (Inches)
Cd = discharge coefficient based on
outlet geometry
P = pressure (PSI)
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank above sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15, where
P = air pressure in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank below sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15 + (0.43 • H/A), where
P = air pressure carried in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
H = height of highest sprinkler above
tank bottom (Ft)

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Pressure Tank Sizing (Hydraulically calculated)

Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss

Pi = [(Pf + 15)/A] - 15, where
Pi = tank air pressure to use (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pf = system pressure req'd per hydraulic
calc. (PSI)

P = (4.52 • Q1.85) / (C1.85 • d4.87), where:]
P = pressure loss (PSI) per lineal ft.
Q = flow rate (GPM)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (Inches)

Darcy-Weisbach Formula for Friction Loss
HL = f • (L/D) • (v2/2g), where
HL = friction loss (Ft)
Re = Reynolds number (pVD / µ)
f = friction factor (f=64/Re)
v = water velocity (Ft/Sec)
g = gravitational constant (32.174ft/sec2)
D = pipe diameter (Ft)
L = pipe length (Ft)
PRESSURE VELOCITY
Pv = 0.001123 • Q2 / D4 , where
Pv = pressure velocity (PSI)
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = internal dia. of pipe (Inches)

Typical “C” values:
Unlined cast or ductile iron . . . . . .100
Black steel (dry sys.incl.preaction). .100
Black steel (wet sys.incl.deluge) . . .120
Galvanized (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Plastic (listed)– all . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Cement lined cast or ductile iron . .140
Copper tube or stainless steel . . . . .150
Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss
(in SI units)
P = 6.05 • 105 • Q1.85 / (C1.85 • d4.87),
where
P = pressure loss (Bars) per lineal meter
Q = flow rate (Litre/Min)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (mm)

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

SPRINKLER SYSTEM FORMULAS

235

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CONVERSIONS

236

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0833
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3333
Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00694
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.11111
Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00058
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03703
Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00433
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1337
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33
Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.12004
Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0625
Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.0361
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0735
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Ounces per square inch . . . . . . . 0.578
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1333
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.4914
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.127
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.733
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.72
Pounds per square inch . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04
Pounds per square inch . . . . Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0681
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . . 0.434
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . 62.5
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8824
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 14.696
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.92
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2240
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.89285

www.anvilintl.com

(1)
2.95
3.00
3.05
3.10
3.15
3.20
3.25
3.30
3.35
3.40
3.45
3.50
3.55
3.60
3.65
3.70
3.75
3.80
3.85
3.90
3.95
4.00

(2)
429
415
401
388
375
363
352
341
331
321
311
302
293
285
277
269
262
255
248
241
235
229

(3)
455
440
425
410
396
383
372
360
350
339
328
319
309
301
292
284
276
269
261
253
247
241

(4)






(110.0)
(109.0)
(108.5)
(108.0)
(107.5)
(107.0)
(106.0)
(105.5)
(104.5)
(104.0)
(103.0)
(102.0)
(101.0)
100.0
99.0
98.2

(5)
45.7
44.5
43.1
41.8
40.4
39.1
37.9
36.9
35.5
34.3
33.1
32.1
30.9
29.9
28.8
27.6
26.6
25.4
24.2
22.8
21.7
20.5

(6)
83.4
82.8
82.0
81.4
80.6
80.0
79.3
78.6
78.0
77.3
76.7
76.1
75.5
75.0
74.4
73.7
73.1
72.5
71.7
70.9
70.3
69.7

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

(4) Rockwell Hardness Number
B-Scale 100-KG. Load; 1⁄16" Diameter Ball
(5) Rockwell Hardness Number
C-Scale 150-KG. Load Brale Penetrator
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number
(7)
64.6
63.5
62.3
61.1
59.9
58.7
57.6
56.4
55.4
54.3
53.3
52.2
51.2
50.3
49.3
48.3
47.3
46.2
45.1
43.9
42.9
41.9

(8)
49.9
48.4
46.9
45.3
43.6
42.0
40.5
39.1
37.8
36.4
34.4
33.8
32.4
31.2
29.9
28.5
27.3
26.0
24.5
22.8
21.5
20.1

(9)
61
59
58
56
54
52
51
50
48
47
46
45
43

41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34

(10)
217
210
202
195
188
182
176
170
166
160
155
150
145
141
137
133
129
126
122
118
115
111

(1)
4.05
4.10
4.15
4.20
4.25
4.30
4.35
4.40
4.45
4.50
4.55
4.60
4.65
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60

(2)
223
217
212
207
201
197
192
187
183
179
174
170
167
163
156
149
143
137
131
126
121
116
111

(3)
234
228
222
218
212
207
202
196
192
188
182
178
175
171
163
156
150
143
137
132
127
122
117

Superficial Brale Penetrator:
(6) 15-N Scale 15-KG. Load
(7) 30-N Scale 30-KG. Load
(8) 45-N Scale 45-KG. Load
(9) Shore Scleroscope Hardness Number
(10) Tensile Strength (Approx.) 1000 PSI.
(4)
97.3
96.4
95.5
94.6
93.8
92.8
91.9
90.7
90.0
89.0
87.8
86.8
86.0
85.0
82.9
80.8
78.7
76.4
74.0
72.0
69.8
67.6
65.7

(5)
(18.8)
(17.5)
(16.0)
(15.2)
(13.8)
(12.7)
(11.5)
(10.0)
(9.0)
(8.0)
(6.4)
(5.4)
(4.4)
(3.3)
(0.9)







(6)






















(7)






















(8)






















(9)

33

32
31
30
29

28
27

26

25

23
22
21

20
19
18
15

(10)
105
102
100
98
95
93
90
89
87
85
83
81
79
76
73
71
67
65
63
60
58
56

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

HARDNESS CONVERSION NUMBERS
(1) Brinell Indentation Diameter, MM.
(2) Standard or Tungsten Carbide Ball, Brinell
Hardness No. – 10MM. Ball 3000–KG. Load
(3) Diamond Pyramid Hardness Number. 50-KG.
Load

237

.000 52. and Flat Position Only. . . W. . . . % E6010 62. 2700–2790°F Stainless Steel Welding .COATED ARC WELDING ELECTRODES . 200–730°F Wrought Iron . . . . . . . . .000 psi of the weld deposit as welded. .000–58. . . . . . . . . High bead.000 Yield Strength 57. also. . High bead. . Flat Position Only. . . . . Fast. E6027 “Iron powder electrodes”.000–65. . . in Area Electrode Strength Strength Elongation Min.TYPES & STYLES TECHNICAL INFORMATION A. . . E6018 Direct Current. . . .000 70. Smooth. . All purpose. “Cold rod”. .000–73. . All Positions “Low hydrogen” electrode. . .000 70.000 70. Can be used w/ A. . . . . . . Deep penetration. Moderately smooth finish. . . . . . . . PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF E60 & E70 SERIES ELECTRODES TYPICAL VALUES AWS ASTM Tensile Yield Red. . . . 1600–1700°F Silver Solder .000 22 to 28% 35 E6011 62. . .000–78. .000 Elongation 22 22 22 22 25 WELDING AND BRAZING TEMPERATURES Carbon Steel Welding . . “Hot rod”. . “Cold rod”. . . .000 57. . . . . . All Positions. E6011 Alternating Current. .000 E6012 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moderately smooth finish. . . E80. . . . E6024 Direct Current. . . .C.000 70. . . . Fast. CLASSIFICATION 238 E6010 Direct Current. 2490–2730°F Cast Iron Welding . . . 1175–1600°F Low Temperature Brazing . S. . . . 1920–2500°F Copper Welding and Brazing . Good penetration. . . . . . . . E6015 Direct Current. . All Positions. . . E90. . . Good penetration. . . All Positions. . . . . . . . E6013 Alternating Current. . Straight Polarity. 2700–2750°F www. Flat bead. . Fast. . . . “Low hydrogen” electrode. . . . . . . Straight Polarity or Alternating and Current. . . . .com .anvilintl. . . . 1175–1530°F Soft Solder . . Reverse polarity. . E6016 Direct Current or Alternating Current. . Deep penetration. The last two numbers (in bold type) designate the types or styles and the first two numbers the minimum specified tensile strength in 1. . . . . . . E6012 Direct Current. . . . . . . All Positions. . . .000 55. 1850–1900°F Brazing Naval Bronze with Manganese Bronze . . . . “Low hydrogen” iron powder electrodes E6020 Direct Current. . Smooth. Reverse polarity. . Flat bead.000 52. . .000 57. . . . . . . . . . . .000–70. . . Smooth. . . Fast. . .000 17 to 22% 25 MINIMUM VALUES AWS ASTM Electrode E7010 E7011 E7015 E7016 E7020 Tensile Strength 70. All Positions.000 57. All Positions. . . NOTE: This information also applies to E70. . . and E100 Series. .000–61. . . This is the electrode used for most carbon steel pipe welding. 1980°F Brazing Copper-Silicon with Phosphor-Bronze . . . . . All purpose. . . Smooth. . . Straight Polarity. . . . .000 52. . .

Remedy: Tighten. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remove cause of overloading. Cause: Blown fuses. Remedy: Replace. Cause: Leads too long or too narrow in cross section. Remedy: Check contact of starter tips. PROBLEM: Welder runs but soon stops Cause: Wrong relay heaters. Remedy: Let set cool. TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT 239 . Remedy: Renewal part recommendations. Remedy: Remove. Cause: Open power switches Remedy: Close. Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Remedy: Check connection diagram. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. Cause: Broken power lead. Cause: Rotor stuck. Cause: Open circuit to starter button. Remedy: Try turning by hand. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Open circuit in windings. Cause: Welder overloaded. Cause: Mechanical obstruction in contactor. repair open line. Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Cause: Duty cycle too high. Cause: Defective operating coil. Remedy: Check for one dead fuse or line. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remedy: Check air inlet & exhaust openings. Remedy: Considerable overlaod can be carried only for a short time. Remedy: Do not operate continually at overload currents. Cause: Overload relay tripped. Remedy: Repair. Remedy: Should be large enough to carry welding current without excessive voltage drop. Cause: Starter single-phased. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Ventilation blocked.PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter not operating) Cause: Power circuit dead. Cause: Poor motor connection. Remedy: Replace fuse. PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter operating) Cause: Wrong motor connections. Remedy: Operate at reduced loads where temperature exceeds 100° F. Cause: Ambient temperature too high. Remedy: Replace. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. Remedy: Check voltage.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT. 240 PROBLEM: Starter operates & blows fuse Cause: Fuse too small. Strap iron is poor ground return Cause: Cable long or too small Remedy: Check cable voltage drop & change cable PROBLEM: Touching set gives shock Cause: Frame not grounded Remedy: Ground solidly PROBLEM: Generator control fails to vary current Cause: Any part of field circuit may be short circuited or open circuited Remedy: Find faulty contact & repair PROBLEM: Welder starts but will not deliver welding current Cause: Wrong direction of rotation Remedy: See INITIAL STARTING Cause: Brushes worn or missing Remedy: Check that all brushes bear on commutator with sufficient tension Cause: Brush connections loose Remedy: Tighten Cause: Open field circuit Remedy: Check connection to rheostat. or an electrode of opposite polarity PROBLEM: Welding arc sluggish Cause: Current too low Remedy: Check output. Remedy: Should be two to three times rated motor current. try reversing.com . Cause: Short circuit in motor connections.anvilintl. cable & ground-cable connections. & auxiliary brush studs Cause: Series field & armature circuit open Remedy: Check with test lamp or bell ringer Cause: Wrong driving speed Remedy: Check name plate against speed of motor or belt drive Cause: Dirt. & current recommended for electrode being used Cause: Poor connections Remedy: Check all electrode-holder. CONT'D. grounding field coils Remedy: Clean & reinsulate Cause: Welding terminal shorted Remedy: Electrode holder or cable grounded www. Remedy: Check starter & motor leads for insulation from around & from each other PROBLEM: Welding arc is loud & spatters excessively Cause: Current setting too high Remedy: Check setting & output with ammeter Cause: Polarity wrong Remedy: Check polarity. resistor.

Sand to fit. 241 .PROBLEM: Welder generating but current falls off when welding Cause: Electrode or ground connection loose Remedy: Clean & tighten all connections Cause: Poor ground Remedy: Check ground-return circuit Cause: Brushes worn worn off Remedy: Replace with recommended grade. Cause: Weak brush spring pressure. CONT'D. Remedy: Replace or readjust brush springs Cause: Brush not properly fitted Remedy: Sand brushes to fit Cause: Brushes in backwards Remedy: Reverse ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Wrong brushes used Remedy: Renewal part recommendations Cause: Brush pigtails damaged Remedy: Replace brushes Cause: Rough or dirty commutator Remedy: Turn down or clean commutator Cause: Motor connection single-phased Remedy: Check all connections TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT. Blow out carbon dust.

In joints in which one member only is to be grooved. Tail of arrow used for specification reference. 2. arrows point to that member. All welds are continuous and of user's standard propertions and all except Vgrooved and bevel-grooved welds are closed unless otherwise shown. locations refer to nearest member parallel to plane of drawing and not to others farther behind. 8.com .4 for a detailed review of standard welding symbols 7. Symbols govern to break in continuity of structure or to extent of hatching or dimension lines. www. far. In section or end views only. 4.anvilintl. obvious information is not given by symbol. 5. near. BASIC WELD SYMBOLS Back Fillet Plug or Slot GROOVE OR BUTT Square V Bevel U J Flare V Flare Bevel 3. When welds are drawn in section or end views. In plan or elevation. and both sides. when weld is not drawn. the side to which arrow points is considered near side. 6. SUPPLEMENTARY WELD SYMBOLS Backing Spacer Weld AllAround Field Weld CONTOUR Flush Convex See AWS A2. Welds on both sides are of same size unless otherwise shown.TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS 242 1.

3. The perpendicular leg of . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GROOVE ANGLE OR INCLUDED ANGLE OF COUNTERSINK FOR PLUG WELDS FINISH SYMBOL CONTOUR SYMBOL ROOT OPENING. 4. Size. CONT'D. 5. . (BOTH SIDES) NOTE : ARROW CONNECTS REFERENCE LINE TO ARROW SIDE OF JOINT. Neither orientation of reference line nor location of the arrow alter this rule. The point of the field weld symbol must point toward the tail. PROCESS OR OTHER REFERENCE PITCH (C TO C SPACING) OF WELDS IN INCHES F A EFFECTIVE THROAT S(E) WELD ALL AROUND SYMBOL (OTHER SIDE) 2. TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS. STANDARD LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL L@P (ARROW SIDE) 1. Dimensions of fillet welds must be shown on both the arrow side and other side symbol. Symbols apply between abrupt changes in direction of welding unless governed by the “All Around” symbol or otherwise dimensioned. 243 . DEPTH OF FILLING FOR PLUG AND SLOT WELDS LENGTH OF WELD IN INCHES DEPTH OF PREPARATION OR SIZE IN INCHES T TAIL (OMITTED WHEN REFERENCE IS NOT USED) BASIC WELD SYMBOL OR DETAIL REFERENCE FIELD WELD SYMBOL R REFERENCE LINE SPECIFICATION. Arrow and other side welds are of the same size unless otherwise shown. weld symbols must be at left. . weld symbol. length of weld and spacing must read in that order from left to right along the reference line.

BushingReducing Welded Soldered Welded Soldered Elbow Turned Down Cap Cross (Reducing) Bell & Spigot Elbow .Base Crossover Elbow Double Branch Elbow .45 Elbow Long Radius LR 244 Bell & Spigot Flanged Screwed LR TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS www.com .90 4 6 Flanged Screwed 2 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 6 4 2 6 4 6 6 4 Elbow Turned Up Cross (Straight) Elbow .anvilintl.

Flanged Screwed Elbow Reducing 2 4 Bell & Spigot Welded 2 4 2 4 Flanged Screwed Soldered 2 Lateral 4 Elbow Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Orifice Plate Elbow Side Outlet (OutletUp) Reducing Flange Elbow . Pipe Plug .Bull Joint Conn.Pipe Joint Expansion Reducer Concentric ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 245 .Street Plug .

com . www.anvilintl.TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 246 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Reducer Eccentric Valve Reducing Valve .Gate Angle Gate (Plan) Valve Check (Straight Way) Valve . Valve Gate* Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered *Also used for General Stop Valve when amplified by specification.Globe (Plan) Valve Diaphragm Valve (Auto)B-Pass Valve Float Valve (Auto)Governor Oper.Globe Angle Globe (Elevation) Valve Cock Valve .

Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Valve Gate Motor Operated Valve Lockshield Valve Globe Valve Quick Opening Valve Globe Motor Operated Valve Saftey Valve Angle Hose Angle Sleeve Valve Hose Gate Valve Hose Globe ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 247 .

com .TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 248 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Tee Straight Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Tee Outlet Up Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Up) Tee Outlet Down Union Tee Double Sweep Angle Valve Check Tee Reducing 2 2 6 4 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered Angle Valve Gate 4 Tee Single Sweep www.anvilintl.

more frequent lubrication up to 90 tons per square inch and because Wire rope is usually larger than is in order. tension in that section. ranging between 30 and 100 tons per square inch. In passing over (3) Plow Steel . hoisting purposes.LUBRICATION — WIRE ROPE All wire rope. being replaced steadily on equipment. if worked cables and to some extent for derrick guys. causing and slings or straps for heavy loads. Federal SHEAVES a piece of wire is iron or cast steel. the inside portion of the cable. To check quickly whether exceed the nominal diameter by the amounts shown in the U. Right cable that is used over them. Rusty ropes may break without of its greater strength is generally used for the nominal diameter and may warning. Under average conditions. dredges Wrong sheave) is lengthened or stretched. Commonly used for drum type elevator Lubricating intervals will depend on the types and amount of work encountered. whether used indoors or out.S. Sheaves should be harder to bend and will snap back to its be at least 16 x the diameter of the rope or original shape very quickly. The outside portion (away from the safest wire rope for cranes. The life of wire rope or cable is directly Iron will bend easily and take a long time to affected by the condition and size of the regain its original shape. Where heavy (2) Cast Steel – May have a tensile strength abrasive dusts exist. wire rope or cable will require by low-carbon steel wire in these uses. Primarily there are 3 classes of wire rope: 249 . should be considered as a group of moving wires constantly rubbing against one another. Specification for Wire Rope. These compressive and tensional stresses combine to create bending ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE OVERVIEW Strength of wire ropes vary. from high grade.Plow steel wire rope is made a sheave. The resulting friction causes incessant wear on the moving parts of the wire rope or cable and will shorten its life very rapidly unless lubricants are used to overcome the friction. while cast steel will 0 1 2 3 sheaves over which it is used. lubrication once every 3 weeks. is shortened and 0 1 2 3 and has an average tensile strength of 110 compression is developed in that section of tons per square inch. Lubrication also prevents rusting. depending on the material from which the individual strands are made and the method used in forming the cable. bend it. derricks. open hearth furnace steel which is against the sheave. This is the best and the cable. (1) Iron – Iron wire is soft with low tensile strength of 30 to 40 tons per square inch.

after which it can be reeved into the line for which it is intended. No. of Dist. Cable or wire rope must be taken off the reel in a straight line. HANDLING CABLE OR WIRE ROPE Cable or wire rope must not be coiled or uncoiled like manila rope. of Crosby or Safety Clips & and a hoist is made. Reverse bending refers to the bending of a cable or rope over sheaves. of cable is twisted. The Inches Clips Clips. Another cause of severe rope wear is twisting of the fall rope. the cable as it comes off the reel may be layed out in a figure 8. New wire rope may be damaged and not work properly in sheaves that have become worn or in which the grooves have become irregular in shape. The point of greatest fatigue and/or wear in a rope usually develops at or near the end where it is clamped around the boom or where attached to the becket on the block. the Dist. As these bending stresses cause much undue wear and directly shorten the safe working life of the rope or cable. Between Clips Needed for wear produced is equal to Safety more than that resulting from Rope Dia. One cause of very severe wear in wire rope or cables is reverse bending. the ratio mention between sheaves and rope should be maintained. especially those on cranes or derricks. thimbles should always be used. U BOLTS OF ALL CLAMPS MUST BE ON THE DEAD END OF THE ROPE. as in attaching wire rope or when it is to be looped. should be shifted and changed at least once every six months. Clamp fastenings seldom develop more than 4⁄ 5 of rope strength at best. All clamped or spliced fastenings.anvilintl.com . Between weeks of normal use. first in one direction then in another. When sheaves are worn or damaged.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 250 stresses which increase rapidly as the diameter of the sheaves decrease. the loose or “dead” end is clamped against the main part of the rope with the damps spaced apart a distance equal to 6 x diameter of the rope. Inches 1 ⁄ 4 –3 ⁄ 8 3 21 ⁄ 4 person in charge of lifting 7 ⁄ 16 –5 ⁄ 8 3 33 ⁄ 4 operations should guard 3 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 8 4 63 ⁄ 4 against twisting of the fall 11 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 2 5 9 rope and should not allow a 15 ⁄ 8 – 13 ⁄ 4 6 101 ⁄ 2 lift to be made if the fall rope 2 and over 7 6 x diam. The reel may be mounted on a heavy pipe or roller to facilitate unwinding. In clamping a strap or an eye. Clamps should be inspected at least once weekly and tightened if they show signs of loosening. which will shorten the life of the rope by approximately 1 ⁄ 2 . When the fall rope is twisted No. avoiding kinking. CLAMP FASTENINGS When it is necessary to make a short bend. If space is limited. it is more economical to renew the sheaves rather than to allow excessive wear on the cable. www.

460 6.) INCORRECT . (No distortion on live end of rope.000 63.600 9.700 70.90 1.000 117.100 2.600 139.100 166.8 52.450 18.450 11.570 43.22 8.00 12.700 125. Hempcore) Single Dia.) INCORRECT .230 7.23 0.7 92.900 49. Tons Lbs. (2000 lbs) 0.550 3.400 86. In.U-Bolts on short end of rope.0 124.900 52.800 63.Wire rope knot with clip efficiency 50% or less ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 15 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 1.700 74.23 1.Staggered clips.50 3.400 12.0 294.700 64.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 251 .U-Bolts on live end of rope.500 4. Circum.700 Breaking Strength Wt.7 23.000 60.000 72.040 25.8 32.050 36.100 2.000 31.000 43.0 160.23 4.10 0.600 16.63 0.40 7.000 37.700 1.03 3.690 29. Vertical In.800 16.450 4.0 181.) CORRECT INCORRECT .74 6.300 29. (Causes a mashed spot in live end of rope due to incorrect position of center clip.790 21.0 107.670 9.60 2.000 26.6 64.CORRECT .000 98.870 31. (Causes mashed spots on live end of rope.800 16.520 12.000 81.600 TWO PART SLING 60° 45° 30° 1. SAFE LOAD (IN POUNDS) ON IMPROVED PLOW STEEL WIRE ROPE (6 Strands.400 102.450 44.700 53.300 6.500 22.2 41.40 0.000 36.500 1.6 77.000 203.90 6.780 36.0 246.800 42. 19 or 37 Wires per Strand.60 4.200 114.1 10.10 2.430 13.600 64.200 79.000 98.200 23. Wirerope 1⁄4 3⁄4 3⁄8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 4 5 51 ⁄ 2 61 ⁄ 4 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 8 77 ⁄ 8 85 ⁄ 8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 INCORRECT ./Ft.000 110.Thimble should be used to increase strength of eye and reduce wear on rope.03 2.000 49.300 6.400 117.7 16.080 9.300 170.900 4.10 10.0 202.260 90.200 140.000 21.

com TECHNICAL INFORMATION .anvilintl.252 www.

as with the ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NSF ® Certified to ANSI/NSF 61 normal installation of a Gruvlok gasket. This lubricant is waterproof. allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket assembly to re-position itself during temperature cycles. Since it is formulated from a non-hydro carbon base. applications where increased pipe joint flexibility is needed. well exceeding the temperature range of Gruvlok gaskets. thereby eliminating water wash-out and it will not dry out in the absence of water. thereby lowering the sealing force on the gasket sealing lips. with small cuts or damage. There are five primary applications where the Xtreme Lubricant will provide increased benefits: low temperature applications (below -20˚F). lubrication of gaskets in copper systems. However. but also on the inside. Nitrile and Fluoroelastomer gasket materials. This lubricant has an operating temperature range from -65°F to 400°F. and for the lubrication of gaskets on HDPE couplings. The lubricant on the interior of the gasket will act to improve the chemical resistance of the gasket material by providing a thin lubricant barrier between the piping system fluid and the gasket surface. gasket chemical compatibility must still be considered. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS 253 . • For high temperature service and copper systems. This is particularly important at higher temperatures where oxidizing agents in the piping system become more aggressive. to become more susceptible to leakage. it can be used with EPDM.GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant has been developed for use with Gruvlok couplings in services where improved lubrication is beneficial. • In low temperature applications the gasket will shrink. Lubrication of the pipe end and gasket will help the gasket to adjust into the proper sealing position during temperature cycles. high temperature applications (above 150˚F). This will cause pipe end sealing surfaces. Lubrication on the inside of the gasket is easily accomplished by turning the gasket inside out and applying the lubricant. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at higher temperatures. it is required that the gasket be lubricated not only on the outside. The temperature change will also force the gasket to slightly reposition itself. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at lower temperatures allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket (assembly) to re-position itself during temperature cycles. It is not to be used with Silicone gaskets.

non-corrosive. the Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant are now available to improve the performance of the couplings and flanges in certain applications. • Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant is the only Gruvlok lubricant that is to be used with Gruvlok couplings and gaskets in HDPE and copper piping systems. it will not impart taste or odor. and is NSF approved for use with potable water. proper lubrication of the gasket’s exterior assists the gasket into the proper sealing position as pipe system movement occurs.1550 (Incidental Food Contact). This lubricant is acceptable for most applications. non-flammable. 21.R. and will not impart taste or odor. Do not thin or mix with solvents. CAUTION: Silicone based lubricants are not allowed in some facilities. non-petroleum based oils to ease spreading of the lubricant. It is water-soluble. non-flammable.anvilintl. This lubricating film enhances our flexible coupling gasket’s ability to compensate for axial. If necessary. CONT'D. Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant is non-corrosive. GRUVLOK® QUICK DRY LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Quick Dry Lubricant is a fast drying lubricant that has been developed for applications where the piping system is exposed. Gruvlok Lubricant is water soluble. The quick drying quality of the lubricant eliminates lubricant drips caused by over lubrication. non-toxic. GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT (CONT'D) • The Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant has been formulated from low viscosity.172. Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is a Teflon® fortified white. CAUTION: HDPE pipe requires the use of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and should not be used with Gruvlok Lubricant 254 www.com . and does not support bacterial growth. It is sanctioned by the FDA under C. It’s low temperature capability and lubricity ensure a highly reliable connection. transverse and rotational pipe movements. ®Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont. The lubricant is made from a water emulsion that is non-toxic. This lubricant is easy to apply by brush or hand. GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Lubricant is the standard lubricant that has been provided for use with Gruvlok products for years.F.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS. It is NSF approved for use with potable water. and it quickly dries to a thin film when in contact with air.878 & 21. It is NSF approved for use with potable water. The service temperature range for this lubricant is from 0° F to 150° F and may be used with all Gruvlok gasket material grades. reapply lubricant prior to assembly. In applications where pipe movement is expected.177. tasteless and odorless grease made from Silicone Oil and other ingredients that are safe to ingest. however.

MOVEMENT: Each flexible design Gruvlok coupling can provide for pipe system movement up to the design maximum for the specific size and type coupling being utilized. The following information on movement applies to these flexible couplings. The maximum available angular movement of Gruvlok coupling joints is shown in the performance data for each coupling type. The available linear movement provided by Standard Gruvlok couplings is shown below: LINEAR MOVEMENT 1 Roll Groove Pipe Cut Groove Pipe 1" thru 3 ⁄2 " 1 4" thru 24" 3 ⁄16" 1 ⁄16" ⁄32" 3 ⁄16" RIGID COUPLINGS ANGULAR MOVEMENT Sizes Represents Linear Movement Capabilities Gruvlok rigid couplings Fig. The amount of angular flexibility varies for each coupling size and type. 7000. groove and coupling tolerances. 7010 are the flexible couplings provided in the Gruvlok product line. 7001. 7003. For design purposes the published figures should be reduced by the below listed factors to account for pipe. without introducing eccentric loads into the coupling joint. Movement is possible in the Gruvlok coupling due to two factors: (1) designed-in clearance between the key of the coupling and the groove diameter and groove width. these joints would remain in strict alignment and would resist deflection and linear movement during service. 7004 HPR are designed to provide a joint with the attributes of a welded or flanged connection. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Designed-in clearances allow limited deflection of the pipe joint within the coupling. FLEXIBLE COUPLING LINEAR MOVEMENT Linear movement is accommodated within the coupling by allowing the pipe ends to move together or apart in response to pressure thrusts and temperature changes. Therefore. 7401 and Fig. LINEAR MOVEMENT: Sizes ANGULAR MOVEMENT: FLEXIBLE COUPLING ANGULAR MOVEMENT Design Factor Roll Groove Cut Groove 1" thru 31⁄2 " Reduce 50% Reduce 50% 4" thru 24" Reduce 50% Reduce 25% FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Figs. TECHNICAL INFORMATION DESIGN FACTORS 255 . Fig. 7400. and (2) the gap between pipe ends joined by the coupling.

With the combination of the Fig. The Gruvlok® Series 7800 Check Valve is full waterway valve and can be stacked directly to the Series 7700 Butterfly Valve. 7700 BFV Fig.anvilintl. 7012 Flange Long Radius Elbow Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser and Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig.256 1 FLOW 2 3 4 5 1 6 2 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 Fig. flex connectors can be eliminated thus reducing cost. 7260 Tee Strainer complete the Gruvlok® pump protection package GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 4 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS 5 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMP www. The Fig.com . 7800 Check Valve Fig. The Series 7700 Gruvlok® Butterfly valve has superior flow characteristics. 7001 Standard coupling. 7401 Rigidlok and Fig. 7001 Std. 7260 Gruvlok TEE Strainer FLOW Anvil has put together a complete array of Gruvlok components necessary to provide pump protection for HVAC and industrial piping needs. Coupling Fig.

7072 Conc.GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 1 1 1 2 3 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 3 3 4 4 FIG. 7072 Conc. 7001 Std. 7700 BFV Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser 5 6 7 Fig. 7012 Flange Fig. Coupling Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7700 BFV Fig. Coupling Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7800 Check Valv e 1 2 3 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. Reducer 6 Fig. Reducer Fig. 7012 Flange 7 FTV-S Tri Se rvice Valve TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES END SUCTION PUMP 257 . 7001 Std. 7250 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 6 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 4GRUVLOK 4 3 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 2 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 B GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 FTV-S TRI-SERVICE VALVE FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW VERTICAL SPLIT CASE PUMP FLOW GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 5 6 6 1 Fig. 7260 TEE Strainer 5 Fig.

Proper installation of the gasket compresses the inclined gasket lips on the pipe O. Recommended for use in dry fire protection systems. 7011. 7000. 7001. It is the gasket style provided as standard in many Gruvlok Couplings (Fig.anvilintl. 7400 and 7401 Couplings for many applications. 7003.D. Grade “E” and “T” gaskets are available. Each serves a specific function while utilizing the same basic sealing concept.. The application of internal line pressure energizes the elastometric gasket and further enhances the gasket sealing action. 7004. Coupling. It can be used with Fig. forming a leak-tight seal. The E.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES Gruvlok offers a variety of pressure responsive gasket styles. The Roughneck gasket is wider. This sealing action is reinforced when the gasket is encompassed and compressed by the coupling housings. Not recommended for temperatures above 160°F. gasket is provided as standard with the Fig. 7004 E.G. “C” STYLE ROUGHNECK® END GUARD® The “C” Style cross section configuration is the most widely used gasket. 7001. www.G. 7400 and 7401). 7307. 7005 Roughneck Couplings and Fig.com . 7000. which allows for minor pipe end separation as line pressure sets the grippers into the plain end pipe. Grade “E” and “T” are standard grades while other grades are available for special applications. This “C” style gasket is similar in appearance and design to the Standard gasket but is only used with Fig. 7305 HDPE Couplings. 258 FLUSH GAP® Designed to prohibit contaminates from building up in the gasket cavity. 7003. The projecting rib fits between the ends of lined pipe to prevent damage to unprotected pipe ends during coupling joint assembly. 7004HPR. The centering rib fits flush over the gap between the two pipe ends thus closing off the gasket cavity.

7048. 7046 Clamp-T and Fig. 7047.92" Hg 0" .15 Hg 0" . and 7049 Clamp-T Crosses. 7013 and 7312 Flange provides for a reliable seal on both the pipe and the mating flange. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 259 .12" 11⁄2" . This unique design is only used with Fig. 7012.REDUCING COUPLING SOCK-IT® FLANGE The centering rib allows for pipe positioning and serves to keep the smaller pipe from telescoping during installation. Used only with the Fig. this pressure energized gasket provides a leak-tight seal on plain end seal pipe. Available in Grade “E” material only. A specially designed gasket for the Fig.6" 8" . VACUUM SERVICE VACUUM SERVICE Size 1" . 7010 Reducing Coupling.29.12" Vacuum Level 0" . TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES LARGER SIZES: Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.92 Hg Gasket Recommendation Standard or Flush Gap Standard or Flush Gap Flush Gap CLAMP-T® These gaskets conform to the curved exterior of the pipe to provide a pressure responsive seal. Used in Sock-It fittings only. 7045.29.

the preferred SERVICES grade is listed first. and continuity of service.GASKET GRADE INDEX ket grade for a specific application to assure the maximum STANDARD GASKETS service life. (Buna-N) on 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service condition. -40°F Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendations for Red Dry. petroleum oils. Unmineral oils. & technical publications. Elastomer +300°F halogenated hydrocarbons & lubricants. +230°F Selection of the optimum gasket grade for a specific service NOT FOR USE WITH HYDROCARBONS requires the consideration of many factors. please is required. www. O to Blue acids. Temp. Gasket recommendations apply only to Gruvlok gaskets. For other Listed/Approved materials. Combinations of fluids should be referred to a Gruvlok RepSPECIAL GASKETS resentative for an engineering evaluation and recommendaTemp.com . dilute acids. oxidation resistance. In unusual or severe services. perature. alkalies. vegetable oils. & air contaminated with -20°F Nitrile less otherwise noted. to Violet proved VdS and/or LPC symbols are Listed/Approved with Type A Gruvlok Xtreme™ Temperature Lubricant +150°F EPDM material. all gasket recommendations are based T to Orange petroleum oils. The informany chemical services not involving -40°F mation supplied should be considered as a basis for evaluaE to EPDM Green hydrocarbons. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.anvilintl. Water. FM apE tection Systems. +180°F NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER Where more than one gasket grade is shown. Color General Service Grade Range Compound Code The recommendations have been developed from current Applications information supplied by manufacturers of the elastomers. For dry pipe systems.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 260 The lists are provided as an aid in selecting the optimum gas. Compound Color General Service Grade Range tion. hot air & some high temperature L to Silicone services not listed. These listings do not apply to Gruvlok Gasket chemical services. +350°F Butterfly Valves. Wet & Dry (oil free air) Pipe in Fire Pro-40°F All Gruvlok products marked with UL/ULC Listed. Excellent tion but not as a guarantee. gasket materials should Code Applications be subjected to simulated service conditions to determine +20°F High temperature resistance to oxidizing Fluoro the most suitable gasket grade. oils. or gases. hydraulic fluids. primarily temPetroleum products. salts. fluid concentration. and industry applications.

Unleaded* Hydraulic Oil JP-3. (no oil vapors) Temp. Use Gruvlok lubricant on gasket. Where the gasket grade is shown in parentheses. Check gasket color code to be certain it is recommended for the service intended. Deionized Water. CROSS. JP-4 and JP-5 JP-6. Waste Water. STUB END GASKET RECOMMENDATION LISTING PETROLEUM PRODUCTS WATER & AIR Service Air. (no oil vapors) Temp. Specify gasket grade when ordering. -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 66°C) Air. 20°F to 300°F (-7°C to 149°C) Water. all gasket listings are based upon 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service conditions. For services not listed Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendation. Oil vapor Temp. 100°F (38°C) Maximum Temp. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 261 .WELD FITTING—TEE. Chlorine Water. to 150°F (66°C) Motor Oil Tar and Tar Oil Transmission Fluid --Type A Turbo Oil #15 Diester Lubricant Gasket Grade T T T T (O) T T/O O T T T T O O Unless otherwise noted. Seawater Water. Kerosene Lube Oil. Leaded Gasoline. Temp to 230°F (110°C) Water. -40°F to 230°F (-40°C to 110°C) Air. Acid Mine Water. CAP. *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for service evaluation. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for an engineering evaluation and recommendation.Sour Diesel Oil Fuel Oil Gasoline. Oil vapor Temp. Lime Gasket Grade E L T O E/T E E/T (E/O) E/T E/T E/T E/T Where more than one gasket grade is shown the preferred gasket grade is listed first. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Service Crude Oil . -40°F to 350°F (-40°C to 177°C) Air. Temp to 150°F (66°C) Water.

7 “X”. including surge.com . AP P RO X ./kN In./mm 8 MI N ./FT. 9 Nuts must be tightened alternating and evenly to the specified bolt torque./DN(mm) In.-Lbs/N-M Lbs. and nuts. bolts. EN D R PI P E EN D PE R PRE SSU RE LO A D SE P A RA TI O N CO U P LI N G PSI/bar Lbs. For Performance Data on other than standard wall pipe. 8 The quantity of bolts equals the number of housing segments per coupling. WK .D.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES 262 COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES NO M I N A L SI ZE DE flE CTI O N O. and “Z” are external dimensions for reference purposes only./Kg 9 10 5 Range of pipe end separation is the gap between the pipe ends due to assembly. See individual product installation instructions for additional important information. Working pressure ratings are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. 3 Maximum line pressure.D./mm 3 4 5 Degrees FRO M CO U P LI N G DI M E N SI O N S X Y Z mm/m In. “Y”. refer to Technical data section. For details see design factors in Gruvlok Technical data section.5 times the figure shown. SI ZE In. 10 Approximate weight for a fully assembled coupling with gasket. www. Maximum end load from all interior and/or exterior forces to which the joint can be subjected are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. MA X .anvilintl. Ft. 4 CL PE R I N . WT. to which a joint can be subjected. 2 Nominal Outside Diameter of Pipe./mm In. MA X . NOTE: For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased to 1./mm 1 2 A NGE OF MA X . in millimeters (see column 2)./mm In. CO U P LI N G BO LTS SP E CI fiE D TO RQ U E QTY./mm 7 6 1 Gruvlok Couplings are identified by either the nominal ANSI pipe size in inches or pipe O. EA . In. 6 Maximum allowable angular deflection of pipe from centerline when using standard cut grooved steel pipe.

thus accommodating the “shrink” of the pipe system. it would be necessary to install all couplings with the maximum gap between pipe ends.80") / (0. In either case the pipe run in question would have to be anchored at the proper locations to direct pipe system expansion or contraction into the coupling joints. Movement / Avail. Maximum Oper. As indicated above. the pipe end gap within the coupling joint must be considered when designing a grooved-end pipe system to accommodate thermal movement. of Couplings = Tot. DESIGN QUESTION: How many couplings are required to account for the thermal growth? AVAILABLE LINEAR MOVEMENT PER FLEXIBLE COUPLING: Using the table on the previous page.187") = 9.188" linear movement per coupling (4" Flexible Coupling) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In order for the couplings to provide for the movement indicated by the above example. of Couplings = (1. if the thermal movement was contraction due to a reduction of system temperature. the total movement is 1.THERMAL MOVEMENT: COUPLINGS REQUIRED A sufficient amount of coupling joints must be provided to accommodate the calculated movement (expansion or contraction) in a pipe run or segment thereof. As can be seen from the above example. Conversely. Movement per Coupling FOR OUR EXAMPLE: No. Minimum Temperature: 40°F. Thus.80".80" due to the temperature change. the coupling joints would have be installed with the pipe ends butted. we see that there is 0. TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS 263 .6. (at time of installation). the number of couplings is determined as follows: No. EXAMPLE: A 200 foot long straight run of 4" steel cut grooved pipe between anchor points. Temperature: 160°F. Therefore 10 couplings are needed POSITION OF COUPLINGS 200 FEET Thermal expansion tables show this system will expand a total of 1. The couplings do not automatically provide for expansion and contraction of piping.

CONT'D. thus reducing. if not eliminating. G G M The amount of deflection from pipe run centerline can be calculated utilizing the following equations: M = L (Sin θ) θ = ArcSin (G/D) M = (G x L)/D WHERE: M = Misalignment (inches) G = Maximum Allowable Pipe End Movement (Inches) as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) θ = Maximum Deflection (Degrees) from centerline as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) D = Pipe Outside Diameter (Inches) L = Pipe Length (Inches) L M L 264 www.com .TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. If joint deflection has been designed into the pipe layout and must be maintained. A pipe joint that utilizes the angular deflection capability of the Gruvlok coupling will react to pressure and thermal forces dependent upon the manner in which it is restrained. the deflection at the joint. MISALIGNMENT & DEFLECTIONS: The angular movement capability of the Gruvlok coupling permits the assembly of pipe joints where the piping is not properly aligned. Deflection (longitudinal misalignment) may be accommodated within a single coupling as long as the angle of deflection does not exceed the value shown in the coupling performance data for the particular size and coupling type. then sufficient anchors must be provided to resist the lateral forces and hold the joint in the deflected condition. At least two couplings are required to provide for lateral pipe misalignment. An unrestrained joint will react to these forces by straightening.anvilintl.

R DRAINAGE. Pitched for Drainage TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. L N = Number of Couplings R = Radius of Curve (feet) L = Pipe Length (feet) θ = Deflection from centerline (Degrees) of each Coupling (See coupling performance data.CURVE LAYOUT: WHERE: Utilizing the angular deflection at each coupling joint curves may be laid out using straight pipe lengths and Gruvlok Couplings.: R This example shows how to calculate the curve radius. R = L / (2 x Sin(θ/2)) L = 2 x R x Sin(θ/2) N=T/θ The flexible design of the Gruvlok coupling makes it ideal for use in a wide variety of systems in which random changes of the pipe direction can be accommodated by the Gruvlok coupling’s angular deflection capability rather than requiring the use of special fittings. Pitched drainage systems. value to be reduced by Design Factor) R T =Total Angular Deflection of all Couplings. Buried Pipe Systems ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 265 . and exposed pipe systems laid on rough ground are but a few of the many types of pipe installations that present conditions where the functional capability of the Gruvlok coupling are useful. BURIED SYSTEMS. buried pipe systems where pipe laying conditions are subject to settlement. ETC. and number of required couplings. CONT'D. required pipe lengths.

Gruvlok Couplings should never be used as a continuous swivel joint. A fully detected coupling joint provides no linear movement capability. the system must be shut down and internal pressure relieved. two couplings were added to account for thermal expansion and the other couplings accommodate only the misalignment. Piping systems designed with Gruvlok Couplings can accommodate minor rotational movement from thermal expansion. CONT'D. 266 ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT: After Pipe Rotation Utilizing the rotational capability of the Gruvlok Coupling. However. the pipe life of a slurry or similar coarse material piping system can be extended. For Deflection Before Pipe Rotation For Expansion NOTE: Fully Deflected Joint Will Not Allow For Linear Expansion. In the example above. EXAMPLE: In systems where both are expected. or other similar movements. pipe rotation will evenly distribute wear over the entire inner surface of the pipe. and service resumed. The pipe may then be rotated one-quarter turn.TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. will allow a limited capability for combined linear and angular movement.anvilintl. A partially deflected joint will not provide full linear movement capability. The Gruvlok coupling will not allow for both maximum linear and maximum angular movement simultaneously. www. The additional stress from the combined movement is therefore relieved. If performed on a regular basis. the couplings retightened. settlement. additional joints may be required. COMBINED LINEAR & ANGULAR MOVEMENT: The clearance in the grooved coupling joint.com . vibration. For pipe rotation.

The Gruvlok coupling does not restrain adjacent pipe sections from separation due to pressure forces until the coupling key sections engage the groove walls. the coupling joint may not be in the self-restraining configuration prior to the application of system pressure. Thus. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK PRESSURE THRUSTS: Gruvlok couplings react to the application of system pressure and restrain the pipe ends from separation due to the pressure force. Anchor and guide positions must be defined to direct the pipe joint movement that it is not detrimental to the pipe system.The grooved coupling’s capability to allow angular and rotational movement within the coupling joint must be considered when deciding hanger and support locations. EXAMPLE 1 This example demonstrates the need for each pipe length in a grooved system to be supported. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY 267 . The designer must account for the movement to be encountered when the system is pressurized and the joints are fully separated. Random flexible coupling joint installation will produce installed coupling conditions ranging from pipe ends full butted to fully separated to the maximum available gap. The sag due to the flexibility of the Gruvlok joint could be eliminated with the proper positioning of hangers on both pipe segments “L1” and “L2”. should accommodate the deflection without transmitting bending stresses through the pipe system. A spring hanger should be used to support the pipe section and also respond to the induced vibrations. only after system pressurization will the self-restraining function of the coupling be in effect. L2 L1 EXAMPLE 2 This illustrates the effect of pump oscillation on a piping system. However. The couplings in the horizontal run above the riser. Spring hangers and supports providing for movement in more than one plane are often used to allow the pipe system to move without introducing additional stress into the pipe system.

In the deflected condition shown. the pipe will move and deflect at the elbow joint due to pressure thrust. Thermal movement of the pipe system should also be considered.anvilintl. and intermediate anchors located as required. EXAMPLE 3 To restrain this system provide L1 a pressure thrust anchor at “R1” to resist the pressure thrust actR1 R2 C ing through the tee “D1” at the cap “C”. The coupling key sections will make contact with the groove walls and restrain the pipe from further separation. When pressurized the pipe ends in System Pressurized the coupling joints will separate to the maximum amount permitted by the coupling design. www. no additional anchoring is required. CONT'D. System With No Pressure EXAMPLE 1 The coupling joints have been installed butted or partially open. If the offsets L1.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. and L3 D2 L3 are of adequate length to handle expected pipe movements.com . The movement at each coupling joint will add with all other joints and produce ∆L. D1 Provide a hanger at L2 Point “R2”. or a base support at Point “D2” to support the vertical column. EXAMPLE 2 In the system shown here. The pipe designer SUFFICIENT must assure himself LENGTH TO that the system has the OFFSET capability of deflecting PRESSURE THRUST sufficiently to absorb this movement without introducing additional stresses into the pipe system. temperature increases would produce further expansion of the pipe system thus increasing the deflection. to direct the pipe movement so as to prevent introducing bending stresses into the system. L2. 268 Examples of the effect of pressure thrust are shown in the following illustrations.

when. In the most common method. welded. Light duty hangers. flanged) branch connections where shear forces due to pressure thrust could damage the rigid connections. may deflect against the application of lateral forces and result in “snaking” conditions of the pipe system. This method creates a predetermined gap at each pipe joint which can be utilized in pipe systems where thermal movement is anticipated and in systems with rigid (threaded. Anchoring of the riser may be done prior to pressurization with the pipe ends butted or while pressurized. CONT'D. while acceptable in many installations. The following examples illustrate methods of installing commonly encountered riser designs. the spacer removed and the coupling is then installed. the pipe ends are butted together within the coupling joint. Note that when installing risers. Hangers and supports must be selected with consideration of the hanger’s capability to provide lateral restraint. the gasket is first placed onto the lower pipe and rolled back away from the pipe end prior to positioning the upper pipe.D EXAMPLE 4 Anchor at “A” to A VERTICAL support weight of COLUMN E vertical water column. due to pressure thrust. LATERAL RESTRAINT EXAMPLE 5 System with no pressure partially deflected System pressurized fully deflected A grooved coupling joint installed in a partially deflected condition between anchor locations will deflect to its fully deflected condition when pressurized. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK RISER DESIGN: Risers assembled with Gruvlok Flexible couplings are generally installed in either of two ways. L1 C B Use spring hanger at “D” and “E” to allow L2 HORIZONTAL VERTICAL movement of vertical COLUMN RUN piping. 269 . between the pipe ends when an additional length of pipe is added to the riser stack. An alternative method or riser installation is to place a metal spacer of a predetermined thickness. The upper pipe length is anchored. Anchors at “B” and “C” if offsets at L1 and L2 are insufficiently long to handle expected pipe movements. the pipe ends will be fully separated. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY.

Install the riser with the predetermined gap method. B C C C A www.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. CONT'D. weight of pipe and the fluid column.anvilintl. couplings and fluid. Place intermediate anchors “C” as shown. Anchor at “B” with an anchor capable of withstanding full pressure thrust at the top of the riser plus weight of pipe column. Note that no intermediate anchors are required. The maximum amount of stack growth can be predeterA mined (see Linear Movement). Also place intermediate clamps at every other pipe length as a minimum. between anchors “A” and “B”. In this example the pipe length “L” at the top of the riser must be long enough to permit sufficient deflection (see Angular Movement) to accommodate the total movement “M” from both pressure thrust and thermal gradients. to prevent possible deflection of the pipe line at the coupling joints as the riser expands due to pressure thrust or thermal growth. 270 RISERS WITHOUT BRANCH CONNECTIONS Install the riser with the pipe ends butted. M RISERS WITH BRANCH CONNECTIONS L When the system is pressurized the pipe stack will “grow” due to pressure thrust which causes maximum separation of pipe ends within the couplings. When this system is pressurized. the pipe movement due to pressure thrust will be strained and there will be no shear forces acting at the branch connections. Provide pipe guides on every other pipe length. Anchor the pipe at or near the base with a pressure thrust anchor “A” capable of supporting the full pressure thrust. as a minimum. Locate an anchor at the base of the riser (A) to support the total weight of the pipe.com .

grooving is not required. Instead. Roll Groove Cut Groove The I. metal is displaced while a groove is formed into the outer surface of the pipe Roll Grooving wall. This reduces available pipe joint movement by 50% over cut grooved coupling joints. cut or roll grooving.D. and deflection capabilities of the Gruvlok coupling. concentric with the pipe O. Volume of Metal Removed Cut Groove vs. even on out-of-round pipe. Sock-it connections require cleaning of the pipe end.To create a Gruvlok pipe joint. Cut grooving produces a groove in the pipe wall by Cut Grooving removing metal from the pipe O. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION Available Movement Roll Groove vs. Gruvlok plain-end pipe couplings CUT GROOVING: Gruvlok pipe grooving and hole cutting machines are available in a wide variety of designs to meet specific or general requirements. Depth of Cut Groove vs. Branch outlet connections require a properly sized and correctly located hole to be cut into the pipe.D. all pipe must be prepared to receive Gruvlok coupling or other Gruvlok pipe system components. contraction. The required pipe preparation may be grooving or cleaning the pipe ends. “dimple" formed from roll grooving reduces the I.D. For grooved-end joints. Gruvlok hole cutting tools properly center holes for correct assembly of Gruvlok branch outlet components. The square cut edge of the groove allows for the full expansion. ROLL GROOVING: Cut grooving is intended for use with standard and heavier wall pipe. (on an average) less than 2%. pipe may be grooved by either of two methods. The groove removes less than one half of the pipe wall and does not cut as deeply into the pipe wall as do standard pipe threads. Roll grooving is commonly used on a wide range of pipe thicknesses up to 0.D. Threaded ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Roll grooving does not remove metal. The groove configuration has slightly rounded edges resulting in a less flexible joint than a cut groove joint. Thread require that the pipe be free of burrs and other sharp projections which could damage the gasket.. or cutting a hole in the pipe wall. Cut Groove 271 . Gruvlok roll grooving machines produce a groove to proper dimensional tolerances.375" wall steel pipe and sizes to 24" O.D.

375 2./mm In. After cutting. PIPE TOLERANCES Size DN/mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 Schedule 10 & 40 Nom O.1 For Sock-It Fittings.9 92. Max.2 42. In.875 2.4 1. Any scale. O. 20.6 2. or projections which might effect the proper assembly of the Clamp-T. The hole must be properly sized and located on the centerline of the pipe to assure reliable performance of the Clamp-T gaskets. scale.0 31⁄2 35⁄8 88. In.9 1.325 33.D. The maximum allowable tolerance is 0.670 42. 25 11⁄4.5 2. SOCK-IT® A ⁄8" 5 After the hole has been cut into the pipe wall. Diameter In.6 1. etc.7 1. CONT'D.D./mm 31⁄2 88.7 2. CLAMP-T INSTALLATION Branch Size DN/mm 1 3 ⁄2.837 72.0 21⁄2 25⁄8 63.6 1. The outside pipe surfaces within 5/8" of the hole must be clean and smooth.295 32.3 43⁄4 120./mm 1.8 Min.904 73. sharp projections.900 1.8 2. Perm. 11⁄2 32. No additional cleaning is required.3 117.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION. weld beads./mm 1. left on the pipe from cutting must be removed.642 41.anvilintl.385 60.6 41⁄2 114.4 1. In./mm 1.1 1 4 ⁄2 45⁄8 114.030" (0.9 4 101.285 32. etc. O. 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 Hole Dimensions Hole Saw Size Max.846 72./mm In. burrs. “A” In. Any sharp edges. 272 BRANCH OUTLET PIPE: CLAMP-T® Clamp-T installations require the cutting of a hole through the pipe wall.9 73. pipe ends must be completely cleaned a minimum of 1" (25. the pipe ends must be square cut as measured from a true square line.4 33.5 Surface Prep. projections or indentation which might effect the gasket sealing on the pipe must be removed.352 59..7 61⁄2 165.D.3 48. they may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting. The surface around the entire circumference of the pipe within the “A” dimension in the charts must be free from dirt. www.D.3 XL Min.630 41. If these are not removed.875 47.76mm) for all sizes. rust. O.3 2 21⁄8 50.0 73.com . ⁄4.1 NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe.315 1. which might effect gasket sealing integrity.660 1.3 60.8 54.6 2.9 2. 1 15.4mm) back from the pipe end to remove all pipe coating.882 47.910 48.5 66./mm 11⁄2 15⁄8 38.357 59.7 3 2 ⁄4 27⁄8 69.7 51⁄2 139. any burrs and sharp or rough edges must be removed from the hole.1 41.

030" (0.SOCK-IT®. Swaged portion not to exceed 3⁄16" X Abrasive wheels & Dull wheel cutter saws leave edge burrs produces a raised ridge especially pronounced at the pipe O.7mm) for 2" through 3". 0. CONT'D. weld bead. The nominal outside diameter of pipe should not vary more than ±1% for sizes up to 21/2". Pipe ends (plain or beveled end) must be square cut as measured from a true square line with the maximum allowable tolerance as follows: 0. X Soft pipe when roll cut may be swaged inward. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 273 .D. an oversize diameter. edge left by different methods of cutting pipe must be removed.D. and 0. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION.5mm) for 8" sizes. UNACCEPTABLE X Excessive chamfer on I. etc. Pipe ends must be marked a distance of 1" from the pipe end for Sizes 2"-4" and 11/4" from the pipe end for Sizes 5"8" as a guide for centering of the gasket on the pipe ends. CONT'D. ROUGHNECK® ACCEPTABLE PIPE END CONFIGURATION Remove Burr & Sharp Edge 3⁄16" Max. The sharp O.D. it may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting.060" (1.045 (1. Plain-End pipe for use with Fig. will tend to cut gasket during assembly. giving on one side. Beveled pipe. Bevel not to exceed 1⁄16". burr & sharp edge removed is preferred configuration. bumps. 1⁄32" to 1⁄16" 30 or 45 Square cut pipe with O. +1%-1/32" for sizes 3"-5". 7005 Roughneck Couplings must be free of any notches.D. score marks. +1/16"-1/32" for sizes 6" and larger. If this sharp edge is not removed. for at least 11/2" (38mm) back from the pipe end to provide a smooth sealing surface for the gasket.1mm) for 4" through 6".

As with any pipe system.7 12. and 3) permit required pipe system movement to relieve stress.3 16 4. STEEL PIPE FULL LINEAR MOVEMENT IS REQ'D AVERAGE HANGERS PER PIPE LENGTH EVENLY SPACED Nominal Pipe Size Range In.FLEXIBLE SYSTEM. The following factors should be considered when designing hangers and supports for a grooved-end pipe system.3 2 12 3.6 4 30 9. 2) reduce stresses at pipe joints.1 HANGER SPACING . For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement IS required use the table below. PIPE HANGER SPACING: The following charts show the maximum span between pipe hangers for straight runs of standard weight steel pipe filled with water or other similar fluids.1 1-2 1 25-50 1 2 ⁄2-4 1 65-100 5-24 1 125-600 Pipe Length in Feet/Meters 10 3.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT 274 When designing the hangers. 7 DNmm 2.0 12 3. Maximum Span Between Supports Feet/meters 7 2.7 2 15 4. Nominal Pipe Size Range In./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4-2 32-50 21⁄2-4 65-100 5-8 125-200 10-12 250-300 14-16 350-400 18-24 450-600 1) the weight of the pipe.5 20 6. fluid & pipe system components. the piping designer must consider certain unique characteristics of the grooved type coupling in addition to many universal pipe hanger and support design factors. couplings. supports and anchors for a grooved-end pipe system.7 14 4.6 2 20 6.7 3 25 7. Do not use these values where critical span calculations are made or where there are concentrated loads between supports.com .anvilintl.1 3 22 6.6 10 3.2 5 6 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 www.9 18 5. the hanger or support system must provide for HANGER SPACING LINEAR MOVEMENT NOT REQ'D For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement is NOT required use the table on right.1 4 35 40 10.

3 16 4.9 9 2.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 9 2.7 24 7.6 15 4.8 18 5.7 – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.3 22 6.2 20 6.6 15 4.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** – – – – – – 9 2.3D.6 – 10 3 – 14 4.7 – 12 3. IPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS 275 .9 Building Service Piping Code.7 – 17 5.6 15 4.6 15 4. 250 psi and Fig.6 15 4./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 OD 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 41⁄4 100 5 125 51⁄4 125 51⁄2 125 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 7 2.6 15 4.1. (1996 Edition).2 20 6.1 – 13 4 – 18 5.7 13 4 15 4.6 15 4.7 13 4 14 4.1 7 2.6 15 4.6 13 4 15 4.6 15 4.2 17 5.7 9 2.HANGER SPACING .1 10 3. (1999 Edition).6 15 4.9 15 4.7 12 3. Table a.5 19 5.6 16 4.6 17 5.6 15 4.7 13 4 14 4. CONT STEEL'DP.3 21 6.7 9 2.7 15 4.6 15 4. Fig.6 12 3. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ASTM P IPE SUPPORT CARBON .3 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.4 20 6.0 18 5.6 15 4.1 Power Piping Code.4 12 3.1.7 12 3.2.6 24 7.6 17 5.7 15 4.1 17 5.6 15 4.6 15 4.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.4 12 3.0 12 3.4 11 3. table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 921.3 14 4.6 15 4.3c.3 12 3.7 9 2. 921.6 15 4.3 14 4.6 15 4. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31. Table 6-2.7 11 3.2 – 12 3.6 16 4.4 18 5.4 18 5.1 10 3 11 3.6 15 4.1 19 5.4 19 5.1 7 2.7 21 6.8 12 3.1 19 5.

9 36 10.6 21 6.8 26 7.3 24 7.3 23 6.1 27 8. 276 HANGER SPACING . 250 psi and Fig.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. Table a.5 26 7. 921.8 15 4.8 21 6.9 Building Service Piping Code.3 30 9.2 16 4.1./DNmm 6 150 61⁄4 150 61⁄2 OD 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 17 5.0 21 6.7 39 11.5 48 14.1 Power Piping Code.anvilintl.6 45 13.1.6 15 4.6 15 4. (1996 Edition). Fig.2.8 19 5.6 15 4.1 30 9. table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems.4 24 7.9 17 5.8 24 7.9 42 12.6 29 8. Table 6-2.6 15 4.0 42 12.1 26 7.1 32 9.3D.8 37 11.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.9 25 7.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.8 26 7.3 25 7.3c.8 26 7.2 – 21 6.6 15 4.8 23 7 23 7 27 8.7 35 10.7 15 4.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** 14 4.com .6 15 4. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.2 19 5. CONT'D.1 40 12.2 27 8.8 27 8.6 15 4.3 20 6. www.6 15 4. 921.6 15 4.7 33 9. (1999 Edition).6 15 4.6 15 4.2 30 9.6 15 4.4 20 6.1 21 6.3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.1 35 10.

a high percentage are often related to the hanging or supporting method or application chosen. and trapeze supports to more intricate rack designs using structural steel or a mechanical framing/strut system. wherever there is a change in direction of the piping system a hanger or support is usually required immediately following that change in direction and then the system is hung or supported accordingly. can be hung or supported based on the maximum spacing requirements only. Quite often hangers and supports are an after thought on a project simply because the big-ticket items. Rigid couplings. intermediate attachment (rod. CONT'D. In addition. design and specification requirements. These components are an upper attachment (beam or structural attachment). All three components should arrive on the project site together and early. Components can also be bundled and tagged by system or area of the project so they can be easily assembled and located on-site. With this in mind. Although supported very similarly to welded piping systems. Flexible couplings used on horizontal runs of pipe need to be supported at every coupling and usually require intermediate supports to satisfy the maximum spacing allowable requirements. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. ranging from a simple band hanger.Grooved piping products have a very good maintenance track record out in the field. a vital first step is to refer to the project and code requirements when choosing the proper hanging or supporting method. trapezes). on the other hand. However. the applicable code and/or the hanger manufacturer’s recommendations all must also be reviewed. such as labor. REVIEW REQUIREMENTS AND LOGISTICS A variety of hangers and supports are typically used on grooved piping systems. etc. All of these are acceptable hanging or supporting methods but they are dependent on the project’s type. The proper maximum spacing allowables governed by project specifications. Project logistics is another consideration regardless of system type. are the focus of the project team.) and the lower attachment (pipe clamps. MAKE A MATCH The type of grooved coupling used on a project is the next consideration to choosing the correct hanger or support method. consideration might be given to having the hangers or supports preassembled by the manufacturer or fabricated in the contractor’s shop. hangers and supports are one of the first components needed on a project since you cannot hang pipe without them. eye nuts. Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 277 . Whenever there is a “perceived” problem with installed grooved product. couplings. clevis hanger. U-bolts. a few considerations should be given to assure the proper selection and application of hangers and supports used on a grooved piping system such as Anvil’s Gruvlok® brand. See accompanying illustrations for examples of typical assemblies. major equipment and schedule. To save costly field labor hours. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In nearly every hanger or support assembly there are three components that make up the assembly.

PIPE SUPPORT. Once the system is pressurized. let us assume the system is heating hot water that will operate at 170°F. This is significant growth especially if there is a change of direction at the end of the 400 ft. In this case 400 ft. At 70°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0. If this is not possible. x 0. In other words the pipe has grown in length over 3 inches because of the thermal expansion. pipe run or there are branch lines coming off the main run. especially where a change of direction or a branch line connects. If this thermal growth exceeds the allowable deflection of a grooved joint.04 in.0938" = 1. As one can see. the pipe ends can either be butted up tight to one another or a gap can exist. One way to avoid this growth is to install the grooved joints at full gap so that pressurization has no impact at testing or start up. It can only be controlled by the use of anchors and expansion joints or expansion loops.0076 in/ft. of grooved piping.0 in/ft but at 170°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0. This is all due to the temperature variation from ambient conditions when the pipe is installed to operating conditions. 19 joints x . If you multiply the number of joints by the growth of each joint you can determine the overall growth of the system due to pressurization. As the couplings are installed. For example.25" = 4. if you again take 400 ft. This is especially important on hot systems versus chilled systems since the amount of thermal expansion will be greater on hot systems as opposed to the thermal contraction that will occur on chilled systems. CONT'D.anvilintl. then periodic air pressurization as the system is installed will expand the grooved joints to full gap and the hangers or supports can be adjusted accordingly.78" of overall growth. this growth due to pressurization can have a significant impact on the hangers or supports used on a project. long there will be roughly 19 grooved joints (assuming 21 ft. Thermal growth cannot be stopped. If there is a long run of horizontal or vertical pipe with multiple joints the overall length of the system will grow depending upon which grooved coupling you have chosen.com . To determine the total thermal expansion of the pipe from ambient temperature to operating temperature you multiply the length of pipe by the coefficient of thermal expansion.0076 in/ft. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 278 PRESSURE POINT System pressurization should also be reviewed when choosing the proper hanging or support method. The pipe is installed under ambient conditions assumed to be at 70°F so you have a 100°F variation in temperature. HOT AND COLD Thermal expansion is another important consideration when choosing hangers or supports for a grooved system. www. A rigid system would be 19 joints x . lengths of pipe are used). if you have a grooved piping system that is 400 ft.75" of overall growth. then problems could occur. those areas or joints where the pipe ends are butted up tight and held by a grooved coupling can “pop” or grow to the maximum gap depending on the coupling chosen. If it is a flexible system. For example. = 3. The joint at a flexible grooved coupling can expand about 1⁄4" at each coupling whereas the joint at a rigid grooved coupling can grow about 3 ⁄32".

such as pipe rolls or pipe slides. the friction clamps resting on the penetration or supporting structure can either fail or the pipe may overcome the friction force and push it’s way through the clamp as the pipe thermally expands downward. In the previous examples.78" for a rigid joint system and the thermal expansion was 3. Whether it is horizontal or vertical grooved pipe. such as clevis hangers. On hot systems. In either ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK upper upper intermediate intermediate lower lower Clevis Hanger Assembly Double Bolt Pipe Clamp Assembly case the clamps are no longer supporting the pipe as intended and this may induce excessive stress on the grooved joints. Adding these combinations together would result in TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. If the pipe is a vertical riser then consideration must be given to the use of spring hangers to allow the pipe to grow vertically up or down depending upon how the pipe is anchored while still supporting the pipe. CONT'D. Vertical pipe thermally expands the same amount as horizontal pipe and this has to be taken into consideration relating to supports. When using trapeze hangers for multiple systems it is important to have “like” systems on the trapeze. The use of static hangers. Hot systems should be hung or supported independently of cold or ambient systems or a means should be provided. the clamps will grow with the pipe off the penetration or supporting structure and no longer provide support. expansion joints or expansion loops. should not be considered on pipe that is thermally expanding. both must be taken into account and added together to determine the overall growth of the system and the effect on the hangers or supports that are used. If the growth is downward. If you combine hot systems with cold systems on a trapeze.75" for a flexible joint system and 1. that is.It is also important to hang or support the pipe with rolls or slides and use guides to control the thermal expansion of the pipe into an expansion joint or expansion loop. the thermal expansion of the hot system can cause the trapeze to possibly twist and fail or excessive stress could be induced on the grooved joints on all of the systems on the trapeze. pressurization expansion on the 400 ft. If the vertical pipe is supported by friction/riser clamps only and the pipe expands vertically upward. Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 279 . to allow the hot systems to thermally expand on the trapeze.04". growth of the piping system due to pressurization and thermal expansion must be considered. run of pipe was 4. systems that are operating near the same temperature.

this is a significant amount of growth relating to hangers and supports and the resulting stresses induced on grooved joints. This will. help ensure that grooved piping systhe system has a change in direction. www.com . If the seismic restraints are placed tems will continue to enjoy a solid reputation in the areas of maintelaterally after a change in direction at the end of a long run of pipe. considerlower ation should be given to how a grooved system is seismically restrained. CONT'D.anvilintl. If you have growth due to pressurization and/or Trapeze Assembly Spring Riser Hanger Assembly thermal expansion consideration should be given on how to restrain the system while still allowing growth to occur.79" for a flexible system or 4.PIPE SUPPORT. regardless of the horizontal or vertical orientation of the pipe. Seismic restraints in the longituBy reviewing the couplings to be used on a project. pressurization.82" for a rigid system. expansion of the long pipe run may be restricted and this could induce excessive stress into the grooved joints. the nance and downtime. Again. one can best determine the inducing stresses into the grooved couplings. in turn. upper intermediate upper intermediate CONSIDER SOME RESTRAINT lower Although grooved systems in seismic zones perform extremely well. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 280 a total pipe growth of 7. dinal direction of a long pipe run may restrict the growth of the pipe thermal expansion and seismic restraints. Seismic restraints in the proper selection and application of hangers and supports for a grooved lateral direction should have little impact on expansion except where piping system.

1.1 and MSS Standard Practice SP-58. DESIGN (a) All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31. (c) Accurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine the required supporting force at each hanger location and the pipe weight load at each equipment connection. Where piping design is such that exceptions to this specification are necessary. the particular system will be identified. Where transfer of load to adjacent hangers or equipment is not critical. (d) Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. pipe hangers shall be an approved constant support design. and guides. and the exceptions clearly listed through an addendum which will be made a part of the specification. (b). They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping. using stock or production parts. provided the variation in supporting effect does not exceed 25% of the calculated piping load through its total vertical travel. or where it is necessary to avoid the transfer of load to adjacent hangers or connected equipment. 80-V and Fig. as Anvil Fig. 81-H Constant Support Hangers. and where the vertical movement of the piping is less than 1 ⁄2". ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK (e) Wherever possible. anchors. 2. The calibration record of constant support shall be maintained for a period of 20 years to assist the customer in any redesign of the piping system. at hanger locations where the vertical movement of the piping is 1⁄2" or more. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION 281 . The Constant Support Hanger will have travel scales on both sides of the support frame to accommodate inspections. or equal. shall be utilized wherever possible. supports. SCOPE This specification shall apply for the design and fabrication of all hangers. In no case will the difference between actual and total travel be less than 1". and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being introduced into the pipe or connected equipment. SP-69. (g) The total travel for Constant Support Hangers will be equal to actual travel plus 20%.Designs generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering practice. pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. Variable Spring Hangers may be used. Witness marks shall be stamped on the Load Adjustment Scale to establish factory calibration reference point. SP-89 and SP-90 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. (h) Constant Support Hanger should be individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. (f) For critical high-temperature piping.

T. (q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see Table III). Load adjustment scale shall be provided to aid the field in accurate adjustment of loads. where vertical movements up to 2" are anticipated. (o) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads. The travel stops will be of such design as to permit future re-engagement. spring rate and loaded height) of spring coils must be tested for. (m)Each Variable Spring shall be individually calibrated at the factory and furnished with travel stops. No less than 10% of this adjustability should be provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field adjustment. Where movements are of a small magnitude. CONT'D.R. B-268 may be used. the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. and be of domestic manufacture.anvilintl. 82 may be used. such as seismic disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safety valves. low temperature systems. (l) For non-critical. such as Anvil Fig. even in the event the lever is at a position other than “cold”. The travel stops will be factory installed so that the hanger level is at the “cold” position. When the hanger rod angularity www.M. (j) Constant Supports should have a wide range of load adjustability.com .T. suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. Spring coils must be square to within 1° to insure proper alignment. hanger design shall include provisions for rigid restraints or shock absorbing devices of approved design. 200 shock and sway suppressor. (n) All rigid rod hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. Each spring coil must be purchased with a C.TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. without having to make hanger adjustments. Additionally. or equal. Each spring coiled must be purchased with a C. an approved pre-compressed Variable Spring design similar to Anvil Fig. spring hangers similar to Anvil Fig. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated. (r) Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1⁄2" and where the hanger rod angularly from the vertical is less than or equal to 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe.M. and be of domestic manufacture. (k) Constant Supports shall be furnished with travel stops which shall prevent upward and downward movement of the hanger. All three critical parameters (free height. the constant support should be designed so that load adjustments can be made with-out use of special tools and not have an impact on the travel capabilities of the supports.R. 282 (i) In addition to the requirements of ASTM-125 all alloy springs shall be shot peened and examined by magnetic particle. (p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the standard hanger contract. The spring rate tolerance shall be ±5%. If vibration is encountered after the piping system is in operation. appropriate vibration control equipment shall be installed.

the suppressor valve shall open again to allow free thermal movement of the piping. They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes. then structural attachment will be offset so that at no point with the rod angularity exceed 4 degrees from vertical. Pipe support attachments to the riser piping shall be riser clamp lugs. guides. The suppressor design shall include a fluid bleed system to assure continued free thermal movement after the shock force subsides.is greater than 4 degrees from vertical. (y) Paint . The valve shall provide a locking and bleed rate velocity that provides for tamper proof settings. CONT'D. (t) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with Table 1 and Table 2 on the following page. (v) Supports.Variable Spring and Constant Support units will be furnished painted with Stewart Bros. riser piping shall be supported independently of the connected horizontal piping. Green Semi-Gloss Primer (#10947).The hydraulic units shall have a temperature stable control valve. and anchors shall be so designed that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the building steel. corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod bushings and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the required force in tension and compression. (x) Hydraulic Snubbers . and designed in accordance with governing codes. (u) Where practical. All other material will receive one shop coat of a red chromate primer meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-636. After the disturbing forces subside. 283 . utilizing the distance. (z) All threads are UNC unless otherwise specified. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. For corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or painted with carbo-zinc #11. Any shock force shall cause the suppressor valve to close. The suppressor shall have a means of regulating the amount of movement under shock conditions up to the design load for faulted conditions without release of fluid. thereby causing the unit to resist and absorb the disturbing forces. The suppressor shall have a hard surfaced. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK The valve device shall offer a minimum amount of resistance to thermal movement. Welded attachments shall be of material comparable to that of the pipe. The temperature of supporting parts shall be based on a temperature gradient of 100F° per inch distance from the outside surface of the pipe. (w)Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were designed. With the suppressor valve closed the fluid flow shall essentially stop. The fluid level indicator for exact reading of reservoir fluid level in any snubber orientation.

shall be completely engineered. Hanger for piping 21⁄2" and larger. 284 HANGER DESIGN SERVICE (b) Each engineered hanger assembly will be individually bundled and tagged as far as practical.com . 31⁄2 13 16 Nominal Pipe Size (in) 4 5 6 8 10 14 16 17 19 22 17 19 21 24 26 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 12 23 30 7 ⁄8 14 25 32 16 27 35 1 18 28 37 1 20 24 30 30 32 33 39 42 34 11⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 or trapeze *Many codes and specifications state “pipe hangers must be spaced every 10ft. Span (Ft) Vapor Service 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 NOTE: Spans shown in Tables 1 and 2 do not apply where there are concentrated loads between supports or where temperatures exceed 750°F.1 (Appendix V).anvilintl. 1 www.7) and ASME B31. Each sketch will include a location plan showing the location of the hanger in relation to columns of equipment. (a) Engineered hanger assemblies shall be detailed on 81⁄2" x 11” sheets. Hanger material for piping 2" and smaller shall be shipped as loose material. CONT'D. TABLE 1: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Pipe Supports for Standard Weight Steel Pipe* . TABLE 2: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Copper Tubing Supports Nominal Tubing Size (in) 3 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 Max. Each sketch will include an exact bill of material for the component parts making up each assembly. A piping drawing marked with approximate hanger locations and types. Span (Ft) Vapor Service Recommended Hanger Rod Sizes 1 ⁄2 7 8 3 ⁄4 7 9 1 7 9 11⁄2 9 12 3 2 10 13 21⁄2 11 14 3 12 15 1 ⁄8 ⁄2 The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water. Span (Ft) Water Service 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 Max. Max.” This local specification must be followed. Additional valves and fittings increase the load and therefore closer hanger spacing is required. regardless of size. and hanger sketches showing typical support arrangements will be furnished. ready for installation. identified by piping system only. and all spring support for assemblies.TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. Span (Ft) Water Service Max. (c) Hanger inspections shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP89 (Section 7.

800 18.021 21⁄2 4 3.000 Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.214 4 8 UN 10. 1 5 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.100 41⁄2 8 UN 13.265 25.066 56. 650° F 730 1.621 1 3 ⁄4 8 UN 6.530 3. 750° F 572 1.169 38.440 10.400 146.700 184.800 49.716 23⁄4 4 4.619 3 4 5.690 43⁄4 8 UN 15.744 2 41⁄2 2.126 ⁄8 11 0.350 2.889 11⁄2 6 1.900 9.807 14.900 84.600 164.692 2.600 32.687 47.720 31⁄2 8 UN 7.608 1 4 ⁄4 8 UN 12.100 71.566 19.500 113.552 1 1 ⁄4 7 0.068 ⁄2 13 0. CONT'D.620 7.400 60.700 98.400 129.300 39.302 7 ⁄8 9 0. Materials Carbon Steel with MinimumActual Tensile Strength of 50 Ksi.230 4.057 1. Rod Diameter (in) Threads per Inch 3 Root Area of Coarse Thread (in2) ⁄8 16 0.500 13.600 24.918 33⁄4 8 UN 9.379 5 8 UN 17.419 1 8 0.807 101.139 88.331 77.165 Standard UNC thread thru 3” diameter and 8-UN-2A thread series for 31⁄4” diameter and larger.202 3 ⁄4 10 0.TABLE 3: Load Carrying Capacities of Threaded Hanger Rods.295 31.337 114.982 144.480 5. 285 .292 1 1 2 ⁄4 4 ⁄2 3.807 128.307 66.160 3.293 13⁄4 5 1.508 4.096 TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION.

0046 0.0163 -0.0353 500 0.0226 0.0252 0.0174 -0 -0.1256 0.0288 0.0068 0.0029 -0.0169 -0.0298 0.0470 0.0191 0.0192 Carbon Steel .0141 0.0080 -0.0152 -0.0174 300 0.0563 0.0431 0.1177 0.0501 0.0958 0.0140 -0.0512 0.0096 -0.1320 0.0007 0 0.1211 1.1233 0.1046 0.0970 0.0084 0.0748 0.0981 0.0065 -0.200 0.0107 0.0421 0.0617 0.0307 0.0481 0.0781 0.0935 0.0116 0.0924 0.0532 0.1036 0.0946 0.0606 0.0912 0.0099 0.1025 0.0244 0.0440 0.0121 -0.0200 0.0215 70 -0.0165 0.0522 0.1278 0.0316 0.0382 0.1089 0.0792 0.0638 0.0209 -0.0187 20 -0.0230 -100 -0.0411 0.0225 90 -0.1363 1.1200 0.0157 0.0846 0.400 0.com .0372 0.0703 0.0878 1.1057 0.0867 0.0037 -0.0670 0.0051 -0.0362 0.0584 0.0203 -0.0542 0.0103 -0.0595 0.0649 0.0149 0.Low Chrome Steel (thru 3% Cr) 30 40 50 60 -0.0889 0.1132 0.0450 600 0.0053 0.0023 0.0015 -0.1121 0.0803 0.0022 -0.0325 0.0158 -0.0344 0.1110 0.0261 400 0.0109 -0.0334 0.0208 0.0491 0.0038 0.0835 0.0198 -0.1244 0.0770 900 0.0220 80 -0.0391 0.1155 0.0030 0.0124 0.TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL 286 THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) -200 0 -0.0051 -0.0182 0.1222 0.0235 0.1144 0.0993 1.0824 0.1342 0.0401 0.0044 -0.0217 0.0737 0.anvilintl.0091 200 0.0759 0.100 0.0146 -0.0132 0.0692 0.0714 0.1078 0.0087 -0.0133 -0.1299 0.0061 0.0180 10 -0.0279 0.0574 0.0813 0.0627 0.0127 -0.1015 0.1099 1.1068 0.0659 800 0.0116 0 -0.000 0.1166 0.1334 – – – – – – – – – Temp F www.0681 0.300 0.0726 0.0015 100 0.0901 0.0008 0.0270 0.0857 0.0553 700 0.1004 0.0076 0.1267 0.0058 -0.0460 0.0073 -0.1188 0.

0362 -0.1704 0.1461 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 287 .1757 0.0356 0.0112 0.0158 0.1094 0.0562 0.0440 0.1610 0.1488 0.1515 0.0022 -0.0215 0.0725 0.0404 0.1066 0.0314 -0.1717 0.1556 0.1784 0.0880 0.0513 0.1678 1.0372 -0.1583 0.0207 Austenitic Stainless Steels (304.0867 800 0.0145 -0.0380 0.0662 0.0226 -0.0933 0.100 0.0575 0.0203 0.0100 -0.0305 -0.1447 0.0056 0.1352 0.0526 0.1651 0.1570 0.1796 0.0674 0.0999 900 0.1080 0.1175 0.0089 -0.1121 0.1216 0.0802 0.1039 0.1338 0.0295 -0.0181 0.0453 0.1474 0.1811 TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL NOTE: Intersect “10” Degree increments across the top of each table with the “100” degree increments down the left side to determine the coefficient of thermal expansion for the desired temperature.0750 0.0841 0.0011 0 0.1597 0.0272 -0 -0.0946 0.0250 300 0.0023 100 0.0176 0 -0.0056 -0.0068 0.1379 0.0332 0.0599 0.0273 0.0920 0. 316.0893 0.0687 0.1229 0.1771 0.0649 0.400 0.0045 0.0044 -0.1420 0.THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) Temp F -200 -100 0 -0.0368 400 0.0986 0.0101 0.1284 0.1502 0.0236 -0.1406 1.0297 0.0227 0.1529 0.0624 0.1434 0.1162 0.1257 0.0906 0.0169 0.0959 0.1298 0.1542 1.0134 -0.0737 700 0.0587 0.0079 0.0261 0.0238 0.1202 0.1731 0. 347) 30 40 50 60 -0.1270 1.0187 10 -0.0285 0.1366 0.0972 0.0344 0.0033 -0.1311 0.0135 200 0.0324 -0.0166 -0.1744 0.0789 0.1148 0.0155 -0.0465 0.1325 0.0854 0.1053 0.000 0.0112 -0.0090 0.0067 -0.0146 0.0123 -0.0353 -0.1665 0.1012 0.0197 20 -0.300 0.0309 0.1692 0.0712 0.0637 0.0245 70 -0.0254 80 -0.0124 0.0612 600 0.0489 500 0.0776 0.1638 0.0321 0.0763 0.0550 0.0501 0.0078 -0.0477 0.1189 0.0012 0.1393 0.0334 -0.0034 0.0538 0.0216 -0.0828 0.0263 90 -0.0281 -0.0416 0.1107 0.0700 0.0392 0.0428 0.0192 0.0078 -0.0343 -0.0815 0.200 0.1260 0.1134 1.1624 0.1243 0.

Z

Y

288


Y

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

Nom.
Size
Y

Nom.
Size
Y

3
4
5
6

7

8

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
4.1
13⁄8
5.0
11⁄2
0.250
6.0
15⁄8
5
5.4
1 ⁄8
0.313
7.25
13⁄4
3
6.7
1 ⁄4
0.313
9.0
17⁄8
8.2
17⁄8
10.5
2
0.375
13.0
21⁄8
9.8
21⁄8
12.25
21⁄4
0.375
14.75
21⁄4
11.5
21⁄4
13.75
23⁄8
0.375
18.75
21⁄2

9

10

12

15

18

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
13.4
23⁄8
15.0
21⁄2
0.438
20.0
25⁄8
5
15.3
2 ⁄8
20.0
23⁄4
0.438
25.0
27⁄8
30.0
3
20.7
3
25.0
3
0.500
30.0
31⁄8
33.9
33⁄8
40.0
31⁄2
0.625
50.0
33⁄4
42.7
4
45.8
4
0.625
51.9
41⁄8
58.0
41⁄4

Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
3
4
5
6
7
8
10

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
5.7
23⁄8
0.250
7.5
21⁄2
7.7
25⁄8
0.313
9.5
23⁄4
10.0
3
0.313
14.75
31⁄4
3
12.5
3 ⁄8
0.375
17.25
35⁄8
15.3
35⁄8
0.375
20.0
37⁄8
18.4
4
0.438
23.0
41⁄8
25.4
45⁄8
0.500
35.0
5
31.8
5
0.563
35.0
51⁄8
40.8
51⁄4
0.688
50.0
51⁄2

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
15
18
20
20.3
24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
42.9
51⁄2
0.625
50.0
55⁄8
54.7
6
0.688
70.0
61⁄4
66.0
61⁄4
0.813
75.0
63⁄8
86.0
7
0.938
96.0
71⁄4
80.0
7
90.0
71⁄8
0.875
100.0
71⁄4

www.anvilintl.com

W SHAPES
Z


Y

Nom.
Size
Y
5
6

8

10

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
19
5
0.430
25
61⁄8
0.455
18
51⁄4
0.330
1
21
5 ⁄4
0.400
24
61⁄2
0.400
28
61⁄2
0.465
31
8
0.435
35
8
0.495
40
81⁄8
0.560
1
48
8 ⁄8
0.685
1
58
8 ⁄4
0.810
67
81⁄4
0.935
22
53⁄4
0.360
26
53⁄4
0.440
30
53⁄4
0.510
33
8
0.435
39
8
0.530
45
8
0.620
49
10
0.560
54
10
0.615
60
101⁄8
0.680
68
101⁄8
0.770
77
101⁄4
0.870
1
88
10 ⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
1
26
6 ⁄2
0.380
30
61⁄2
0.440
35
61⁄2
0.520
40
8
0.515
45
8
0.575
50
81⁄8
0.640
53
10
0.575
58
10
0.640
65
12
0.605
72
12
0.670
1
79
12 ⁄8
0.735
87
121⁄8
0.810
96
121⁄8
0.900
106
121⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

14

16

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
3
30
6 ⁄4
0.385
34
63⁄4
0.455
38
63⁄4
0.515
43
8
0.530
48
8
0.595
53
8
0.660
61
10
0.645
68
10
0.720
74
101⁄8
0.785
1
82
10 ⁄8
0.855
1
90
14 ⁄2
0.710
99
145⁄8
0.780
109
145⁄8
0.860
120
145⁄8
0.940
132
143⁄4
1.030
36
7
0.430
40
7
0.505
45
7
0.565
50
71⁄8
0.63
57
71⁄8
0.715
67
101⁄4
0.665
77
101⁄4
0.760
89
103⁄8
0.875
3
100
10 ⁄8
0.985

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

289

290


Y

W SHAPES
Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS, CONT'D.
Nom.
Size
Y

18

21

24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
50
71⁄2
0.570
55
71⁄2
0.630
60
71⁄2
0.695
65
75⁄8
0.750
5
71
7 ⁄8
0.810
76
11
0.680
86
111⁄8
0.770
97
111⁄8
0.870
106
111⁄4
0.940
62
81⁄4
0.615
68
81⁄4
0.685
1
73
8 ⁄4
0.740
3
83
8 ⁄8
0.835
93
83⁄8
0.930
101
121⁄4
0.800
111
123⁄8
0.875
122
123⁄8
0.960
76
9
0.680
84
9
0.770
1
94
9 ⁄8
0.875
104
123⁄4
0.750
117
123⁄4
0.850
131
127⁄8
0.960

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
27

30

33
36

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
94
10
0.745
102
10
0.830
114
101⁄8
0.930
146
14
0.975
1
108
10 ⁄2
0.760
1
116
10 ⁄2
0.850
124
101⁄2
0.930
132
101⁄2
1.000
118
111⁄2
0.740
130
111⁄2
0.855
141
111⁄2
0.960
135
12
0.790
150
12
0.940
160
12
1.020

MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED
APPLIED TORQUES
FOR SET SCREWS IN MSS
TYPE 19 & 23 C-CLAMP
Thread
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8

Torque Value
(in.- lbs)
40
60
125
250
400
665

Extracted from MSS-SP-69

FOR FIG. 261 RISER CLAMP
Bolt Size
1

⁄4
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1
3

Torque Value
(ft.- lbs)
6
21
46
100
150
190
280

Bolts per ASTM A307
Nuts per ASTM A563

www.anvilintl.com

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

3

0.675

1

0.840

3

⁄4

1.050

1

1.315

11⁄4

1.660

11⁄2

1.900

2

2.375

21⁄2

2.875

3

3.500

31⁄2

4.000

4

4.500

⁄8
⁄2

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.091
0.567
80
0.126
0.738
40
0.109
0.850
80
0.147
1.087
40
0.113
1.130
80
0.154
1.473
40
0.133
1.678
80
0.179
2.171
40
0.140
2.272
80
0.191
2.996
40
0.145
2.717
80
0.200
3.631
40
0.154
3.652
80
0.218
5.022
40
0.203
5.790
80
0.276
7.660
40
0.216
7.570
80
0.300
10.250
40
0.226
9.110
80
0.318
12.510
40
0.237
10.790
80
0.337
14.980

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.083
0.061
0.132
0.101
0.230
0.186
0.374
0.311
0.647
0.555
0.882
0.765
1.452
1.279
2.072
1.834
3.200
2.860
4.280
3.850
5.510
4.980

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

5

5.563

6

6.625

8

8.625

10

10.750

12

12.75

14

14.000

16

16.000

18

18.000

20

20.000

24

24.000

30
36

30.000
36.000

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.258
14.620
80
0.375
20.780
40
0.280
18.970
80
0.432
28.570
40
0.322
28.550
80
0.500
43.390
40
0.365
40.480
80
0.593
64.400
40
0.406
53.600
80
0.687
88.600
40
0.437
63.000
80
0.750
107.000
40
0.500
83.000
80
0.843
137.000
40
0.563
105.000
80
0.937
171.000
40
0.593
123.000
80
1.031
209.000
40
0.687
171.000
80
1.218
297.000
20
0.500
158.000
API
0.500
190.000

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
8.660
7.870
12.510
11.290
21.600
19.800
34.100
31.100
48.500
44.000
58.500
51.200
76.500
69.700
97.200
88.500
120.400
109.400
174.200
158.200
286.000
417.000

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STEEL PIPE DATA

291

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COPPER TUBE DATA

292

TYPE L
Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.030
0.035
0.040
0.042
0.045
0.050
0.055
0.060
0.070
0.080
0.090
0.100
0.110
0.125
0.140
0.200
0.250
0.280

TYPE K
Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.126
0.198
0.285
0.362
0.455
0.655
0.884
1.140
1.750
2.480
3.330
4.290
5.380
7.610
10.200
19.290
30.100
40.400

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.034
0.062
0.100
0.151
0.209
0.357
0.546
0.767
1.341
2.064
2.949
3.989
5.188
8.081
11.616
20.289
31.590
45.426

Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.035
0.049
0.049
0.049
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.072
0.083
0.095
0.109
0.120
0.134
0.160
0.192
0.271
0.338
0.405

Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.145
0.269
0.344
0.418
0.641
0.839
1.040
1.360
2.060
2.920
4.000
5.120
6.510
9.670
13.870
25.900
40.300
57.800

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.032
0.055
0.094
0.144
0.188
0.337
0.527
0.743
1.310
2.000
2.960
3.900
5.060
8.000
11.200
19.500
30.423
43.675

www.anvilintl.com

FLANGE CAST IRON PIPE ADD WEIGHT OF FLANGES *

GLASS PIPE - REGULAR SCHEDULE

Weight per Weight of Water
O.D.
Wall Thick.
C.I. Pipe
ft. (lbs)
per ft. (lbs).

Pipe Size

Class

3

150

3.96

0.32

12.2

4

150

4.80

0.32

6

150

6.90

8

150

10

0.12

Weight/per
ft. (lbs)
0.64

Weight of Water
per ft. (lbs)
0.89

0.14

0.94

1.45

0.17

1.60

3.19

4.53

0.20

2.60

5.79

6.66

0.24

4.70

12.78

Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

3.7

11⁄2

1.84

16.4

5.7

2

2.34

0.38

25.7

12.8

3

3.41

9.05

0.41

36.7

23.1

4

150

11.10

0.44

48.7

35.5

6

12

150

13.20

0.48

62.9

51.0

14

150

15.30

0.51

78.8

69.3

16

150

17.40

0.54

95.0

90.3

18

150

19.50

0.58

114.7

114.0

20

150

21.60

0.62

135.9

141.5

24

150

25.80

0.73

190.4

30

150

32.00

0.85

277.3

36

150

38.30

0.94

42

150

44.50

48

150

50.80

GLASS PIPE - HEAVY SCHEDULE
Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

Weight per
ft. (lbs)

Weightof Water
per ft. (lbs)

201.0

1

1.31

0.16

0.6

0.35

312.0

11⁄2

1.84

0.17

0.9

0.76

368.9

449.0

2

2.34

0.17

1.1

1.36

1.05

479.1

612.0

3

3.41

0.20

2.0

3.06

1.14

595.2

803.0

4

4.53

0.26

3.4

5.44

6

6.66

0.33

6.3

12.42

* Mechanical joint pipe class ISO is approximately the same weight as
Bell & Spigot

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

OTHER PIPE DATA

293

com .) 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 SCHEDULE 40 60 80 4 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 7 61⁄2 7 7 71⁄2 7 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 10 9 111⁄2 101⁄2 12 11 121⁄2 111⁄2 13 12 14 121⁄2 15 13 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 2 2 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 5 31⁄2 3 6 4 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 4 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 10 81⁄2 121⁄2 11 91⁄2 SCHEDULE 80 60 80 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 6 7 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 10 91⁄2 11 101⁄2 12 11 13 12 131⁄2 13 14 131⁄2 141⁄2 14 151⁄2 141⁄2 17 15 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 51⁄2 5 9 6 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 12 11 9 121⁄2 111⁄2 91⁄2 14 121⁄2 101⁄2 SCHEDULE 120 60 80 – – – – 5 5 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 61⁄2 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 101⁄2 10 111⁄2 101⁄2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 – – – – – – 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 31⁄2 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 9 6 51⁄2 91⁄2 61⁄2 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – www.anvilintl.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING 294 Pipe Size (in.

it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING. The above table is meant as a general guideline. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable.) 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 18 13 12 11 8 7 141⁄2 14 12 9 8 – – – – – 20 131⁄2 121⁄2 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 15 141⁄2 121⁄2 91⁄2 81⁄2 – – – – – 24 14 13 12 9 8 151⁄2 15 13 10 9 – – – – – NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F. load conditions. operating temperature and service conditions. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1. 295 . Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation.SDR 41 SDR 26 – Pipe Size (in. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F.00. CONT'D.

anvilintl. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable.) 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 SCHEDULE 40 — Temperature (°F) SCHEDULE 80 — Temperature (°F) 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 5 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 101⁄2 111⁄2 12 13 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 10 101⁄2 11 12 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 7 7 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 10 10 11 4 4 41⁄2 5 5 5 6 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 7 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 7 8 8 81⁄2 81⁄2 10 11 111⁄2 121⁄2 15 16 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 131⁄2 15 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 10 101⁄2 111⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 91⁄2 10 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F.00. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F. it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe.com . The above table is meant as a general guideline. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1. operating temperature and service conditions. load conditions. 296 www.TECHNICAL INFORMATION CPVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING Pipe Size (in.

Fig. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE. Upon approval.5 6 10 6 10 6 6x5 6 12 PART# GRUVLOK.5 2.7000 GRUVLOK.Fig. your field supervisor can spend more time supervising and not calculating pipe lengths and pipe routing. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF. usually less than a foot. the more savings can be realized. BASIC SERVICES Anvil Design Services produces fabrication drawings and Bill of Materials of mechanical room piping 21⁄2" and larger including chillers. and compliance. GROOVED CHECK VALVE.7250 GRUVLOK.5 2. Piping drawings are then prepared to determine the most efficient pipe routing.722G GRUVLOK. Preliminary prints are sent to you for revision or approval. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES We usually reduce fitting counts by 10%-15% by moving equipment whenever possible.7060 GRUVLOK.7000 GRUVLOK. RIGIDLOK GRVD.Fig.758 GRUVLOK. equipment location. mechanical drawings. you can plan the mechanical room. heat exchangers.5 2.Fig. taking equipment location and any interferences into consideration. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF. Also.SER.Fig.7051 GRUVLOK Fig 7400 DESCRIPTION #1 90 ELBOW. FLEX GRVD.5 2. GRVD COUPLING RIGIDLOK GRVD DESCRIPTION #2 290390014249 290390013522 290390016822 290390014801 290390013548 to “reserve” space by “getting in” first.7000 GRUVLOK. and pumps from contractor supplied flow diagrams. and approved submittals and specifications.7050 GRUVLOK. We may suggest modifications in arrangement.5 2. Initially. COUPLING. or product to attain the desired results. GROOVED 45 ELBOW.Fig.7000 GRUVLOK.Fig. (4) sets of drawings with tags and Bills of Materials of the included system components are sent to you.5 4 PART# GRUVLOK.7800 GRUVLOK.SER. GRVD STRAINER. GROOVED FITTINGS Qty 10 27 32 6 4 4 TAG# 2 5 7 8 10 11 SIZE 2. Anvil personnel meet with you to determine your piping preferences. 297 .Anvil offers both Basic and Extended Services… Contact your Anvil representative for more information. TEE.SER. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE. GRVD COUPLING.7250 DESCRIPTION #1 BUTTERFLY VALVE. GRVD 3DTY VALVE.5 2.7400 GRUVLOK.Fig.FIG. boilers. GROOVED BUTTERFLY VALVE. GRVD STRAINER. Piping layouts are carefully analyzed to determine whether further economies can be attained in the piping system.7000 GRUVLOK.7260 GRUVLOK.FIG.SER. The preliminary drawings can be taken to coordination meetings with other trades ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK VALVES Qty TAG# SIZE 4 25 27 34 55 58 61 81 85 89 2. With Basic Services. accuracy. The components can be grouped from the finished drawings for better workflow planning. construction. The project scope and fee is agreed upon in a Design Services contract.SER. The plans and specifications are then interpreted in terms of economy. The more movement that is allowed.

There are many different types of services offered as extended: 7 7 51 10 7 10 ➣ BOM by component (pump.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES.Total Scope ➣ Commercial Piping ➣ Oil Field Piping D ➣ Retrofit Projects .anvilintl. 298 51 7 EXTENDED SERVICES Extended Services include any scope beyond Basic Services.com . CONT'D. chiller) or by system ➣ Unique Tagging – adding unique tags to components ➣ Air Handling Units – with associated ductwork ➣ Single Line Routing – non-dimensional ➣ Distribution Piping ➣ Dimensioned Floor Penetrations ➣ AWWA Piping .Field Survey M-1 ➣ Hybrid Systems ➣ Anything Else 7 18 5 2 5 16 5 2 5 17 15 7 1 5 7 4 5 8 8 7 3 7 4 5 6 7 8 7 10 7 26 26 9 7 5 21 5 21 22 23 22 28 HOT WATER ISO NO SCALE 12 8 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 6 5 2 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 12 14 3 7 7 4 13 7 5 2 5 7 8 7 10 7 26 9 7 2 4 5 21 7 21 5 22 22 23 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 13 12 28 14 7 12 8 2 5 26 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 www.

............................................225 Figure Number Index ....................................................................................228 Arc Welding Equipment...................................262 Coupling Flexibility ...................................... Steel Flange ......................... 113-122 Alignment of Pipe........................................ ASTM ........................................................... Page Abbreviations ................. 239-241 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications ................................../600Lb..........224 Bolt Torque .........................................Types & Styles .......... Sprinkler System ... ASTM ..................................................................................................................................................................... 267-270 Couplings for Grooved-End Pipe ........... 218-219 Flow Control Components..........................................146 Fittings for Grooved-End Pipe ...234 Formulas...................................................... 38-82 Flange & Carbon Steel Pipe Specifications........................................................................................................................................................ 218-219 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes ...............235 Fractions............. 297-298 Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel.......296 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes......................................................................... 226-227 Flow Data Frictional Resistance.................. 299-301 Anvil Design Services .200 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb..............................216 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb..............................205 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX Description .. 221-222 Alphabetical Index ...........................................208 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols ...... 203-204 Advanced Copper Method ........8 – 25 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing ..............292 Coupling Chart Data Notes ..............................205 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions ................................................................................146 Formulas....................................................................... Trouble Shooting ........... Decimal Equivalents Of . 302-304 Fitting Size O......... Steel Flange .............................. 297-298 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps ........... Decimal Degree...............238 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel ...................... 242-243 Beam Dimensions ............................215 Feet Head To Water Pressure .......... 113-122 Copper Tube Data......................................................................................................................217 Branch Outlets ........................ 256-257 Flow Conversion Chart ... 218-219 Barlow’s Formula ...................228 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses ........255 Design Services ..................................................................................D................................ Geometry ................ 288-290 Blind Flanges............................................................................205 Design Factors ............................................223 Equivalents Of Minutes.......................... 236-237 Copper Fittings..... Page 299 ...................................................................... 26-37 Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications..................................................................... Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance ..205 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ...........Description .. Colors ............ 206-207 Conversions ..............................................................................................................................................................................215 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures .....................

.... -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™ ...................................... 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling......... 7010 Reducing Coupling ................... 160-161 Installation ....230 Movement-—Applications ..... 176-177 Installation .Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting ................................Fig...200 Installation ..................................................... 192-195 Installation & Assembly .................................293 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes .....Fig.......Fig........... GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves184-189 Installation ...................................................Fig......214 List Of Abbreviations ..........123 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components ............................................................ 203-204 Lubricants ................... 148-149 Installation ..............12”) .......... 182-183 Installation ....anvilintl................ 158-159 Installation ................ 263-266 NPT Pipe Taps.........Fig..................... 258-259 Gruvlok® Lubricants........................... Page Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations .............INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX.... 256-257 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles ..Fig....199 Installation .........234 Gruvlok DI-LOK® Nipples ...................................... 150-151 Installation ........................................... 110-112 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows ........290 Melting Points of Metals .............. 253-254 Gruvlok® Product Information ..................................... 168-169 Installation ..................... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14” ............................................................220 Installation ...................................................com ........................... 180-181 Installation .....................................237 HDPE Couplings...... Page Description .................................... 190-191 Installation ........................238 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot ...Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples ... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2” ................. 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ........Specified Bolt Torque ......Fig......... 174-175 Installation ......... 7005 Roughneck® Coupling ..Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® ..................................................Fig.....................................Fig....................... 170-171 Installation ........................Fig........Fig............ 154-155 Installation ....................................................... 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling .............................................. 253-254 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques...................................Fig.. 147-200 Lap Joint Flanges .......................Fig........... Drill Sizes ................................ 152-153 Installation ....Fig.................................................................... 196-198 Installation ................... 8-146 Hardness Conversion Numbers ........ CONT'D...... 7042 Outlet Coupling ......................223 Pipe Alignment.................................. 162-165 Installation .. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling ......24”) .......... 7045 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets..................................General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ............................................Fig....... 7000 Standard Coupling ....... 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter .................................... 260-261 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ......... 156-157 Installation .Fig.................. 300 Description .............Fig.... 178-179 Installation ........................................ 131-132 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe .......................................................... 7305 HDPE Coupling .... AF21-GG... 166-167 Installation ...................... 7011 Standard Coupling ..................... 172-173 Installation .....228 High Pressure Systems ........Fig..199 Geometry Formulas . 7044 Branch Outlet ............................ 221-222 www...223 Other Pipe Data ....................... 7001 Standard Coupling ......................

....... Slip-on ................................................................223 Technical Information ............ 133-137 Specific Gravity Of Gases .......................................................229 Specific Gravity Of Liquids ................. 144-145 Slip-on.............................................................................. Stub End ........................................................... 294-295 Roll Groovers .......................... Commercial .........213 Standard Conversions ...........................200 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ............... 201-298 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material ...................... 244-248 Tap & Drill Sizes ................................................................. Commercial ..........................209 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees ..............210 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges ............................228 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow.......... Cap............................................................................. 138-143 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ................................................................................................... 45° Elbow ............292 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels ...........Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe .......233 Useful Definitions ...............224 Weights of Metals ........229 Typical Pipe Hanger Specification . 281-285 Unit Conversions ................................. Page Pipe Data.................................................................................................................................236 Standard Pipe Data ......................................................................... 83-109 Wall Thicknesses & Pipe Sizes....... CONT'D............................................................ 244-248 Pipe Hanger Specification ..259 Valves & Accessories ............................291 Symbols For Pipe Fittings .................235 Stainless Steel Method..................... Page 301 ....................................................................................................... Steel ........ 239-241 Tube Data..........................213 Sock-It® Piping Method Fittings.................................................................................................. 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head ......................................................................211 Weld Fitting Tee............................... 249-251 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX..................................................................... Threaded and Socket Flanges .................................................. 274-280 Plain-End Fittings ..............................................................................................................Description ....... 231-232 Vacume Service ..................................225 Weight/Foot .................................. 286-287 Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ............ Description ......................................................................................................................... 206-207 Pipe Support ..........228 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment .....................208 Steel Pipe Data ...................213 Torque..............................................................................................200 Sprinkler System Formulas . 124-130 PVC Pipe Support Spacing....228 Threaded and Socket Flanges............... Copper............... Cross................................... 281-285 Pipe Preparation ..... 180° Return...............................212 Wire Rope ..............229 Specified Bolt Torque .................................................................................................................................................... Bolt ...291 Pipe Fitting Symbols ........................................................................................................... 271-273 Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses......................................

..........91 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer .....................110 Roughneck® Coupling ................................... Lightweight Coupling ......................... 26-27..........................76 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow .........125 Stainless Steel 45° Elbow ........... 160-161 Standard Coupling ............ Cross ........................112 Outlet Coupling ........145 Roll Groovers ...............80 90° Drain Elbow ..............................................................................com ..... 170-171 Clamp-T®.. 37......... Cross .............................................. Page 171 400G 758G 768G 1007 3006C 3006 3007 7000 7001 7003 7004EG 7004HPR 7005 7010 7011 7012 7013 7022EG 7042 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050-3D Brass Ball Valve ................................................................................................ 174-175 Reducing Coupling .............................................................42 Plain End 90° Long Radius Elbow .....................39 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow .. 18.......................................... 114-115.................... Groove Branch ............... Description ....................................24 High Pressure Header Tee.........112 90° Long Radius Elbow .............................. 168-169 Branch Outlet .................... 162-167 Gruvlok Flanges .......111 HPR® Coupling ................................. 170-171 Clamp-T®.....43 Plain End 45° Long Radius Elbow .........................77 90° Long Radius Elbow .................................................................................36 Clamp-T®.128 Plain End 45° Elbow .....................................................40 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow ................................................................................... Cross ..21-23..........................125 Reducing Base Support Elbow (GR xFL)........................................................................................... 124..................................100 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer ....... No.41 www................ Page Fig...38 45° Long Radius Elbow .................... 150-151 Gruvlok Flanges .............................................................. 33-35.................... 19-20..112 45° Long Radius Elbow .......76 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow .................. 8-10.............144 Roll Groovers ...................... 14-15..........71 High Pressure 90° LR Elbow ....36 90° Long Radius Elbow .....141 45° Elbow ........ Description ........141 90° Elbow ...............................................................................79 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow .....................82 221⁄2° Elbow .........................................................................................................................................anvilintl............................74 7050-5D 7050-6D 7050DR 7050EG 7050LR 7050LRP 7050P 7050RF 7050SS 7050 7051-3D 7051-5D 7051-6D 7051EG 7051LR 7051LRP 7051P 7051SS 7051 7052-3D 7052-5D 7052-6D 7052 7053-3D 7053-5D 7053-6D 7053 90° Long Radius Elbow .................................... 154-155 Standard Coupling .....36 Clamp-T®. 11.......................................................................................................................128 Plain End 90° Elbow ............................................................82 111⁄4° Elbow ...........81 High Pressure 45° LR Elbow ..............65 Stainless Steel 90° Elbow ....... 172-173 Clamp-T®.............101 Roll Groovers ......................................INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX 302 Fig.....................................78 45° Long Radius Elbow ............................................................................................................... 148-149 Hingelok® Coupling .......................... No..............................................145 Roll Groovers ........................... 158-159 End Guard® Coupling ........................................................................................................................... FPT Branch .......................... 28-32............. 87-88 Grooved-End Silent Check Valve .75 45° Long Radius Elbow ............79 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ...................................................

........................................................................112 Plain End Tee ..... 52-53 Stainless Steel Caps.......................44 Reducing Tee w/ Threaded Branch.......................... Page 7055 7056 7057-3D 7057-5D 7057-6D 7058-3D 7058-5D 7058-6D 7060EG 7060P 7060SS 7060 7061P 7061SS 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068EG 7068P 7068 7069P 7069 7070 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow ..............................................................126 Cross ...................130 Swaged Nipples (GR xGR) .54 Adapter Nipple (Plain x GR) .....66 HOSE Nipples (GR x Hose) .................................................................128 Bull Plug ..............69 Female Thread Adapter (GR x FPT) ...................69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x BEV) .........................................125 Stainless Steel Tees ....................................................................................129 Adapter Nipple (GR xGR) ..........64 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow .......142 Reducing Tee Standard .............................................................................................................68 GR x Thd Concentric Reducers ...........................................143 GR x GR Concentric Reducers ...........70 Tee w/ Threaded Branch ............. 58-59 7071P 7071 7072SS 7072 7073SS 7073 7074SS 7074 7075P 7075 7076 7077P 7077 7078 7079 7080P 7080 7081P 7081 7082P 7082 7084P 7084 7085P 7085 7086 7087 Plain End 90° True Wye .................................. Description ..........................................................................126 45° Lateral ...........143 Eccentric Reducers ..............................................................................111 Plain End Cross ..................................................................................................................................... 48-49 Standpipe Tee (GR x GR x FPT) ..............126 True Wye............................ 55-56 Stainless Steel Eccentric Reducers ............67 Plain End Bull Plug ....................................... 303 .............................50 Plain End Reducing Tee ......................................................................................................................................................................... Page Fig..........................................................62 High Pressure Cross .......................................................141 Cap ............... 60-61 Reducing Tee Wye ....................................................................................129 Flange Nipples (GR x #300 FL) ...............................78 30° Long Radius Elbow .................................57 45° Reducing Lateral .................. No. Fig...............69 Flange Nipples (Plain x #150 FL) ....54 Swaged Nipples (GR xBEV) .........................81 High Pressure Tee .......................................................................................127 Stainless Steel Reducing Tees ...........................................69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x THD) .........................................80 30° Long Radius Elbow ...............54 Swaged Nipples (GR xTHD) .................70 Tee Wye ...............................................................................68 Plain End 45° Lateral ............Description ....74 60° Long Radius Elbow .......... No.................................141 Tee ..............129 Adapter Nipple (GR xBEV) ................................65 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX.................................................................129 Adapter Nipple (GR xMPT) ........75 30° Long Radius Elbow ....63 Stainless Steel Concentric Reducers........................................................................ 45-47 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees (GR x GR x FPT) ....................................77 60° Long Radius Elbow .................................... CONT'D..................66 Flange Nipples (Plain x #300 FL) ...51 Plain End Swaged Nipples .....................129 Flange Nipples (GR x #150 FL) ......................................................................................64 60° Long Radius Elbow ...............................................

...................92 Butterfly Valve.123 DI-LOK® Nipple (GR xGR) .....72 Eccentric Reducers ..........123 DI-LOK® Nipple (THD xTHD) ............ 108..........................................................................................FIGURE NUMBER INDEX............................................. 132..........................................................................................110 Copper Reducing Adapter (GR x CUP) ................................ 178-179 HDPE Flange Adapter ............. 98-99 HDPE Coupling ....com ............... 102-104 Tee Strainer........... 139-140 Ball Valves ..............................................116 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x Gr) ............................................... 137.... 52-53 Sock-It® 90° Elbow .... 89-90 Copper 90° Elbow ............ 134............ 83-84 Check Valves........86 Flex Connectors (FL xFL) ...... 135......................... 176-177 HDPE Transition Coupling ............... Page ® DI-LOK Nipple (GR xTHD) ..117 Copper End Caps ......................................... 96-97 Tri-Service Valves (Straight) .............. Description ......... 96-97 Automatic Air Vents .................... 16-17... INDEX Fig..................... 93-94 Balancing Valves (Straight) .... 131...............118 Copper Concentric Reducer (GR x Gr) .....anvilintl.........................118 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x CUP) .... 184-189 Circuit Balancing Valves (Threaded) . 182-183 Sock-It® Straight Tee ......................................120 Butterfly Valve.......... No.................................................. 304 7088 7089 7090 7091 7097 7100 7101 7103 7105 7106 7107 7240 7250 7260 7305 7307 7312 7400SS 7400 7401 7450 7460 7500B 7500SS 7500 7550 7551 Description ..................................... 131........................ 95.... 190-191 Flex Connectors (GR x FL) ...................................................... 133............ 95....................... 12-13................................... 182-183 Expansion Joints................................................................. 152-153 90° Short Pattern Elbow ................................................. 190-191 Tri-Service Valves (Angle) ........... 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Outlet Tee ..... Page 7560 7561A 7564A 7572 7574 7575 7582 7600 7700 7800 8000GR AF21-FF AF21-GF AF21-GG FTV-A FTV-S GAV-15 GAV-30 GBV-A GBV-G GBV-S GBV-T Copper Tees ............................................... 113.............120 Copper Transition Fitting .......................................123 End of the Line ...........................138 Rigidlite® Coupling ..... 190-191 Flex Connector (GR x GR) .... 109..... 133........... No..... 182-183 Sock-It® 90° Reducing Elbow ..........25 Suction Diffuser .... 184-189 www.............................73 Short Pattern Tee .............................................................................. 156-157 Rigidlok® Coupling .....................................116 Fig............. 93-94 Circuit Balancing Valves (Sweat) ......73 Grooved-End Bronze Copper Ball Valve ................................ 136...........85 Butterfly Valve................................................................. 182-183 Sock-It® Coupling ....................... 107........................................... 121-122 Stainless Steel Grooved-End Ball Valve.................................................................................106 Balancing Valves (Angle) .................. 180-181 Stainless Steel Rigidlite® Coupling ..........105 Automatic Air Vents ............116 Copper 45° Elbow ........ CONT'D.................................................. 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Tee ............................................................

ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES BROCHURE PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORT CATALOG GRUVLOK CATALOG ORDER DOCUMENT #105 ORDER DOCUMENT #165 ANVILSTAR FIRE PROTECTION BROCHURE ORDER DOCUMENT #215 ORDER DOCUMENT #040 ANVIL INTERACTIVE CD ORDER DOCUMENT #899 .

NH 03802-3180 • Phone: 603. MONTANA. NEVADA. DELAWARE.422. Box 3180 • Portsmouth. FLORIDA. IL 60466 TE L: 708-534-1414 • FAX : 708-534-5441 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-301-2701 Servicing: ALASKA. OREGON.422.8033 #030 / Printed in USA / 6. NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA. OKLAHOMA. MICHIGAN. Suite 10 • P. VERMONT. NORTH AND SOUTH DAKOTA. WASHINGTON 1385 GRE G STRE E T SP ARK S .8000 • Fax: 603.S.ANVILINTL. Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 LATIN AMERICA. Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 FOR SALES AND SERVICE INFORMATION CONTACT THE REGIONAL SERVICE CENTER NEAREST YOU OR VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW. COLORADO.O. NEW HAMPSHIRE. ARIZONA. MASSACHUSETTS.U. . LOUISIANA. IOWA. WEST PENNSYLVANIA. Stoney Creek.S. HAWAII. ARKANSAS. PUERTO RICO & MEXICO Art Gutierrez. MARYLAND. WYOMING 2530 PE ARL BUCK ROAD BRI STOL. RHODE ISLAND. NEW JERSEY. KANSAS. MAINE. REGIONAL SERVICE CENTERS INTERNATIONAL SALES NORTH EAST SERVICE CENTER SOUTHERN SERVICE CENTER CANADA Servicing: CONNECTICUT. IDAHO. WEST VIRGINIA. Inc. GEORGIA. NEW YORK. Sales Manager Tel: 813-300-3721 U. Ontario L8E 2V9 Tel: 905-664-1459 • Fax: 905-664-3190 MIDWEST SERVICE CENTER WESTERN SERVICE CENTER Servicing: ILLINOIS. OHIO. NEBRASKA. MINNESOTA. Vice President 470 Seaman St. Business Director the Netherlands Tel: +31 53 5725570 • Fax: +31 53 5725579 U. VIRGINIA Servicing: ALABAMA. NV 89431 TE L: 775-331-7029 • FAX : 775-331-5075 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-572-0051 EUROPE & MIDDLE EAST REGION Rick van Meesen. NEW MEXICO. MISSISSIPPI. TEXAS. MISSOURI. INDIANA. PA 19007 TE L: 215-788-4056 • FAX : 215-788-4475 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-2935 1313 AVE NUE R GRAND PRAI RI E . TX 75050 TE L: 972-343-9206 • FAX : 972-641-8946 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-4414 Kevin Fullan. EAST PENNSYLVANIA.COM 110 Corporate Drive. UTAH.S. WISCONSIN 750 CE NTRAL AVE NUE UNI VE RSI TY PARK . CALIFORNIA. TENNESSEE. KENTUCKY.05 / 30M / © 2005 Anvil International.